MEETINGS GUIDE 2017 THE DESKTOP BIBLE FOR CONFERENCE ORGANISERS
For help finding the perfect venue for your event call Conferences UK on 0845 351 9917 or visit us online at www.conferences-uk.org.uk
We’ll help find you the right venue at the best possible price.
2 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WELCOME The aim of our Meetings Guide is to be the definitive resource for meetings and events planners, a ‘desktop bible’ for the industry, as the title suggests. To achieve this, we profile a huge selection of venues from across the UK to make it as easy as possible to find a great place to meet, whether you are seeking a small meeting space for a few colleagues or a large conference venue.
SIMON THOMPSON MANAGING DIRECTOR
The impetus behind our Meetings Guide is similar to the approach I took when I founded my venue finding agency, Conferences UK, over ten years ago. The aim is to connect meetings and event organisers with suitable venues as quickly as possible. A decade on, you can still pick up the phone, call 0845 351 9917, and our team of experts will find you a great place to meet at no cost. Keep this in mind as you flick through the pages in our new guide and feel like some extra information on any of the venues we feature. As you will see from our piece on the future of events, technology is having a dramatic effect on the way we get things done in all aspects of our lives. This change is fast paced, but I believe it is positive for those that are prepared to embrace it. I firmly believe that one outcome of this change will be an increase in the expectations attendees ha ve in all aspects of the meetings experience. This will be particularly true of meeting spaces, where high quality will be a minimum req uirement and a ‘wow factor’ a genuine expectation. Whatever type of venue you are seeking you should find it in the Guide. Furthermore, our ‘bible’ offers more than simply a guide to your venue options. In addition to our features on technology and the future of meetings, we include a series of guides to help you through the process of organising your meetings as well as including a comprehensive introduction to the Conferences UK team. I hope you enjoy our guide and as ever I would be delighted to hear from you personally if you have any comments or suggestions.
INTRODUCTION 1
MG17_040
MG17_035
MG17_171
MG17_039
MG17_226
MG17_254
118 386
2 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MG17_236
220
366 210
64
240
CONTENTS MEETING ROOM STYLES BOARDROOM U-SHAPE THEATRE CABARET BANQUETING CLASSROOM HINTS AND TIPS MASTERFUL MARKETING TOP EVENT TECH PITFALLS – PLANNING & PREVENTION TOP TRENDS FOR 2017 24 HOUR COUNTDOWN FEEDBACK AND INSIGHT TOP INTERNATIONAL MEETING VENUES GLOSSARY CONFERENCES UK ABOUT US MEET THE TEAM
4 5 6 7 8 9
VENUES NORTH OF ENGLAND 42 THE MIDLANDS 142 SOUTH OF ENGLAND 224 LONDON 314 REST OF THE UK 382 A–Z VENUE INDEX 402
12 16 18 22 24 26 28 30 35 36
While every care has been exercised in the compilation and publishing of this document to ensure the validity of the information provided at the time of publication, Conferences UK accept no liability or responsibility for the accuracy of content or responsibility for any errors or omissions. Design by artworks54 with supporting imagery designed by Freepik.
CONTENTS 3
MEETING ROOM STYLES BOARDROOM DEFINITION In this layout a rectangular or oval table is set up in the middle of the room with chairs around all sides and ends. These can be set up in a square, hollow square or rectangle. BEST USED FOR This layout is ideal for smaller groups and promoting interaction between participants. It is often used for Board meetings, committee meetings, or discussion groups but is not the best layout for speakers or presentations.
Emirates Old Trafford is an award winning, multipurpose venue which can accommodate up to 2000 people in its larger event spaces. As you might expect, however, their ‘Boardroom’ is perfect for this meeting format and can accommodate 24 delegates, with great views over the cricket pitch. See page 66 for more information about this venue.
4 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
Dunchurch Park Hotel and Conference Centre is a charming grade two listed manor house in Warwickshire. Their meeting spaces offer great options for a board room layout with capacities in this format ranging from 10 in their smallest meeting room through to 70 in their appealing Garden Rooms. See page 164 for more information about this venue.
MEETING ROOM STYLES U-SHAPE DEFINITION In this layout the conference tables are set in the shape of the letter U, with chairs around the outside. BEST USED FOR This layout is best for Board and Committee meetings, training courses and focus groups where the focus is on the speaker or presentation and there is a requirement for note taking, or referring to paperwork. A U-Shape layout is best for groups of less than 25. Therefore it is not an ideal layout if you have a large group.
The Exchange at Colworth Park opened in 2011 and offers 20,000 sq ft of conference space in all. One of our favourite spaces in this venue is The Lecture theatre, which can hold up to 60 delegates as U-shape set up. See page 242 for more information about this venue.
Loughborough University has a diverse portfolio of venues operating under their award winning events brand imago. One of their most popular rooms is the Charter Suite, which is perfect for a u-shape set up and can host over 60 when set up in this style. See page 174 for more information about this venue.
MEETING ROOM STYLES 5
MEETING ROOM STYLES THEATRE DEFINITION A Theatre Style room set up is a flexible format and is generally best used when the audience will be listening to a speaker or watching a presentation on the screen. Seats or chairs are set out in rows facing a stage, lectern, head table, or speaker.
BEST USED FOR This layout allows a larger number of delegates to be seated in a room and is a good choice for larger groups when note-taking or group work is not required. However it is less effective for group work and interaction and it can be difficult to take notes.
The John Logie Baird Suite is the most popular space in the Manchester Marriott Victoria and Albert Hotel, due to its versatility, and flexibility, but, the most commonly requested set up is theatre style. The “JLB” can hold 240 delegates in this style. As it’s on the hotel’s ground floor, guests say it’s easy to find, and easily accessible, and the straight, plain walls of the room lend itself to being branded in company colours. The room has played host to a fabulous array of events over the years, including charity dinners, and even car launches as direct access from the hotel’s onsite car park into the suite make it smooth and manageable for companies to display cars inside the room! Whilst comfortably offering seating for 240 guests in theatre style, the JLB Suite also offers a side section with natural light that can be partitioned off, but we like to use this space to offer guests who take the whole room a dedicated space to catch-up with colleagues, engage in networking, and relax, before or after the meeting. See page 92 for more information about this venue.
6 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MEETING ROOM STYLES CABARET DEFINITION In this layout delegates face the front on groups of round tables with focus on the stage set. BEST USED FOR This layout suits presenting to and facilitating group work with larger numbers, where the use of round tables facilitates interaction between delegates. A side benefit is that rooms of this size and set up can be quickly converted to a Banqueting Style for an awards ceremony or gala dinner.
As a dedicated events venue Edinburgh Corn Exchange can accommodate a wide range of meeting requirements and layouts. Their Exchange meeting room is perfect for a cabaret layout and can host an impressive 650 delegates set up in this way. See page 388 for more information about this venue.
The Hilton London Metropole is one of Europe’s largest hotels and conference centres. Conference UK clients regularly book the Windsor suite which is able to hold up to 160 delegates in a banqueting layout. See page 340 for more information about this venue.
MEETING ROOM STYLES 7
MEETING ROOM STYLES BANQUETING DEFINITION The layout is similar to Cabaret style, with a number of round tables in the room, which enable delegates to interact with each other and also face the front.
BEST USED FOR This layout is intended for more formal dinners and awards, where there may be a requirement for the delegates to face the stage. In addition this format can be adapted with the tables situated around a dancefloor in the middle or edge of the room. This format is better suited to a larger rooms.
Nottingham’s prestigious Albert Hall Conference Centre is located within the East Midlands and the vibrant heart of Nottingham City Centre. Both the Great Hall and the Osbourne Suite are capable of hosting 180 people in a banqueting layout. See page 146 for more information about this venue.
Queen Mary University offers a range of event spaces across multiple sites. At the Mile End site, the Octagon is a simply stunning venue, which is perfect for a banqueting set up. In this format the room can hold 260 delegates. See page 366 for more information about this venue.
8 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MEETING ROOM STYLES CLASSROOM Offering a touch of glamour, the Hilton London Gatwick Airport’s popular Ascott suite can seat up to 225 people in a classroom format and is well located – just 30 mins from central London. See page 250 for more information about this venue.
Mythe Barn is located in the idyllic Warwickshire Countryside and offers a more informal approach to the classroom layout – with their grain storage meeting room able to accommodate up to 100 people in this format. See page 200 for more information about this venue.
DEFINITION In the classroom format, the room is set up in rows with conference tables facing the front of the room and is ideal for an event where there will lots of notetaking or computer work.
BEST USED FOR This is a good layout for training sessions and examinations. This layout allows larger groups to be accommodated at tables but does not allow for much group participation.
MEETING ROOM STYLES 9
ÂŁ2 million recent investment. Since 2014 Cedar Court Hotels have invested nearly ÂŁ2 million across the group. We have refurbished over 30% of our bedroom stock, created stylish meeting and event spaces at all hotels, launched new restaurants in Harrogate and Huddersfield and refurbished all health clubs.
10 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
Cedar Court Leeds/Bradford • 17 Meeting rooms • 800 Maximum capacity • 131 bedrooms • Spacious conference foyer • Vehicle access to main room • 400 Car parking spaces • Full leisure facilities
Cedar Court Harrogate • 8 Meeting rooms • 350 Maximum capacity • 100 Bedrooms • Town centre location with view of the Stray • Private gardens • 150 Car parking spaces
Cedar Court Huddersfield/Halifax
Yorkshire’s leading independent hotel group Leeds/Bradford | Harrogate | Huddersfield/Halifax | Wakefield
• 15 Meeting rooms • 400 Maximum capacity • 113 Bedrooms • 250 Car parking spaces • Full leisure facilities • Excellent motorway access • New Grill [54] restaurant
Cedar Court Wakefield • 18 Meeting rooms • 500 Maximum capacity • 149 Bedrooms • 350 Car parking spaces • Full leisure facilities • Excellent motorway access • Landscaped gardens
Cedar Court Hotels operate four, conveniently located 4* hotels across Yorkshire. We have a total of 61 meeting rooms available, and offer some of the largest purpose built conference and event spaces in the region, all with natural daylight. All of our hotels offer extensive free car parking, free WIFI and competitive delegate rates and our experience in hosting large banqueting events is second to none. Each hotel offers in excess of 100 bedrooms, many recently refurbished, and all hotels except Harrogate offer on-site leisure facilities including indoor pools and gyms. Please visit www.cedarcourthotels.co.uk for further details or to contact the hotel of your choice.
ADVERT 11
MASTERFUL MARKETING THE PRODUCT
Getting your ‘product’ – the event – right from the beginning is probably the most important thing. A great product is simply much easier and more cost effective to promote. Obvious? While most of us know this instinctively, the temptation to dive straight into the event agenda based on what you think you know is a common mistake. A crystal clear idea of who your potential attendees are, what they are looking for from an event and why they can’t get it somewhere else is essential. This will be easier if you have run the event or similar events before. If it’s a new event you will need to engage with potential attendees to get feedback on your ideas. Fortunately it is now relatively easier to share ideas and get feedback through social media like LinkedIn, as well as speaking to potential delegates in your network in a simple focus group environment.
12 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
GREAT SPEAKERS DRAW A CROWD
You can read a thousand posts on the importance of the speakers you have at your event. If you break an event down to its constituent parts, the event content is the most important aspect of any event. It is, in the main, the reason people will attend and the speakers are the most visible aspect of the content. Therefore, the quality of this content is critical in attracting the audience and ensuring satisfaction with the event. There is lots of talk in event marketing about the ‘rock star’ presenter – the big name that will draw the audience. However, at a more modest level it is simply about getting the speakers who are relevant to your audience and ensuring they are of the appropriate quality. Remember nobody wants to see someone talking through a powerpoint presentation at the best of times!
If you are committed to designing the product with the customer in mind, this is an opportunity to get your (potential) audience involved. Giving them the chance to choose who speaks is a great way of ensuring the content will be of maximum relevance. Probably the best example of this is the famous South by Southwest Panel Picker http://panelpicker.sxsw.com/
Attracting an audience for your event is the biggest challenge you will face, after all without the ‘numbers’ the event is not going to be successful. Furthermore marketing costs can quickly mount and eat away at your precious budget. Here’s a blueprint for success, which need not cost you anything.
LOCATION, LOCATION, LOCATION
SPREAD THE WORD
NO NEED TO SPEND A PENNY!
It is fair to say that location is more important than ever before. Technology has had an impact on the way we communicate with each other and your potential delegates are going to need a compelling reason to emerge from behind their smartphone or PC.
If you have followed the steps so far you will have invested heavily in a strong product. The content is highly relevant to your audience, the speakers are attractive and will attract attendees and it is going to be held in a place people want to be in. This makes the marketing task much more about promotion – simply letting people know about the event.
One benefit of having a great speaker for your event is that they are likely to have an exisiting network of potential delegates. Encourage them to use their network on your behalf, promoting their presence at your event to their audience. This is a great way of spreading the reach of your marketing way beyond your current resources. One tip is to make this as easy as possible for those speakers by sending them content they can use to feed their social networks.
It is fine if you are planning an event in Montreal. You can use the draw of the city to make the event itself even more attractive. If your aspirations are rather more local, the venue is vital. The more interesting and unique the venue, the better. Increasingly delegates expect to be wowed by the environment and want an experience from the event. Picking the perfect venue is critical – no matter how big the event. This is where www.conferences-uk.org.uk can help you. We have a dedicated team of venue finders who can take the pain out of this process.
Now make sure that it is easy for people to find your event by optimising your event website for search engines. The great thing about search engine optimisation is that it need not cost a penny - it just needs some care and attention to detail. There are plenty of DIY guides out there and many agencies that can do this for you if you need assistance.
It is also important to use your own social channels, particularly Facebook, Twitter and Linkedin. Ensure you pick a relevant event hashtag for Twitter and use it consistently throughout the whole event cycle, tweeting regularly and often. Consider adding Instagram to your social media mix. It is perfect for the visual nature of events, increasingly user friendly for businesses and currently less competitive than Facebook and Twitter.
HINTS AND TIPS 13
MASTERFUL MARKETING PAY PER CLICK
THERE’S AN APP FOR THAT!
IT’S NOT OVER WHEN IT’S OVER
We think event apps are the perfect way to improve your event marketing. They can be used to improve communication with delegates and potential delegates, enable the audience to more easily influence the event and facilitate networking and social sharing. Finally they are a convenient way of collecting feedback, particularly on speakers, ensuring you have the quality of information needed to shape the future product in line with your customer’s needs.
Remember that you start marketing your next event while your current event is running. Your live event presents a great opportunity to generate social content. Post event engagement opportunities are plentiful – distributing presentations and of course collecting feedback to shape your next event in line with your customer’s expectations.
£ If you do need to make a marketing investment, pay per click (PPC) campaigns are the most accountable form of marketing activity. Promoting your event website via Google and Facebook enables you to display highly targeted adverts within a strictly controlled budget. Consider also re-marketing campaigns, where your ad is displayed to people who have previously visited your website. This approach can be particularly effective for larger conferences, where the decision making process about attending is more involved. People who are considering attending may visit your website a number of times before they book – therefore frequent reminders about the event can be very effective.
14 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
As event apps are becoming increasingly common, there are more to choose from, which means the supply is more competitive. In addition to bigger players like http://doubledutch.me/ and crowdcoms.com there are hundreds of variations – including some free options.
For help finding the perfect venue for your event call Conferences UK on 0845 351 9917 or visit us online at www.conferences-uk.org.uk
We’ll help find you the right venue at the best possible price.
SECTION TITLE 15
TOP EVENT TECH MITHOUGHTS – is an application which enhances the relationship that a presenter can have with his/her audience. This means that the application facilitates interaction between the two parties as it allows the users to view slides, submit questions, answer straw polls and see audience responses in real time on the iPad.
ATEVENT – the AtEvent app helps you to capture higher quality leads that can be nurtured or routed to sales for immediate follow up. The app can scan attendee’s business cards or badges to accurately capture prospect contact info, add topics and follow-ups and check-in attendees. It also enables you to review and manage any information collected and it can integrate seamlessly with most Marketing Automation and CRM systems.
16 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
IBEACON – a protocol originally developed by Apple, many event organisers are now experimenting with beacons to speed up the check-in process. They can deploy these tiny pieces of hardware at the entrance of exhibition or conference venues to send QR codes to the attendees’ smart phones for easy check-in. To get things moving even faster, they can even use beacons to potentially check-in the attendees immediately as they arrive or get the badges automatically printed at a selfservice terminal nearby.
PERISCOPE AND MERKAAT – these are relatively new (around 18 months old) live streaming platforms for iphones and android devices. The app enables users to produce a live stream of events and for others to view it in real time. Twitter were excited enough by Periscope to acquire it in January 2015 and both apps present the opportunity to open up your events to a wider audience.
CROWDCOMMS.COM – offers event organisers the impact of a customised app, without the cost. You are able to select the features you require and include a high degree of customisation – you can even tailor the content and schedule according to your guests interests.
New technology is having a dramatic impact on meetings and events. Here we profile some of the most interesting new developments, which could add value your next event.
MANTAROBOT - mobile telepresence provides the opportunity to those people who can’t physically attend an event to call into Skype, for example, and have a robot roll around an event so that they can hear and see what’s going on.
VIRTUALEVENTBAGS.COM – the mission here is to eradicate goodie bags. This digital event bag is effectively a platform which is used by your sponsors and exhibitors to share their content with your audience. The aim is to give your sponsors the maximum degree of control over the content they share.
CONNECT&GO – is a wearable device (a bracelet) which allows the event’s organising team to control access to the event. Moreover, users can engage with social media by scan-sharing their experience live with their social networks and include their friends/colleagues within the event’s extended community. In addition, they can also make cashless payments by buying credits on their wearables or linking the wearables to their credit cards. Finally Connect&Go’s Event Analytics Reports provide time, location, customer ID and interaction data that is as valuable in real-time as it is in planning the next event.
CHATBOTS – Chatbots are essentially computer programs which are designed to simulate a conversation with another human being. They are really being pioneered by Facebook, through its increasingly ubiquitous messenger system. This piece of tech will enable event managers to deliver automated customer support before, during and after events.
DOUBLEDUTCH – a US based company offers an event app designed to enhance engagement before and (in particular) during the event. In part the aim is to bring an element of fun to event networking – providing leaderboards for the most popular delegate led content for example, however this is backed up by a substantial amount of analytics on the data collected via the app. The main aim of this data is to enable event organisers to improve future events based on delegate feedback.
HINTS AND TIPS 17
PITFALLS – PLANNING AND PREVENTION SLOW CHECK IN A slow check in at the beginning of any event can really set a negative tone. With a larger event this could be become a real problem if there are lots of delegates waiting around waiting to gain access. Technology can be used to pretty much eradicate this issue. There are a number of event apps which smooth the check in process, or you can use iBeacon technology to automatically register people as they enter the building. If your budgets don’t stretch that far, ensure that you have suitable numbers of staff to check people in and separate the meet and greet area from the information desk, so that delegates that simply want to gain access are not delayed by those that have detailed questions.
SUPPLIER ISSUES
UNEXPECTED GUESTS
The more external suppliers you have involved in your event the more scope for a problem developing on the day of your event. You can limit the potential for such issues arising by using regular suppliers, documenting all agreements and having a pre-conference briefing meetings. However the unexpected can always occur – so the solution is to have scenario plans in place for event critical suppliers, which will mean having access to alternatives on the day in the event that they are needed.
Forecasting numbers can be very difficult. You might expect that some of the people who confirm do not attend, but equally, at certain events, you might have additional guests in the form of the unexpected ‘plus one’. To handle such a scenario you will need a clear policy from the event owner (the internal or external client who has initiated the event). While it can be frustrating when you are trying to manage to capacity, you don’t want to fracture any key relationships by offending an important client who has brought along an uninvited colleague, for example. It is also vital to be very clear about the maximum capacity of the space you have as this cannot be exceeded, for health and safety reasons. As a result it is generally wise to plan for some additional capacity to provide some leeway on the day of the meeting.
+1
18 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
Despite your best planning and contingencies there can still be a ‘hiccup’ on the big day. Here’s our guide on how best to plan for the unexpected…
THE LOST DELEGATE
LATE SPEAKERS
AV FAIL
Larger events can be difficult for delegates to navigate initially. It is easy for the organisers of such events to fall into the trap of assuming their attendees will know where to go and what is on where, because by the time the event is live, the organiser will be very familiar with the space. While technology will once again provide solutions through event management apps, a more low tech solution can be as simple as asking a colleague who has not been involved in organising the event to walk through the event space with you prior to the event to assist in preparing and placing signage.
Speakers can be delayed. This is often true of speakers who have a lot of engagements, as it is not uncommon for them to fly from one event to another. You can mitigate this risk, to some extent by learning their preevent schedule, having a pre-event briefing and working with people you have already had positive experiences of. However in the event that a speaker is unavoidably delayed, having some ‘slack’ in the event schedule will be of assistance, as it will enable you to move timings around to accommodate a late arrival.
If you have organised a meeting or event it is likely that you will be familiar with the issues that seem inevitably effect AV equipment and the uncomfortable silence as someone grapples with an unresponsive projector or computer. In an unfamiliar venue it always makes sense to have the in-house tech team support you. They will be familiar with the equipment and be able to resolve it or replace it very quickly.
EXPECT THE UNEXPECTED Sometimes something totally unexpected will happen. Often event organisers will refer to Murphy ’s Law – if anything can go wrong it will. Despite your best planning efforts and contingencies something might occur that you were just not expecting. The key here is you. To successfully manage meetings and events of any scale you will need to be a great problem solver and able to think on your feet – often in a pressure situation. Furthermore, you will need to have excellent interpersonal skills. Sometimes there is no fix for a particular issue other than to smooth things over or apologise. Having a great manner with people will help with this. Finally be prepared to be decisive, meetings and events are by their very nature time limited activities so you will need to make a quick decision on the solutions you are going to implement.
HINTS AND TIPS 19
m ac d o n a l d h ot e l s & r e s o rt s
M ACDONA LD MEETINGS WE MAK E TIME FOR YOUR BUSINESS Macdonald Hotels & Resorts are in the precise and exacting business of making time for you. We know you have relatively little of it and so much to do in it. Which is why we’ve created five simple promises to you and your business.
ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT
PRODUCT EXPERIENCE
ENQUIRY & CONVERSION
TO THE DIRECT BOOKER We promise you will be treated as an individual and your priorities taken care of.
TO THE DIRECT BOOKER We promise you will have product experts to make the best personal recommendation for you.
TO THE DIRECT BOOKER We promise to value your business by offering you a customised proposal at a time that suits you.
TO THE AGENT We promise you will have a nominated account manager and a dedicated booking consultant to deliver a seamless service for you.
TO THE AGENT We promise to give you the tools to easily educate your team on our product.
SERVICE DELIVERY
POST-EVENT & FOLLOW-UP
TO THE DIRECT BOOKER We promise to deliver the experience you want with connectivity as a given.
TO THE DIRECT BOOKER We promise to genuinely thank you so that you’ll always want to return.
TO THE AGENT We promise to deliver the experience your client wants with connectivity as a given.
TO THE AGENT We promise to reward you so that you will want to work with us time and time again.
TO THE AGENT We promise to respond to your enquiry within 30 minutes, with the best rate first time, every time.
CONTACT OUR ConferenCe DireCt team TODAY ON 0344 879 9192 OR EMAIL ConferenCe@ maCDonalD-hotels. Co.uk
W W W. m ac d o n a l d h ot e l s .c o . U K / m e e t I n G s 28315_Group Meeting DPS Advert AW.indd 1
20 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
m ac d o n a l d h ot e l s & r e s o rt s meetings@
Macdonald Norwood Hall Hotel, Aberdeen Macdonald Holyrood Hotel, Edinburgh Macdonald Houstoun House, Edinburgh West Macdonald Linden Hall Golf & Country Club, Northumberland Macdonald Tickled Trout Hotel, Preston Macdonald Kilhey Court, Wigan Macdonald New Blossoms Hotel, Chester Macdonald Hill Valley Hotel, Golf & Spa, Shropshire Macdonald Portal Hotel, Golf & Spa, near Chester Macdonald Craxton Wood Hotel & Spa, near Chester Macdonald Manchester Hotel & Spa, Manchester Macdonald Alveston Manor Hotel, Stratford-upon-Avon Macdonald Burlington Hotel, Birmingham Macdonald Berystede Hotel & Spa, Ascot Macdonald Windsor Hotel, Windsor Macdonald Compleat Angler, Marlow Macdonald Botley Park Hotel & Spa, Southampton
INCENTIVES@ Macdonald Aviemore Resort, Aviemore Macdonald Loch Rannoch Hotel, Kinloch Rannoch Macdonald Pittodrie House, near Aberdeen Macdonald Rusacks Hotel, St Andrews Macdonald Forest Hills Hotel & Spa, Aberfoyle Macdonald Marine Hotel & Spa, North Berwick Macdonald Leeming House, Ullswater Macdonald Old England Hotel & Spa, Windermere Macdonald Randolph Hotel, Oxford Macdonald Bear Hotel, Woodstock Macdonald Frimley Hall Hotel & Spa, Camberley Macdonald Windsor Hotel, Windsor Macdonald Compleat Angler, Marlow Macdonald Bath Spa Hotel, Bath Macdonald Kinsale Hotel & Spa, Kinsale, Ireland
IRELAND KINSALE
CORK
CONFERENCES@ & EVENTS/EXHIBITIONS@ Macdonald Drumossie Hotel, Inverness Macdonald Aviemore Resort, Aviemore Macdonald Crutherland House, Glasgow South Macdonald Inchyra Hotel & Spa, near Stirling Macdonald Cardrona Hotel, Golf & Spa, Peebles Gisborough Hall Hotel, North Yorkshire Macdonald Kilhey Court, Wigan Macdonald Portal Hotel, Golf & Spa, near Chester Macdonald Craxton Wood Hotel & Spa, near Chester Macdonald Manchester Hotel & Spa, Manchester Macdonald Ansty Hall, near Coventry Macdonald Burlington Hotel, Birmingham Macdonald Randolph Hotel, Oxford Macdonald Frimley Hall Hotel & Spa, Camberley Macdonald Berystede Hotel & Spa, Ascot Macdonald Botley Park Hotel & Spa, Southampton
W W W. m ac d o n a l d h ot e l s .c o . U K / m e e t I n G s 30/09/2016 16:26
ADVERT 21
TOP TRENDS FOR 2017 TAKING CONTROL
EXPERIENCES MATTERS
Marketers have talked about consumers demanding customised products and experiences for some time now. Events are no exception and the attendees as customers must be the focus. At a very basic level this can mean having multiple streams of content for delegates to choose from or enabling them to plan part of the event or control part of the agenda. At a more sophisticated stage, it can mean that attendees are able to influence key elements of the event, such as the music or lighting or have their food delivered to their seat. In delivering these customised experiences event managers will be aided by event technology which delivers increasing amounts of data to take the guess work out of what attendees want.
Delegates are looking for events to deliver a real experience. Technology makes it easier to connect without meeting, which means physical meetings and events will have to be an experience. Furthermore, Millenials, who prioritise experiences and sharing are increasingly becoming the audience for events, making this trend even more defined. This will impact on your event in a number of ways, from the branding, through to the wow factor delivered by a unique venue or headline speaker. For larger events looking to deliver a commercial return it will be critical to engage your customers in the experience before, during and after the event.
FOODIE CULTURE You don’t have to look very far these days to see a fairly mainstream interest in food and foodie culture. This will impact on meetings and events in a number of ways. In the first instance you can expect food and beverage costs to rise as the menus become healthier, better quality and pricier, to meet the needs of delegates whose expectations continue to be raised. From a venue perspective the Chef and F&B manager will be increasingly influential in attracting events to their venues.
22 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
These are exciting times in the MICE sector, with a number of trends shaping the way meetings and events are planned, implemented and experienced in a positive way. We pick five that will impact on your event regardless of size.
IT’S A HYBRID! Technology has had such a dramatic impact on meetings and conferences that it is difficult to overstate its impact. Some technology, such as mobile event apps, virtual goodie bags and wearables will improve the event experience and encourage attendance. Other applications of technology and in particular, its ability to connect people across the globe – will discourage attendance. As a result hybrid events, with a mix of physically present delegates and some joining virtually and experiencing the event via virtual reality and 360 video will become increasing common. Crowd streaming apps like periscope will bring this opportunity to events and meetings of all budgets, while the desire to save costs which has seen companies like HP hold virtual shareholders meetings for the first time, will result in only people who really need and want to be at an event to be physically present.
OFFLINE CONNECTIVITY There are lots of ways for people to connect online and this has, of course, revolutionised social and business behaviour. However, we still place a premium on meeting people faceto-face. This is why events will play a crucial role in the way that we do business in the future. However it is not enough to rely on chance to meet with that all important potential connection at a larger event – delegates will want to be assured of meeting up with the right people. This is where the better events apps can help, effectively matchmaking delegates to deliver a streamlined networking opportunity and adding further value to your event.
HINTS AND TIPS 23
24 HOUR COUNTDOWN THE FINAL CHECKLIST
CHECK THE NUMBERS
CATERING
If you are responsible for running a large meeting or event, you will already know it takes lots of planning and preparation. Picking the right venue, date and content are key steps to success. It is also important to conduct a final check immediately before your event, to make sure everything is in order.
Delegate attendance can be very fluid and no doubt your original list of attendees will have changed considerably since you distributed the first invitation. Furthermore, it can be quite common for some of the people who registered not to turn up on the day.
Catering arrangements are a vital part of any event. It is important to review the arrangements immediately before the event and in particular ensure that the venue (or caterers) have the correct numbers and are informed of any particular dietary requirements. Feedback indicates that catering is one of the most basic and important aspect of almost any event and if you get this right, you have taken a big step towards positive feedback from your attendees.
To help with this we have created this checklist so that you can run through it before the big day and ensure you control events, rather than the event controlling you.
24 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
You can get on top of this by reviewing your numbers in detail the day before your event and sending out a final pre-event email. This email may assist in identifying delegates that can no longer attend before the day of the actual event, ensuring that you are ahead of the game on the morning of your event.
It’s 24 hours to go to the big day – are you prepared? Here’s a helpful checklist of items it’s worth spending that extra time reviewing before it’s zero hour!
SPEAKERS
REVIEW THE CONTRACT
COLLATERAL
If you have invited speakers, the day before your event is a great time to check there are no foreseeable issues that will prevent them from attending or arriving on time. It is important to check that each speaker is aware of and comfortable with the arrangements that are in place. Where possible it is also a good opportunity to check that any content they will be using (in particular their presentation) has been provided in advance.
The day prior to your event is a good opportunity to have final review of the contract arrangements with the venue of your choice. In particular you should check that any last minute changes that you become aware of are within the terms you have agreed. It is also a good opportunity to speak with your main contact at the venue (or meet face to face if a larger event) to have a final run through.
Finally make sure any event collateral has arrived and in order. Whether this be as basic as the agenda for a meeting or as complex as delegate bags for larger events, ensuring you are on top of this before the event is crucial.
HINTS AND TIPS 25
FEEDBACK AND INSIGHT WHERE TO START?
FOCUS GROUPS
The danger of jumping right in with a survey to find out what delegates thought about your event is that you might be asking the wrong questions.
A great way of starting to understand this is through focus groups. Focus groups are effectively structured feedback sessions involving a small cross section of existing and potential customers. Where budgets allow it is always worth using an experienced professional. If budget is not available it is possible to run a fairly basic group yourself. Some basic tips are included here;
Market research techniques like satisfaction surveys are valuable tools, but are inevitably limited by the questions that are being asked. As you will have no doubt experienced yourself, when you complete a survey you can only really respond to the questions being posed. In effect the person preparing it has set the agenda.
POSITIVE RESPONSES TO IRRELEVANT ISSUES Where this can prove problematic is if, for example, the questions in a post event satisfaction survey focus on the quality of the catering and hotel comfort levels, when the delegates are really interested in networking opportunities. The survey results may be positive, but the delegates are providing good feedback on issues the majority of them do not consider important. It is, therefore, very important to start by ensuring that you are asking the right questions. What is really important to your delegates? What do they think are the most important factors, which if you get them right, will result in high levels of satisfaction?
26 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
• Select a cross section of customers and potential customers • Choose a venue and meeting space at a convenient date and time for your customers • Invite your customers to attend the group and offer an incentive for attendance • Draft a topic guide for the discussion, this is effectively an informal agenda to help you structure the discussion • Hold the focus group, ensure that you have a mechanism for recording the discussion • Write up the key findings and action them Typically the number of focus groups that you hold should reflect the size and diversity of your audience. Practically it is likely that this will be determined by your budget. If you organise a large, national or international conference or a series of conferences in multiple locations you may need to consider holding multiple groups in different areas/regions. Around eight or nine people per group is generally agreed to be the perfect size.
“Online focus groups are an effective way of getting feedback from your customers, without the need for them to travel. They can be particularly effective at engaging busy professionals, who might otherwise not make their time available. Such methods are relatively cost effective and simple to implement, companies such as www.liveminds. co.uk provide an ‘off-the-shelf’ solution.”
Conducting research into customer satisfaction is a key aspect of a good event management strategy to ensure that events meet delegate expectations. Getting quality feedback is vital, but it can seem daunting if you have not done so before. It can be a particular challenge to ensure that you hear from enough of your customers and to make sure that you are asking the right questions in the first place.
NEXT STEPS
COLLECTING YOUR DATA
Once you have completed this process and have a clear idea about the key success factors for your delegates – i.e. what is really important to them, you are well placed to create your customer satisfaction survey.
There are many different ways of getting your survey into the hands of your delegates. You will need to figure out which is the best approach for you and use it. Some popular methods are shown below. ONLINE
Distributing an online link to a tool like survey monkey is a straightforward method of collecting data. It has the major benefit of being straightforward and easy to manage the analysis of the results. The disadvantage is that your delegates will need to make the effort to access the link during the event, which may result in a drop off in participation in the survey.
PAPER
Hard copy self completion surveys are commonly used, particularly during or immediately following events. They are easy for delegates to manage and return immediately but it can be more of a challenge to analyse the results, particularly if there is a significant response level.
FACE-TO-FACE
Using people to collect data for you. This can be a good method of encouraging a high proportion of delegates to complete the survey. It can be more expensive to implement and worth noting that people can alter their responses if the feedback if they perceived their feedback is not totally confidential.
MOBILE
There are an increasing range of mobile apps and services that enable people to complete their survey on their mobile device. Check out companies such as www.ipinionsurveys.com
However you plan to capture the data from your delegates it is important to ensure, 1. The questions are clear, unambiguous and easy to understand 2. The questions follow in logical order 3. The survey is of an appropriate length and not too time consuming for delegates to complete As a rule of thumb you want your survey to take around 5 mins, certainly no longer than 10 mins or you might experience drop off in the completion rate or disengagement as people ‘switch off’. Before your survey goes live it is very important to test it. Get several colleagues to complete the survey before you let a ‘real’ customer do so. Ask them to highlight any obvious mistakes and point out anything that does not quite flow. Also have a look at how the results of the test come back to make sure that you have a manageable method of analysing the results and that it is really getting to the heart of the questions that you want to answer.
This approach should ensure that you have a robust approach to customer satisfaction research will provide detailed insight and ensure you have a picture of current satisfaction levels and a clear route forward for making improvements.
HINTS AND TIPS 27
TOP INTERNATIONAL MEETING VENUES MANDARIN ORIENTAL SHANGHAI
BURJ AL ARAB DUBAI
The Mandarin Oriental has the sleekest design in the world, and is set right in the heart of Shanghai’s financial district. The contemporary design spreads over the ballroom, junior ballroom and the 8 other meeting rooms they have available. Their in-house technology is second to none and they offer every client a dedicated meeting planner, just to make sure that nothing goes wrong. Spectacular views, spa and worldleading gourmet restaurants; this is much more than just another skyscraper.
It’s the world’s most luxurious hotel, with chauffeur driven Rolls Royces, discreet check-in and a whole host of butlers and chefs. It’s effortlessly elegant with an enormous 18th century-style Viennese Opera House, suspended outdoor amphitheatre and ultra-modern boardroom among other spaces that look out over the towering city. The hotel has its own private beach and pools, world class restaurants and a luxury spa. Not to mention the helicopter pad, allowing visitors to make a truly spectacular entrance. If you’re still not satisfied, there’s a water park and a chance to help rehabilitate turtles. What more could you want?
INTERCONTINENTAL DANANG SUN PENINSULA RESORT VIETNAM Officially the world’s leading luxury resort in 2015, the meeting space here oozes Vietnamese culture, history and extravagance. The event centre, aptly named The Summit, is nestled amongst the hills of the Son Tra Peninsula and has panoramic views of the East Sea. The latest technology and excellent service pair together to result in a conference that will amaze delegates. The hotel also arranges a variety of authentic experiences for you, from conical leaf hat making, to visiting a local school, to touring the surrounding national park. This would be an unforgettable stay.
28 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
The Conferences UK team know their venues better than any other agency. This year we asked them to pick the best meeting venues outside of the UK.
FOUR SEASONS HOTEL GRESHAM PALACE BUDAPEST Overlooking the Danube River in the heart of Hungary’s capital, this beautiful palace is one of Europe’s top meeting venues. The hotel’s exquisite Art-Nouveau décor spreads throughout 9 function rooms, all with state of the art technology and a customised experience. Well known for their car launches, with room for up to 10 vehicles to be showcased inside, there’s no skimping when it comes to luxury. Expect a unique dining experience with world-class chefs and panoramic views. This venue truly delivers.
THE LANGHAM CHICAGO
EMIRATES PALACE ABU DHABI
Downtown Chicago is home to Trip Advisor’s number one hotel in the US. Its unrivalled elegance and bespoke service will take your breath away. The lavish rooms (all with state of the art technology), dining and entertainment make it one of the top meeting venues in the whole of the USA. The sweeping views of Lake Michigan from the floor-to-ceiling windows make this skyscraper a true wonder to gaze out of. The included spa, private bars and world-class food will be sure to make your conference one to remember.
Have you ever thought about holding your conference in one of the most expensive hotels to ever be built? Well this is the one is for you. Built with a 1.3km long private beach and underwater museum, open to all guests, it has 42 grandiose meeting and conference rooms. The Palace stretches 1km from wing to wing and has the capacity to hold 20,000 guests in its function spaces, with journalists describing it as 7 star. It’s the number one building in the city and radiates Arab charm. Along with all this, the spectacular views makes this hotel one of kind.
HINTS AND TIPS 29
GLOSSARY 24 HOUR DELEGATE RATE: A package offered by venues to clients, usually corporate. 24-hour rates can include a range of things but will generally include; use of meeting room, use of conference facilities, refreshments, Lunch, Dinner, Accommodation and Breakfast. AGENT/AGENCY: The Company managing the event on behalf of the client. AV (AUDIO/VISUAL): Equipment with both sound and visual used for presentations, such as projectors. BACK PROJECTION: Projecting from the rear of the stage set so the projector cannot be seen. This requires additional space – at least three additional metres of space behind the stage set. BANQUET SET-UP: This is a room layout where round tables are set out in groups (usually at a banquet or gala dinner). BOARDROOM SET-UP: This is a room layout where rectangle or oval shaped tables are set up with chairs on both sides and ends.
30 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BREAK-OUT ROOMS: Small function rooms set up for a group within an event as opposed to a plenary or general session. BREAK-OUT SESSIONS: Small group sessions, panels, workshops or presentations, offered concurrently within the event, formed to focus on specific subjects. The event is apart from the general session, but within the event format, formed to focus on specific subjects. These sessions can be arranged by basic, intermediate or advanced; or divided by interest areas or industry segment. CABARET STYLE SEATING: A room layout where round tables are set out with the chairs facing the front so all delegates have a view of the stage. CORKAGE: The charge applied by a venue to a client when bringing their own alcohol on site. CANCELLATION CLAUSE: Terms by which a contract may be cancelled usually with a penalty. CLASSROOM SET-UP: Tables arranged in rows facing the stage with seating positioned behind each table.
DAY DELEGATE RATE (DDR): Rate charged by a venue per delegate per day based on a full day meeting. This rate will usually include meeting room hire, two servings of tea and coffee, lunch and conference equipment (flipchart, screen etc). DB&B: Dinner, Bed and Breakfast. EARLY BIRD REGISTRATION: Advance registration for an event by a certain date, usually at a discount. FLOOR PLAN: The layout of the room to include table and seating arrangements along with entertainment or stage area. FIRST OPTION: When a venue reserves space not yet contracted for and also given first refusal to confirm if there is an alternative firm enquiry. HERRINGBONE LAYOUT: Table arrangement used for dinners that will involve a speaker. Tables are placed at a diagonal pointing towards the front of the room with chairs are set on both sides and at the head of the table. The end of the table is left open so no one has their back to the speaker.
HOLLOW SQUARE LAYOUT: Table arrangement where tables are placed to form a square with an open inside space. Chairs are only placed on the outside of square.
OVERBOOKING: The process of taking in too many reservations for an event or event venue than there is room for. This is a common practice in hotels to compensate for non-arrivals.
INCENTIVE: Meeting event as part of a programme which is offered to its participants to reward a previous performance.
ROOM SET-UP: The layout and arrangement of a meeting room specified by the client using equipment, chairs, tables and other furniture.
KEYNOTE: Opening speech or presentation at a meeting that sets the tone or theme of the event.
ROOMING LIST: Comprehensive accommodation list showing names, arrival, departure dates and any special requirements.
LAVALIERE MICROPHONE: A small microphone that is clipped onto clothing to allow the speaker to move.
ROOM TURNOVER: Time allowed in order for the venue to reset the meeting room from one layout to another.
MINIMUM GUARANTEED NUMBERS: The lowest number of chargeable guests/delegates for the event specified in the contract.
RACK RATE: The suggested retail price. A term often used in the travel/hotel industry to describe the inflated prices someone pays when booking a room directly with a hotel rather than a discounted travel agency.
MICE: Meetings, Incentive, Conference/ Congress, & Exhibition. ON CONSUMPTION: Paying only for what has been consumed as opposed to paying in advance.
REAR PROJECTION: Projector that projects an image from behind a screen rather than from in front of it.
RIGGING: Rigging equipment is used to suspend light and sound systems and aerial performers. SERPENTINE TABLES: Curved tables that can be used at corner points in U-Shape, Conference and Hollow Square style table/ seating set ups. THEATRE STYLE SEATING: A seating arrangement designed for presentations or lectures where participants do not need to take notes. Participants are given a chair but are not seated at a table. All chairs face towards the front of the room. WORKSHOP: This is a term given to areas/ rooms that are allocated in addition to the main plenary session; they can consist of team-building exercises, Informal sessions of free discussions or training sessions in which delegates, often develop skills and knowledge in a given field. WAITLIST: A list of a people still waiting for an event or a bedroom in a hotel. Also if space is already being held provisionally, the new client will be waitlisted or put on second option.
HINTS AND TIPS 31
BUSINESS
EVERY BOX TICKED
Where everything works for business
FIND US IN: Scotland: Aberdeen | Edinburgh | Glasgow | North East & Yorkshire: Hull | Leeds North | Leeds South | Newcastle | North West: Blackpool | Liverpool | Manchester Ashton | Manchester Bury | Manchester Cheadle | Manchester Hyde | Warrington | Wirral | Midlands: Birmingham Dudley | Birmingham Walsall | Coventry | Nottingham | Solihull | Wales: Cardiff | Chester St.Davids | Swansea | South: Bournemouth | Farnborough | London Watford | Maidstone | Swindon
ConferencesUK-DoubleSpread-Master.indd 1
32 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
RELAX, YOUR MEETING WILL RUN LIKE A DREAM AT VILLAGE. WE TICK EVERY BOX ON YOUR LIST.
What to expect?
• Complimentary WiFi & car parking • Flexible space
• ClickShare Wireless Technology allowing up to 5 people to share their presentation to a 65” HD TV • Fully stocked conference café • Relaxing breakout area
• Dedicated events organiser
• Complimentary access to our leisure facilities
Think of us when planning: • Conferences
• Training
• Teambuilding
• Black Tie Events
• Private Dining
• Themed Parties
• Social Events & Tribute Nights
• Award Ceremonies
ClickShare Technology
• Exhibitions
• Recruitment Events
The MeetMe Team
One email, One telephone number, One team Check live availability at any Village Hotel Club with fast up to the minute response and the ability to handle multiple location enquiries. For the best rates available (including promotions) Email: meetme@village-hotels.com or call: 01925
873281 Website: VillageHotelClub.com/Business
Modern Stylish Rooms 15/07/2016 11:26
ADVERT 33
For help finding the perfect venue for your event call Conferences UK on 0845 351 9917 or visit us online at www.conferences-uk.org.uk
We’ll help find you the right venue at the best possible price.
34 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CONFERENCES UK Conferences UK is a specialist venue finding service, based in Didsbury, Manchester. The business was established in 2005 to enable organisations of all sizes to find a suitable venue for their meetings and events. The service is free and our aim is to connect as many people as possible with their perfect venue.
To achieve this we have built a team of experienced venue finders who are driven by their desire to help people find great places to hold their event. This drive is reflected in the diligence with which we treat each and every enquiry we receive, regardless of the size of event. Every query we receive gets the same attention and a selection of suitable venues is always provided, enabling each client to choose which is the most appropriate for their requirements. Furthermore, our team of expert venue finders are on hand to use their in-depth knowledge to support the process. While the success of our business is built around the strength of our people, the digital systems we have developed are also vital in helping us provide a superior service. www.conferences-uk.org.uk features around 40,000 comprehensive venue profiles in the UK and internationally. Our proposal and management systems enable us to process your enquiry with the maximum efficiency. As a result we are able to ensure that you receive the most effective response to your enquiry.
FREE AND SIMPLE TO USE SERVICE
WHAT DO OUR CLIENTS SAY?
1. Call us on 0845 351 9917 or contact us through http://www.conferences-uk. org.uk/contactus.asp
I wish I had discovered Conferences Group earlier in my professional life. I have organised countless conferences and events in the last 30 years, and finding suitable venues has always been a huge challenge. Now that I have discovered Conferences Group I will definitely use them again in the future. Des, 4th May 2016.
2. Tell us what your requirements are. 3. We will get straight to work checking the availability of suitable venues. 4. We will negotiate hard on your behalf (we will even fight for free teas and coffees!). 5. We will send you a concise proposal with venue options that match your exact requirements including details of availability, pricing and most importantly savings. 6. We can arrange for a site visit, for you to inspect the venue if required. 7. We check the contracts for you.
Very quick and helpful service, especially for someone who does not know the area. Alexandra Green, 6th April 2016 Excellent customer service, perfect understanding of my requirements, and prompt reply‌ will definitely use again! Nora, 10th March 2016 To see more of our client reviews visit our testimonials page. http://www.conferencesuk.org.uk/testimonials_list.asp
8. We help you to complete the booking.
CONFERENCES UK 35
CONFERENCES UK MEET THE TEAM BACKGROUND Simon is a serial entrepreneur and he has founded a number of successful businesses. His passion for events began while studying for a degree in Tourism Management and ultimately led to him launching Conferences UK in 2005. BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB I’m now surrounded by talented people who really enjoy their work which means I can focus on developing the business. It’s great to work with people who really enjoy what they do! TOP MONEY SAVING TIP Always negotiate on price. It seems like a simple piece of advice but people often don’t and miss out on savings. Also never take the price of a cup of tea for granted! Catering costs can mount up and it is as important to negotiate on the prices of items that seem peripheral as it is on the core costs of the venue.
BACKGROUND Carl is one of our most experienced venue finders and joined the company in 2011. Prior to that he was at Expotel and has over 10 years of experience in the sector. BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB Finding venues for meetings and events always has its challenges, it’s that challenge that makes my job interesting. Everyday there is something different, getting the right venue at the right price for my customers is a bit like completing a puzzle and brings fresh and new challenges every day so not every day is the same. FAVOURITE CONFERENCE VENUE MSE Meeting & Training Centre Oxford Street London – cannot speak highly enough about this venue.
FAVOURITE CONFERENCE VENUE I particularly like the ME Hotel in London with its ultra modern design and facilities.
SIMON THOMPSON MANAGING DIRECTOR
36 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CARL BRINDLEY VENUE FINDER
BACKGROUND Jayne is an events industry expert, with over 12 years of experience in the sector. A key member of the team, she has been with the company for over six years.
BACKGROUND Adam joined Conferences UK having studied Event Management at Manchester Metropolitan University and has quickly become a valued member of the team.
BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB Helping customers to find the best meeting venue for their requirements is immensely satisfying, particularly when they realise the service is free and how much money I am able to save them.
BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB Being able to offer clients a thorough service, which they would struggle to do on their own, and knowing I have done as much as I can to assist them. I also enjoy the variety of enquires that come through, the job is always slightly different.
TOP MONEY SAVING TIP Always take a look at the breakdown packages, as they can work out cheaper than a day delegate rate. I always do this on behalf of my customers and it often results in a saving for them. People are often time pressured and don’t get time to make the comparison – this is really where an experienced venue finder can help.
JAYNE WINSTANLEY VENUE FINDER
TOP MONEY SAVING TIP Always take advantage of the ‘Venue Special Offers’ which are often available monthly on the website. Also, it’s always worth trying to get evening dinners and other services for a discount rate with large bookings, this is where the Venue Finder’s contacts and experience can be key.
ADAM SHAW VENUE FINDER
CONFERENCES UK 37
CONFERENCES UK MEET THE TEAM BACKGROUND Hannah joined our team from Manchester Metropolitan University, where she studied Event Management. She has quickly established herself as an important member of the venue finding team.
BACKGROUND Richard is a well known figure within the meetings and events sector. He has been a key member of the Conferences UK team since 2009, having joined us from Kents Hill Park where he was the Director of Sales.
BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB I enjoy the unpredictability of each day as every client has different requirements. This has enabled me to get a detailed understanding of the range of different venues out there, which enables me to provide the best possible service I can for my clients completely free of charge.
BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB am fortunate to have a really diverse range of clients, each one with very different needs. It has been really rewarding to build long term relationships with clients and be able to quantify the positive impact that Conferences UK has had for them.
FAVOURITE VENUE I enjoy working with Beaumont Estate. It’s a great venue and the team there are so customer focused. The team there will always negotiate rates when they can so it means I can get a great price for my clients.
MONEY SAVING TIP Not everyone understands that using a third party agency such as Conferences UK is actually free. There is no cost associated with using the service and the customer benefits from the savings which our expert team of venue finders are able to achieve.
HANNA REEVE VENUE FINDER
RICHARD NEWMAN REGIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER
38 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BACKGROUND Previously Sales Director at Hanover International, Stan has managed key accounts at Conferences UK for several years and has been instrumental in the company’s continued growth. BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB I get a real sense of reward from building strong relationships with our venue partners and helping them to build their business.
MAIN DUTIES I perform the day to day financial activities including the bank reconciliations, management of book debt, VAT returns, payroll & preparation of month end and annual accounts. I am responsible for checking targets and monitoring the performance of each department on a monthly basis and assist on the preparation of financial reporting including financial forecasts and reviewing annual budgets.
MONEY SAVING TIP The ‘cheapest’ deal often does not work out to be the cheapest. Check the small print to see what is included and what might end up as being extras on any day delegate package. This is an area where an agency like Conferences UK can really help, particularly when you are under time pressure to find a venue.
STAN POSNER SALES MANAGER
CLARE WEBSTER FINANCIAL CONTROLLER
CONFERENCES UK 39
CONFERENCES UK MEET THE TEAM ROLE: I am responsible for welcoming visitors to the office and providing hospitality. I am also kept busy monitoring the office telephone system transferring calls to different departments in the office. As well as general administrative duties for the Conference side of the business I also help the Accounts department with sending out invoices and chasing outstanding ones.
In August 2016 we welcomed two new members to our team of expert venue finders. Megan and Elin joined us from Manchester Metropolitan University’s Event Management Degree.
BEST THING ABOUT YOUR JOB? I like my job because of the unpredictability each day brings and the variety of work I do between the different departments I work for. I never seem to quite know what head I will have on from one hour to the next which keeps me alert and makes my job so enjoyable, most of the time!
ELIN WILLIAMS
JULIE HUMPHREY RECEPTIONIST/ADMINISTRATOR
40 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MEGAN GAMMAGE
VENUES
VENUES NORTH OF ENGLAND 42 THE MIDLANDS 142 SOUTH OF ENGLAND 224 LONDON 314 REST OF THE UK 382 A–Z VENUE INDEX 402
SECTION TITLE 41
VENUES NORTH OF ENGLAND
‘The North’ with its diverse range of vibrant cities and towns in close proximity to some of the country’s most breath taking countryside offers a huge range of choice for meetings and events. Manchester, Liverpool, Sheffield, Leeds and Newcastle are already firm favourites with event organisers, with the Lake and Peak Districts providing an appealing alternative to the region’s urban centres. The North of England benefits from an excellent transport infrastructure which includes a major airport in Manchester and a series of regional airports in cities such as Leeds and Newcastle. Liverpool has the second largest port in the UK outside of London. Manchester, the unofficial ‘capital’ of the North is considered to be a ‘beta’ global city, rated as the second most globally influential city in the UK after London. These regional assets combined with competitive pricing ensures the North of England remains a popular choice. Of the £39.1 billion spend on meetings and events every year in the UK, around £4.69 billion is spent here with around 152,000 events taking place in over 1,000 different venues each year – almost 12% of the total number taking place in the UK. Liverpool leads the way with over 19,000 events per year followed closely by Manchester and Leeds. Some of the major events taking place in the North of England during 2017 include the prestigious World Summit on Media for Children, the North of England Falls Summit, the North of England Transport Awards and Summit and the Convergence Summit North.
56 82 118 134 44 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
50
64
86
VENUES NORTH OF ENGLAND VENUE
PAGE
VENUE
PAGE
ALDERLEY PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE
46
MERCURE BLACKBURN DUNKENHALGH HOTEL
94
BARTLE HALL
48
MERCURE BRADFORD BANKFIELD HOTEL
96
BOLTON WHITES HOTEL
50
MERCURE DONCASTER CENTRE DANUM HOTEL
98
BREDBURY HALL HOTEL
52
MERCURE HAYDOCK HOTEL
CARDEN PARK HOTEL
54
MERCURE HULL GRANGE PARK HOTEL
102
THE CASTLEGATE
56
MERCURE LIVERPOOL ATLANTIC TOWER HOTEL
104
CLAYTON HOTEL MANCHESTER AIRPORT
58
MERCURE MANCHESTER NORTON GRANGE HOTEL
106
CROWNE PLAZA CHESTER
60
MERCURE MANCHESTER PICCADILLY HOTEL
108
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LEEDS CITY CENTRE
62
MERCURE NEWCASTLE COUNTY HOTEL
110
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON MANCHESTER PICCADILLY
64
MERCURE SHEFFIELD ST PAUL'S HOTEL
112
EMIRATES OLD TRAFFORD
66
MERCURE WETHERBY
114
EVERTON FOOTBALL CLUB
68
MERCURE YORK FAIRFIELD MANOR HOTEL
116
FRIENDS MEETING HOUSE MANCHESTER
70
THE MONASTERY MANCHESTER
118
THE GRAND HOTEL & SPA YORK
72
NOVOTEL MANCHESTER CENTRE
120
HOLIDAY INN DONCASTER
74
NOVOTEL NEWCASTLE AIRPORT
122
HOLIDAY INN MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE
76
PELHAM HOUSE HOTEL
124
LANCASTER CONFERENCES AT LANCASTER UNIVERSITY
78
THE PLACE APARTHOTEL
126
THE LANCASTRIAN SUITE
80
RENAISSANCE MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE HOTEL
128
THE LOWRY
82
SHOWROOM WORKSTATION
130
THE LOWRY HOTEL
84
UNIVERSITY OF LIVERPOOL CONFERENCES & EVENTS
132
LUMLEY CASTLE
86
THE UNIVERSITY OF MANCHESTER
134
MANCHESTER AIRPORT MARRIOTT HOTEL
88
VICTORIA WAREHOUSE HOTEL & EVENTS
136
MANCHESTER CONFERENCE CENTRE
90
WELL MET CONFERENCING
138
MANCHESTER MARRIOTT VICTORIA & ALBERT HOTEL
92
WORSLEY PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB
140
100
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 45
ALDERLEY PARK CHESHIRE SK10 4TG
T 01625 238600 E ENQUIRIES@ALDERLEYPARK.CO.UK W WWW.ALDERLEYCC.CO.UK
“Alderley Park Conference Centre promises and delivers world class events in a world class setting.” ADAM SHAW
46 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ALDERLEY PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE World Class conference facilities in the heart of Cheshire. Alderley Park Conference Centre is situated in 400 acres of beautiful Cheshire parkland. With an international reputation for world class conferences and events, Alderley Park is also a great venue for team meetings, workshops and training courses. Centred on our 233 seat Auditorium with 8 further breakout rooms for 10 – 150 delegates we offer both room hire and day delegate packages to suit every budget.
For travelling guests we offer a free accommodation service and we have partnership arrangements with local hotels throughout the area. Only 8 miles from Manchester International Airport and 18 miles from Manchester City Centre, Alderley Park Conference Centre is easily accessible. Located on the main motorway network and with 3,500 parking spaces, it is easy to get to Alderley Park Conference Centre by car. Our proximity to both Wilmslow and Macclesfield train stations allows delegates to reach the Centre from across the UK.
Full in-house technical support, comprehensive audio visual equipment and event management are all included within our rates.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
380
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
NUCLEUS AUDITORIUM
253
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
HELIX ROOM 1
50
24
18
20
24
24
–
–
–
HELIX ROOM 2
50
24
18
20
24
24
–
–
–
HELIX ROOM 3
50
24
18
20
24
24
–
–
–
HELIX SUITES (2 COMBINED)
100
56
36
36
56
56
–
–
–
HELIX SUITES (3 COMBINED)
150
96
48
48
96
96
–
–
–
VISION SUITES 1 – 5
25
20
14
12
20
14
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 47
LEA LANE PRESTON PR4 0HA
T 01772 690506 E LISACOX@BARTLEHALL.CO.UK W WWW.BARTLEHALL.CO.UK
"A first class, family run venue with super facilities for hosting meetings and events, with the added bonus of excellent environmental credentials." HANNAH REEVE
48 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BARTLE HALL HOTEL Bartle Hall is a country hotel set in sixteen acres of landscaped woodlands.
Day Delegate Package – £35.00 per delegate, minimum of 10.
Make your meeting a success with one of our comprehensive conference packages. Located in the heart of Lancashire and within easy reach of the motorway network we're conveniently located yet beautifully secluded. Whether is be a team building day or a corporate event, Bartle Hall is the perfect choice for your conferencing needs.
• Exclusive use of one of our characterful function suites. • LCD projector and screen Flipchart with pens Belvoir cordials. • Two course buffet or table d'hote. • A sales executive to plan the event and a business liaison on the day. • All of our refreshments include speciality loose leaf teas from the Brew Tea company and both the mid-morning and midafternoon breaks include homemade treats from the chef.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
WINDSOR SUITE
120
60
35
35
60
100
22
3.5
W (M) 6
BALMORAL SUITE
170
80
50
50
90
160
30
5
10
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 49
MACRON STADIUM DE HAVILLAND WAY BOLTON BL6 6SF
T 0844 248 2345 E EVENTS@BOLTONWHITESHOTEL.CO.UK W WWW.BOLTONWHITESHOTEL.CO.UK
"From a small board meeting in an executive suite through to a gala dinner in the impressive Premier suite, this Hotel can accommodate it all." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
50 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BOLTON WHITES HOTEL Bolton Whites Hotel, a member of the Meeting's Industry Association, is a state of the art conference and exhibition venue with a difference. With our ideal location, great spaces and a team to shout about; your meeting or event is guaranteed to be a success. The venue comprises of 57 individual meeting rooms with the flexibility to hold events from 2 to 3,000 people. All of our modern suites are selfcontained with an abundance of natural daylight and are fully air conditioned for your comfort.
If all of this isn't enough the hotel is situated less than a minute from the M61 motorway, within easy reach of Manchester city centre and beyond, and with over 2,750 complimentary car parking spaces and also a mainline train station less than a 5 minutes' walk from the hotel, this really does make Bolton Whites Hotel the perfect location for your next visit to the North West.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1500
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
PREMIER SUITE
1500
700
–
–
700
1200
73.5
7.5
W (M) 31.0
LION OF VIENNA SUITE
550
350
60
60
300
400
29.0
2.75
21.0
HALL OF FAME SUITE
200
80
40
40
100
150
21.2
2.7
12.0
PLATINUM SUITE
450
200
70
70
200
320
24.8
2.70
22.15
CHAIRMANS SUITE
80
50
20
30
60
100
13.5
3.6
12.0
MACRON SUITE
70
40
30
30
30
60
14.25
2.7
16.45
WANDERERS SUITE
100
80
30
30
80
100
18.75
2.7
10.6
HOPKINSON/ STRIX
40
–
20
20
16
20
7.0
2.7
6.0
EXECUTIVE BOX
–
–
10
–
–
10
4.8
2.65
3.3
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 51
OSBOURNE STREET BREDBURY STOCKPORT SK6 2DH
T 0161 430 7421 E MEETINGS@BREDBURYHALL-HOTEL.COM W WWW.BREDBURYHALL-HOTEL.COM
"Located in seven acres of beautiful grounds in the Goyt Valley and yet less than two miles the M60 Manchester Ring Road, this hotel is the perfect conference centre for Stockport, Manchester and the North West." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
52 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BREDBURY HALL HOTEL Here, at the Bredbury Hall Hotel, we hold an excellent and varied range of meeting rooms to suit your every need. We take pride in ourselves and the high standards of service and customer satisfaction, whilst ensuring all your needs are met and that your time spent with us is a great success. Our eleven meeting rooms are all fully equipped to accommodate from 2-200 delegates.
• A hot & cold buffet lunch served in the restaurant or a working Lunch consisting of sandwich platter, chips and salad bowls served in the meeting room • Meeting room hire • Complimentary stationery and pens • Use of LCD projector, screen and flip chart • Free Wi-Fi access throughout the Hotel • Free and secure on-site parking
Our dedicated conference coordinator will liaise and plan your meeting with you every step of the way, ensuring a smooth and successful event.
Our 24 hour delegate rate includes:
Our day delegate rates include:
• Full English breakfast
• Unlimited tea, coffee, biscuits and pastries
• Single occupancy accommodation
• Unlimited iced water and cordial
• Free WI-FI access throughout all bedrooms
• Complimentary sweet jars
• Flat screen TV with Freeview channels
MEETING ROOM
• Includes all the day delegate rate as above • 3 course evening meal served in the restaurant
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
THE GOYT VALLEY SUITE
180
80
THE CHERRY SUITE
80
30
THE OAK ROOM
–
–
THE WATTLE AND DAUB
40
THE DOUGLAS SUITE THE RIVERSIDE SUITE
BOARDROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
70
65
100
40
35
40
35
–
25
30
50
25
25
12
THE BROADWAY SUITE
25
THE BREDBURY LOUNGE
–
THE FIRKIN SUITE THE STANLEY SUITE
200
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
160
13
–
13
50
12.8
–
5
–
35
12
–
5
25
30
40
8.3
–
5.5
30
25
30
30
7.7
–
6.5
14
14
–
–
7.3
–
4.3
12
14
12
–
–
6.8
–
3.8
–
10
–
–
12
5.23
–
2.76
14
–
12
–
–
–
5.2
–
4.9
–
–
6
–
–
6
4.6
–
3.95
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 53
BROXTON ROAD CHESTER CH3 9DQ
T 01829 731555 W WWW.CARDENPARK.CO.UK
"Within easy reach of Manchester, Liverpool and Chester, Carden Park is perfectly located for events in the North West." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
54 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CARDEN PARK HOTEL Escape to the country for your next meeting, event or conference. Just 20 minutes from Chester, 40 minutes from Manchester and two hours from London. As Cheshire’s Country Estate, Carden Park Hotel offers a choice of 18 meeting venues with a capacity for up to 400 delegates, all located within 1000 acres of beautiful Cheshire countryside. Whether you want a small team meeting, a venue for your annual conference or a team building day for your colleagues, we have all you need for a successful event. All meeting rooms have flexible options to suit your needs and our expert team will offer guidance to ensure you meet all your event objectives.
Delegates can enjoy the additional facilities including 196 bedrooms, award winning spa and two championship golf courses. The on-site activities with segways, quads bikes, archery, KONG aerial ropes course and laser clay shooting make it easy to incorporate a team building day into your plans to motivate your delegates. Our largest venue, The Carden Suite has a capacity of 400 delegates and offers Sony surround sound, nine plasma screens, responsive lighting to compliment any theming and starlight ceiling for additional décor during special events.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
Throughout the estate we have complimentary Wi-Fi and 700 free parking spaces.
350
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CARDEN SUITE
400
240
–
–
280
350
14.6
5
27
CARDEN SUITE SECTION
120
60
40
45
80
100
14.6
5
9
SHOOTING SUITE
120
70
40
45
80
110
13
3
14
SHOOTING LODGE
70
–
30
25
30
30
6
6
16
ASCOT/CHELTENHAM (COMBINED)
70
40
35
30
50
–
8
3
12
EPSOM/NEWBURY (COMBINED)
70
40
35
30
50
–
8
3
12
ASCOT, CHELTENHAM, NEWBURY OR EPSOM
35
20
20
18
20
–
8
3
6
COACH OR SADDLE
20
–
15
–
–
–
5
3
6
BRIDLE OR STIRRUP
15
–
12
–
–
–
4
3
6
SADDLE OR CARRIAGE
10
–
10
–
–
–
5
3
3
PRINCE OF WALES
20
–
14
–
–
14
5
3
6
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 55
MELBOURNE STREET NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE NE1 2JQ
T 0191 233 2288 E ENQUIRIES@THECASTLEGATE.CO.UK W WWW.THECASTLEGATE.CO.UK
"Whether you are looking for a small meeting room for a couple of colleagues or a large meeting space for an entire company The CastleGate has the perfect space." CARL BRINDLEY
56 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE CASTLEGATE The CastleGate is a uniquely historic and impressive conference facility, located in the centre of Newcastle upon Tyne. Originally a power station for the city tram network, it is now a fully refurbished, Grade II listed building full of character, and an inspiring venue for any event. With many of the original features still in place, including a 50 tonne internal crane, the Turbine Hall stands out as one of the largest and most spectacular meeting spaces of its kind in the North East.
The CastleGate also features a variety of flexible meeting spaces, ranging in size and equipped to accommodate every need. The CastleGate team have extensive knowledge and experience of delivering successful events, working closely with groups to provide a tailored service for every customer. Our philosophy is simple; we offer friendly service with professional standards, and exceptional value.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
TURBINE HALL
500
–
SIMPSON ROOM
130
60
TRAMWAYS SUITE
60
30
FOUNDRY ROOM
80
40
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
–
–
250
30
25
70
20
25
25
20
500
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
26
18
18
–
16.1
3
11
25
–
9.9
2.7
7.8
30
–
12.7
2.6
8.1
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 57
OUTWOOD LANE MANCHESTER M90 4HL
T 0161 498 0333 E MEETINGS.MANCHESTER@CLAYTONHOTELS.COM W WWW.CLAYTONHOTELMANCHESTERAIRPORT.COM
"Clayton Hotel Manchester Airport offers a seamless customer experience, a dedicated organising team and great value and service." HANNAH REEVE
58 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CLAYTON HOTEL MANCHESTER AIRPORT Clayton Hotel Manchester Airport is the hotel of choice for guests wanting to be as close as possible to Manchester Airport. Ideal both for proximity to the airport terminals and easy access to the airport's excellent rail services. The four-star hotel is perfectly situated for maximum convenience opposite Terminals 1 and 3 and is serviced by a 24-hours complimentary shuttle bus. Guests staying at Clayton Hotel Manchester Airport can rest and relax in complete comfort, while benefiting from the free WiFi, comfortable soundproofed bedrooms and a range of first rate dining facilities. Secure airport parking and complimentary shuttle transfers ensures the Park Stay & Fly packages offer guests both convenience and great value.
The strategic location of the hotel makes it a popular choice for meetings and events. With 20 executive style meeting rooms and simple meeting packages. Clayton Hotel Manchester Airport is the perfect venue to meet and do business. Tastefully designed to suit any occasion, the spacious executive style meeting rooms are competitively priced and are ideal for hosting a range of events from boardroom meetings, training courses, seminars and workshops to express meetings or breakfast and meeting events for up to 100 delegates. The Meeting and Events menus have been thoughtfully created to ensure delegates are offered a competitively priced nutritious and tasty food offering.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
100
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
RINGWAY
40
BARTON
15
12
15
15
16
–
–
–
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
WOODFORD
–
15
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
TRIPLE
–
100
30
30
38
32
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 1
–
–
18
–
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 3
–
–
–
25
–
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 4
32
32
14
18
28
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 5
–
–
–
18
–
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 6
40
40
14
18
28
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 7
–
–
–
18
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 59
TRINITY STREET CHESTER CH1 2BD
T 01244 899988 W WWW.CROWNEPLAZA.COM/CHESTER
"A selection of flexible meeting spaces in an enviable location mean the Crowne Plaza Chester is always popular with CUK clients." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
60 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CROWNE PLAZA CHESTER Crowne Plaza Chester is ideally located in the heart of Chester City Centre and is the number one choice for all business needs. With 160 bedrooms and 11 meeting and functions rooms it is the perfect venue for any conference meeting or event.
In addition, the Chester Crowne Plaza has its own indoor pool, gym, sauna and spa. Alternatively, the Stables Bar and Grill is a more relaxing way to end the day.
In addition to a purpose built meeting centre with smaller boardroom style rooms, the Crowne Plaza has various larger meeting and event rooms. The largest room being the King’s Suite, which can accommodate 600 delegates with further options of surrounding break out and syndicate rooms, perfect for bigger events, exhibitions, or larger social events. Event services also include a dedicated Crowne Plaza Meetings Director, workbase and business support services together with a dedicated AV on-site specialist.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
600
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
KINGS SUITE
600
250
100
110
272
360
24.0
4.0
16.0
CHARLES I
300
90
50
60
64
144
12.1
4.0
16.0
EDWARD I
300
90
50
60
64
144
12.1
4.0
16.0
MALPAS
80
30
30
32
48
84
9.7
3.2
8.9
CHRISTLETON
30
8
16
16
16
16
7.3
3.2
5.3
PRINCE OF WALES SUITE
150
80
48
60
80
144
13.2
2.9
12.2
CORNWALL
75
32
30
36
32
72
12.2
2.9
6.8
ROTHESAY
75
32
30
36
32
72
12.2
2.9
6.8
CHESTER SUITE
300
60
30
40
64
108
12.2
3.5
11.0
ROODEE
100
36
36
36
48
72
9.8
2.7
7.9
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 61
GRANARY WHARF 2 WHARF APPROACH LEEDS LS1 4BR
T 0113 2411000 E LEEDSGRANARYWHARF.INFO@HILTON.COM W DOUBLETREE3.HILTON.COM
"Impress your colleagues and clients by holding your conference in one of the rooftop meeting rooms, which offer amazing views of the city." HANNAH REEVE
62 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LEEDS CITY CENTRE The DoubleTree by Hilton Leeds City Centre is part of the revitalized Granary Wharf area, next to Leeds station and the canal. Cultural interests such as Opera North, Northern Ballet, Leeds Grand Theatre and shopping district of the Victoria Quarter and Trinity Leeds shopping centre are only a short walk away. Enjoy a modern and comfortable stay in Leeds, from the signature warm chocolate chip cookie at check-in to complimentary Wi-Fi in your room and throughout the hotel. Unwind in a contemporary guest room with amenities including a 42" Smart TV, mist-free bathroom mirror, walk-in power shower, and complimentary bottled water. Upgrade to a high floor suite for stunning city views through floor-to-ceiling windows.
DoubleTree by Hilton Leeds City Centre is an ideal place to hold a professional meeting, small or large, or enjoy a family gathering. All our 19 meeting rooms have floor to ceiling windows and individually controlled lighting and air-conditioning, some with external balconies looking over the canal. With free Wi-Fi connection in all areas, the space is ideal to hold a business event. Dine in the sophisticated surroundings of City Café restaurant or enjoy your meal alfresco on the south facing, canal side terrace. If you are looking to dine or relax with a drink, in a room with a view, try the SkyLounge rooftop bar on the 13th floor, where you will find breath-taking views of the city and the option to step outside on the terrace and capture the moment.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
274
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ARRAN
30
18
–
18
–
CANNA
24
18
–
12
–
24
7.4
2.8
5.8
24
5.4
3.8
COLL & TYREE
76
58
–
30
6.0
30
52
13.1
3.8
EASDALE & SCARBA
50
20
–
6.0
16
–
36
8.8
2.8
5.4
EIGG
28
18
14
18
12
16
6.0
3.8
6.4
GALLERY (EIGG TO KERRERA)
150
130
74
100
–
200
45.5
3.8
6.0
GALLERY (EIGG TO MULL)
252
150
–
100
150
274
52.5
3.8
6.6
MULL
88
70
34
54
36
88
13.0
3.8
6.6
TARANSAY
32
18
–
18
24
24
6.3
3.8
6.6
VATERSAY
18
12
–
10
–
12
3.8
3.0
6.0
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 63
ONE PICCADILLY PLACE 1 AUBURN STREET MANCHESTER M1 3DG
T 0161 242 1000 E MANPD.EVENTS@HILTON.COM W WWW.MANCHESTERPICCADILLY.DOUBLETREE.COM
"The dedicated events team at this venue make organising meetings and events so simple. HANNAH REEVE
64 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON MANCHESTER PICCADILLY Our stylish setting makes the DoubleTree by Hilton Manchester – Piccadilly the perfect hotel venue for your meeting or celebration. We offer a bespoke event organisation experience, ensuring the success of your event. Whether you prefer a small and intimate gathering with close family and friends or a larger event, the flexible design of our contemporary spaces gives you a wide choice of sizes, layouts and entertainment plans.
Our dedicated Events team is here to help you plan your big day. It's their business to understand and bring to life your ideas! At the hotel, we're critically acclaimed for our modern and groundbreaking European cuisine, so feel confident that our highly rated chefs will help you decide on the perfect menu. Once we've defined your ideal celebration, we'll make sure it happens and take all the hard work out of organising. Our facilities enable us to accommodate up to 130 for a sit-down meal with dance floor and reception for up to 150 people.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
170
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M) 6.6
PALACES
170
74
70
72
78
130
28
3.1
SKYLOUNGE
40
24
24
18
24
40
10.1
2.3
8.1
BRODICK & CAWDOR
77
42
36
36
30
50
13.8
3.1
6.5
BARONY
30
18
16
16
18
24
5.6
3.1
6.7
GLAMIS
24
18
141
12
12
10
5.6
3.1
6.1
BALMORAL
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.1
3.1
3.1
INVERARY
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.1
3.1
3.2
BORTHWICK
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.1
3.1
3.1
HOLYROOD
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.1
3.1
3.2
DUNSTAFFNAGE
14
–
6
–
–
6
4.0
3.1
3.4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 65
LANCASHIRE COUNTY CRICKET CLUB TALBOT ROAD MANCHESTER M16 0PX
T 0161 282 4020 E EVENTS@LCCC.CO.UK W WWW.EMIRATESOLDTRAFFORD.CO.UK
"If you are looking for an inspiring meeting room, Emirates Old Trafford has a range of event spaces to meet every budget." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
66 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EMIRATES OLD TRAFFORD Emirates Old Trafford is an award-winning, sustainable and multi-purpose venue with a reputation for delivering inspirational conferences, meetings and much more. Catering from ten to 2,000 people across a multitude of events, from small meetings to large exhibitions, our flexible, high end space is fully supported by dedicated and expert in-house services, such as event duty managers, IT support and experienced event planners.
The Pavilion blends the finest traditions of English cricket with modern, luxurious hospitality and is able to accommodate up to 700 guests across the eight suites and nine executive boxes on offer. With a footbridge linking The Point to the Pavilion, delegates have easy access to breakout rooms and extra syndicate spaces, making the venue unique.
The Point offers a blank canvas to inspire creativity. Large, full of light, versatile and modern, The Point is an organiser’s dream venue and its luxurious facilities include a mezzanine and private bar that can cater for all events big and small.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
2000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE POINT
1200
400
–
–
720
1000
57.7
7.4
19.5
THREE SECTIONS OF THE POINT
1000
290
–
–
520
720
43
7.4
19.5
TWO SECTIONS OF THE POINT
650
180
126
98
320
450
27.1
7.4
19.5
ONE SECTION OF THE POINT
300
90
90
72
160
220
14.5
7.4
19.5
–
–
14
–
–
–
3.7
2.8
7.2
200
108
64
59
120
200
20.5
3.4
10.5
EXECUTIVE BOXES (9) 1864 SUITE THE CLUB SUITE
60
36
26
22
40
50
8.8
2.4
7.6
THE LANCASTER SUITE
80
54
38
34
48
70
12.5
2.4
7.8
BOARDROOM MEMBERS SUITE
–
–
24
–
–
30
8.6
3.4
5.9
180
96
40
–
96
240
16.2
3.1
38.85
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 67
GOODISON ROAD LIVERPOOL L4 4EL
T 0151 530 5250/51 E EVENTS@EVERTONFC.COM W WWW.EVERTONFC.COM
“With a powerful historical presence, Everton Football Club lends its spirit of glory to the events it hosts.” CARL BRINDLEY
68 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EVERTON FOOTBALL CLUB Everton Football Club is the country’s first purpose-built football stadium which opened in 1892. When you arrive at Goodison Park you are entering one of the greatest and most magnificent sporting arenas in the country which is steeped in history, heritage and stature. This historic venue is perfect for an array of events including conferences, training events, seminars, meetings and family celebrations
Our talented and award winning chefs will create a mouth-watering choice of menus for all manner of events and you can be confident that any event, large or small, will receive the same attention and level of standard and service awarded to the many hospitality guests we cater for at our Premiership matches.
We have 10 meeting rooms along with 13 executive boxes offering flexible options for 2-300 delegates in a host of different room layouts including theatre, cabaret, classroom and boardroom. Many of our executive boxes overlook the world famous pitch – ideal for that smaller meeting or as a syndicate room for a larger event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
JOE MERCER SUITE
140
32
30
24
48
100
22.85
2.3
9
ALEX YOUNG SUITE
300
100
50
40
110
200
28.4
2.3
10.8
1878 BRASSERIE
80
20
20
24
36
140
16.6
2.3
12.05
BRIAN LABONE SUITE
60
22
24
26
30
120
16.15
2.3
15.85
DIXIE DEAN SUITE
70
-
12
-
30
86
20.1
2.3
6.4
-
-
12
-
24
-
6
2.3
4
BOARDROOM
-
-
16
-
-
16
6.75
2.3
5.77
85 LOUNGE
SPONSORS LOUNGE
70
20
30
26
24
80
12
2.3
10.65
PEOPLE'S CLUB
250
100
40
30
108
220
39.55
2.4
7.3
CAPTAIN'S TABLE
130
40
20
24
54
100
20.4
2.4
10.2
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 69
6 MOUNT STREET MANCHESTER M2 5NS
T 0161 834 5797 E OFFICE@MANCHSTERQUAKERS.ORG.UK W WWW.MEETINGHOUSEMANCHESTER.CO.UK
“At Friends Meeting House Manchester, presentation and attention to details are of utmost importance whilst the sustainability of each event is guaranteed.” HANNAH REEVE
70 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
FRIENDS MEETING HOUSE MANCHESTER Friends’ Meeting House is based in the very heart of Manchester city centre and from Monday to Saturday we operate as a successful conference and events centre with space to cater for groups from 2 to 400 people. We pride ourselves on looking after every individual customer, offering them the very best service in warm and friendly surroundings. We’re also very competitively priced so your event doesn’t have to cost the earth. We’re located in what is known as the civic quarter and are nestled amongst some of Manchester’s most impressive architecture including the Town Hall, Central Library and The Midland Hotel. We’re easy to get to and easy to find. Just a 10 minute walk from the nearest train and tram stations and a 20 minute walk from Manchester Piccadilly and Victoria stations.
MEETING ROOM
Excellent customer service is our passion and we will work with you to tailor your visit to suit your needs. That might be something simple such as specific room layouts, catering or equipment requirements. It might be something a bit more unique like mocktails and canapés, introducing you to a local facilitator or arranging your discount at a local hotel. We do it all. We’re proud to work with Good Mood Food who provide our catering and who are Manchester Mind’s social enterprise. We also offer a range of Fairtrade refreshments, all ways in which are values and our business are aligned. We have 11 unique rooms boasting high ceilings and large windows flooding them with natural light.
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
MAIN HALL AND BALCONIES
400
–
–
MAIN HALL
200
–
48
G1
53
–
24
G3
39
–
G4
37
F11
U-SHAPE
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
–
–
14.7
10
17.4
40
96
–
14.7
10
8.2
22
33
–
8.3
4.5
5.9
16
13
20
–
6.2
4.5
5.9
–
18
12
24
–
7.2
4.5
6.1
52
–
22
19
30
–
9.5
4.5
4.6
F12
61
–
24
20
40
–
7.3
4.5
6.7
F13
46
–
20
18
28
–
7.3
4.5
5.3
UPPER HALL
116
–
40
32
72
–
12
4.5
7.3
F17
25
–
14
12
15
–
5.8
4.5
3.6
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 71
STATION RISE YORK NORTH YORKSHIRE YO1 6GD
T 01904 380038 E EVENTS@THEGRANDYORK.CO.UK W WWW.THEGRANDYORK.CO.UK
"The Grand Hotel & Spa in York offers a historic setting for your meetings and events, with fabulous views over York Minster and the city walls." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
72 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE GRAND HOTEL & SPA YORK Do business in style at York's only five-star hotel. Built in 1906 as a "Palace of Business" for the North Eastern Railway Company, who spared no expense in its construction, the Grand Hotel & Spa now boasts some of the finest meeting rooms, events spaces and conference facilities in Yorkshire. All of the rooms have been named after a General Manager of the railways who were lucky enough to call the Grand their office.
From your initial enquiry to the day of your event, we will be with you every step of the way to ensure all the details, no matter how small or large, are looked after. The Grand is proud to achieve Accredited in Meetings (AIM) accreditation and become a member of the Meeting Industry Association (MIA).
From the magnificent wood-panelled Grand Boardroom to the adjoining Chairman's Suite which offers fantastic views of the City Wall and York Minster, both are ideal for prestigious banquets and theatre style events. For smaller meetings and events there are a series of immaculate meeting rooms to choose from. Each features plasma screens, free Wi-Fi, air conditioning and tea and coffee facilities.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
120
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GRAND BOARDROOM
120
60
50
40
70
110
16
4.7
–
CHAIRMAN'S SUITE
40
20
20
15
18
32
9
4.7
7
HQ
–
–
–
–
–
34
–
–
–
BUTTERWORTH
–
–
8
–
–
–
6
–
5 5
PATERSON
–
–
8
–
–
–
6
–
GIBB
28
12
14
15
18
24
7
4
6
RIDLEY
28
12
12
15
18
24
7
4
5.5
LEEMAN
28
12
10
15
18
24
6
4
7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 73
HIGH ROAD WARMSWORTH DONCASTER DN4 9UX
T 01302 799933 E RESERVATIONS@HIDONCASTER.VALOREUROPE.COM W WWW.HOLIDAYINN.COM/HIDONCASTER
"The Holiday Inn Doncaster hotel is ideal for those who would like events in a picturesque natural environment.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
74 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN DONCASTER A modern hotel with a restaurant, spa and 300-year-old manor house in landscape gardens. In the quiet village of Warmsworth, three miles from Doncaster centre, the Holiday Inn Doncaster A1(M) Jct.36 hotel is close to the A1(M) and M18 motorways and has ample free parking. It’s a 10-minute drive to Doncaster Station. Doncaster Racecourse and the Yorkshire Wildlife Park are both close by. The 300-year old manor house in the landscaped garden is a grand venue for weddings and meetings. The Manor Suite can host meetings for up to 300 guests while smaller gatherings can be accommodated in the hotel's 13 modern meeting rooms. Wi-Fi is free and audio visual equipment and catering options are available.
MEETING ROOM
You can work out in the Fitness Centre, relax in the steam room, or float in the heated indoor pool. It’s all free for guests. Grab a light bite to eat and a cold pint at the Preludes Lounge Bar. Looking for something more? Taste the soup of the day or tuck into a juicy steak in the Restaurant. The hotel’s 102 comfortable, air-conditioned rooms all feature free Wi-Fi and workspaces so you can surf the Internet or catch up on work. Freeview TV, 24-hour room service and a pillow menu all help to make this Doncaster hotel a Yorkshire home from home.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MANOR SUITE
300
200
–
120
180
210
21.3
3.2
13.7
MANOR ONE
200
100
45
45
80
100
13.4
3.2
13.7
MANOR TWO
100
60
30
30
45
50
7.9
3.2
13.7
MEETING ROOM 1, 2 & 3
30
12
18
15
-
18
12.4
3
3.9
ST LEGER SUITE
80
35
30
30
32
50
–
2.7
5.7
CUSWORTH SUITE
40
20
25
22
18
–
–
2.7
5.1
HEYDEMAN – 1ST FLOOR
15
12
12
9
–
–
5.9
2.6
5
CONISBROUGH – 1ST FLOOR
30
16
15
15
18
–
6.7
2.6
6
ROCKINGHAM, CHATSWORTH & GAINSBOROUGH – 1ST FLOOR
–
–
8
–
–
–
5.4
2.6
3.3
HEBDITCH
–
–
6
–
–
–
5.4
2.7
3.9
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 75
25 AYTOUN STREET MANCHESTER M1 3AE
T 0161 242 5444 E MICE@HIMANCHESTERCITY.COM W WWW.HIMANCHESTERCITY.COM
"With 12 meeting rooms that can accommodate up to 140 guests and a prime location close to the trendy Northern Quarter this is a perfect Manchester meeting venue." CARL BRINDLEY
76 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE Conveniently located opposite Piccadilly Railway Station, the Holiday Inn Manchester City Centre is the newest venue in the heart of the city with an unrivalled meeting and events offering. Whether it be a small board meeting or a conference for 140 delegates, we have a range of flexible and spacious rooms each featuring the latest cutting-edge technology. All rooms lead out to a large breakout area with direct access to the impressive terrace overlooking the canal.
For guests staying overnight all of the 298 bedrooms are designed with guest comfort in mind and all offer the latest facilities including air conditioning, smart television and USB charge points. At Holiday Inn Manchester City Centre, we understand that there is no such thing as a standard event. That is why our experienced team will be on hand to help with ideas and organisation to deliver an event that is bespoke and meets your goals. Put simply – 'Your Meeting, Your Way'.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
140
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE HACIENDA SUITE
140
60
–
50
100
120
17
2.5
9
THE HACIENDA SUITE – ROOM 1A
60
30
30
30
45
50
9
2.5
9
THE WILSON SUITE
60
24
40
40
56
60
14.5
2.5
7.5
THE WILSON SUITE – ROOM 1A
30
12
18
18
30
30
7.5
2.5
7.5
MORRISSEY ROOM
44
12
24
22
32
–
8
2.5
7.5
SQUIRES ROOM
24
8
12
16
–
–
5.5
2.5
4
CURTIS ROOM
20
8
12
14
–
–
6.5
2.5
3.5
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
–
–
16
–
–
–
8
2.5
4
PICCADILLY ROOM
60
24
30
30
40
60
11.5
3.8
6
OXFORD ROOM
30
12
18
18
–
20
7.4
3.8
4.6
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 77
CETAD BUILDING BOWLAND AVENUE NORTH LANCASTER UNIVERSITY LANCASTER LA1 4YW
T 01524 592444 E LANCASTERCONFERENCES@LANCASTER.AC.UK W WWW.LANCASTER.AC.UK/CONFERENCES
"Lancaster Conferences offers a variety of high quality and versatile spaces across the University Campus, which can seat up to 800 guests." CARL BRINDLEY
78 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LANCASTER CONFERENCES AT LANCASTER UNIVERSITY Set in 360 acres of parkland, the University campus offers an inspiring place to hold your next event. With a wide range of venues to suit all budgets, Lancaster Conferences offers meeting facilities for up to 800 delegates. Our refurbished meeting, bedroom and restaurant spaces offer great flexibility within the self-contained campus. Our purpose built Conference Centre consists of 14 meeting rooms of varying size and is perfect for events with multiple breakout sessions. For those looking for team building or creative events, our new venue ‘Forrest Hills’ offers you the ‘wow’ factor. Set in 160 acres of land, Forrest Hills has 2 meeting rooms, an 11 hole golf course and a 4 acre fly fishing lake. We welcome guests to come and discover our hidden gem and experience its distinctive
character. We have 10 onsite bars, a sports centre and a whole host of amenities so there is always plenty to do. Location. Located 5 minutes from junction 33 of the M6 and close to the main West Coast Railway line, Lancaster University is easily accessible by car, train and public transport. Accommodation. With 80 Guest Rooms available all year round, Lancaster Conferences can accommodate residential events, overnight training and leisure groups at all times. At Easter, our capacity increases to 250 rooms, with 1000 available during the summer vacation.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
All bedrooms are ensuite because we know that whether you’re here on business or for leisure, a good night's sleep will make all the difference.
800
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
CC – SUITE 1 (x3 ROOMS)
100
40
40
25
CC – SYNDICATE 1 (x3 ROOMS)
12
–
10
–
W (M)
50
–
10.1
3.3
9.8
–
–
5.1
2.9
3.9 3.9
CC – SYNDICATE 2 (x3 ROOMS)
15
–
12
–
–
–
5
2.6
CC – SYNDICATE 3 (x3 ROOMS)
18
12
16
12
12
–
5.8
2.6
5
PRIVATE DINING ROOM
180
–
–
–
140
168
22.3
2.9
9.7
LICA
800
–
–
–
300
320
39.8
7
14
GF – LECTURE THEATRE 1
350
–
–
–
–
–
17.5
–
13.9
MS – LECTURE THEATRE 1
150
–
–
–
–
–
14.8
–
16.7
FH – REED ROOM
50
20
20
20
30
–
–
–
–
FH – BANTON ROOM
16
–
16
–
16
–
–
–
–
CC = Conference Centre, GF = George Fox, MS = Management School, FH = Forrest Hills.
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 79
LANCASTER ROAD DUNSTON GATESHEAD TYNE & WEAR NE11 9JR
T 0191 4605353 E INFO@THELANCASTRIANSUITE.COM W WWW.THELANCASTRIANSUITE.COM
“The Lancastrian Suite lives up to its local and regional reputation gained for its excellence in customer service and delivering professional events, in one of the largest banqueting halls in the North East.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
80 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE LANCASTRIAN SUITE The Lancastrian Conference and Banqueting Centre is home to one of the largest capacity banqueting suites in the North East. We are proud of our local and regional reputation, gained for excellence in delivering a professional service with the capacity and capability to specialise in large scale Corporate Events, down to small one to one meetings. What makes us unique? Our 13 Conference and Banqueting Suites, include 3 larger suites which hold between 80 to 750 guests. Our Conference Corridor, has an additional 9 Boardrooms, some of which are interlinked, for syndicate use, individual hire, or smaller more intimate meetings.
MEETING ROOM
With our flexible approach, tailor-made packages, first class catering services and experienced events team, you can be certain that the Lancastrian Suite Conference and Banqueting Centre, will ensure the success of your event, whatever the occasion. Conveniently close to Newcastle and Gateshead, however your delegates choose to travel, we are easily accessible from the city centre and with over 300 free car parking spaces makes the Lancastrian Suite the top conference venue in the area.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
750
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LANCASTRIAN SUITE
750
144
-
-
384
580
19.51
10.67
27.43
NORTHUMBRIAN SUITE
200
72
30
30
85
170
23.77
3.05
10.67
RAMSIDE SUITE
100
28
26
36
54
80
10.67
3.35
7.01
BOARD ROOM 9
50
36
20
24
48
70
9.75
3.05
6.71
BOARDROOM 1 – 4
32
12
12
9
20
24
8.53
3.05
4.57 4.88
BOARDROOM 5 & 6
32
12
12
9
30
32
7.32
3.05
BOARDROOM 7
120
36
20
24
54
80
10.67
3.35
7.62
BOARDROOM 8
32
27
16
15
36
40
7.62
3.35
6.71
SUITES 1 – 4
32
12
12
9
20
24
8.53
3.05
4.57
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 81
PIER EIGHT SALFORD QUAYS M50 3AZ
T 0161 876 2040 E CONFERENCES@THELOWRY.COM W WWW.THELOWRY.COM/CONFERENCE
"This architecturally dramatic venue provides a fantastic range of spaces and is able to host a wide variety of events." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
82 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE LOWRY The Lowry is a multipurpose arts centre and Greater Manchester’s most visited tourist attraction. It is also an established events venue, hosting a diverse range of conferences and events each year. The visually impressive building is located at the heart of MediaCityUK, one of the world’s most exciting media destinations. The contemporary building has a wide variety of conference rooms, catering for between 10 and 1,730 delegates, offering a unique and versatile setting for any event. Each space is fully equipped with WiFi, air conditioning and blackout facilities as standard. A professional in-house technical support service is available with highly experienced staff on hand to assist with all your AV needs.
The Lowry prides itself on offering a bespoke events service where packages are tailored to suit exact requirements. The perfect blend of flexible facilities, inspirational surroundings, excellent transportation links and experienced staff means that when it comes to creating your special event The Lowry will fulfil your every need.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1730
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LYRIC THEATRE
1730
–
–
–
–
–
varies
varies
varies
QUAYS THEATRE
440
–
–
–
–
–
varies
varies
varies
COMPASS ROOM
250
90
60
48
120
220
18
4.5
–
HEXAGON ROOM
100
57
42
36
48
70
15.9
4.5
8.3
PIER EIGHT ONE
60
20
20
20
24
40
12
3.7
7.2
PIER EIGHT TWO
60
20
20
20
24
40
12
3.7
10
NORTH ROOM
20
–
14
–
–
–
7.3
3
4.9
SOUTH ROOM
40
18
18
18
24
–
8
3
8
THE ALDRIDGE STUDIO
240
81
–
–
120
280
44.8
4.5
8.4
–
–
–
–
–
80
varies
varies
varies
THE ANDREW AND ZOE LAW GALLERIES
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 83
50 DEARMANS PLACE CHAPEL WHARF SALFORD MANCHESTER M3 5LH
T 0161 827 4035 E SPECIALEVENTS@THELOWRYHOTEL.COM W WWW.THELOWRYHOTEL.COM
"Manchester is among the world's top conferences destinations and the Lowry Hotel offers some of the city's most exclusive facilities." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
84 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE LOWRY HOTEL The Lowry Hotel is a pioneering property, it was the first five-star hotel to open in Greater Manchester and is the only member of Leading Hotels of the World in the region. Even in a city that prides itself on innovation and image; its cutting edge design stands out. The curved glass fronted façade is a local landmark, and it makes for a dramatic, memorable venue for any event. The hotel is ideally situated on the banks of the River Irwell in the heart of the city. The self-contained floor dedicated to conference and banqueting, with a separate entrance at street level, has been recently refurbished to the tune of £250,000 including new audio-visual equipment, furniture, carpets and catering concepts. With a variety of rooms offering full flexibility from a boardroom for 10 to a reception for 600, our event planners take care of any large request and small detail. The
hotel will even crane a car into the 2nd floor ballroom if that is what your event requires. The Lowry Hotel is not only the perfect venue for corporate events but is also highly popular for weddings, gala dinners, charity and social events. The River Restaurant with its modern European menu, also offers a Private Dining Room seating up to 24 people In addition The Lowry Hotel offers the very highest quality accommodation, boasting 165 bedrooms which include six Riverside Suites and the Presidential Suite.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
GRAND BALLROOM
400
250
–
–
150
300
20
18
W (M) 3.8
MEETING ROOMS 1, 2, 3, 4 & 6
35
18
16
15
–
20
7.5
4.5
2.86
MEETING ROOM 5
–
–
16
–
–
–
7.5
4.5
2.86
MEETING ROOM 7
40
35
18
18
–
30
7
7
2.86
MEETING ROOM 8
40
18
18
18
–
30
–
–
–
PRE FUNCTION ROOM 1
–
–
–
–
60
100
19
7
2.85
PRE FUNCTION ROOM 2
–
–
–
–
48
80
15
7
2.9
BALLROOM 1
175
125
40
30
80
150
20
9
3.8
BALLROOM 2
125
100
40
30
70
130
20
9
3.8
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 85
LUMLEY CASTLE HOTEL CHESTER-LE-STREET COUNTY DURHAM DH3 4NX
T 0191 389 5857 E CONFERENCE@LUMLEYCASTLE.COM W WWW.LUMLEYCASTLE.COM
"Rich with history yet equipped to meet the needs of the modern meeting, events at the Lumley Castle impress and inspire all guests." HANNAH REEVE
86 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LUMLEY CASTLE Just located off the A1(M) Junction 63, Lumley Castle Hotel is certainly a ‘no ordinary’ conference venue. Considered one of the best conference venues in the North East it will not fail to inspire and impress your delegates right from the start. With ample free parking and more than several outstanding conference rooms, plus a dedicated conference team to organise your event.
Lumley Castle can accommodate any number of delegates from a small board meeting of four to a full conference of 150, with 73 luxurious bedrooms, we’ve a full business service to help you, free WiFi, flexible delegate packages, team building fun, private dining and, when the day’s work is done, the opportunity to enjoy our famous Elizabethan Banquet, Murder Mystery Dinner or Piper and Master of Ceremony. We can ensure that your guests will leave on a great lasting impression.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
BARONS HALL
120
50
40
40
50
100
13.6
12
7.7
–
–
8
–
–
–
6
–
4.6
BEDE CUTHBERT
W (M)
–
–
8
–
–
–
61
–
4.6
GARTER
150
60
50
50
60
144
15.3
10
8.2
VANBURGH
16
–
10
–
–
–
8.5
8
6.1
NORTHUMBRIA
60
30
30
30
32
40
10.9
8
6.1
SANDBECK
20
–
14
–
–
12
7.3
–
4.6
SCARBOROUGH
60
30
30
30
32
56
8.5
8
6.1
WATERFORD
30
–
20
18
18
40
9.1
8
6.4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 87
HALE ROAD HALE BARNS MANCHESTER WA15 8XW
T 0161 904 0301 W WWW.MANCHESTERAIRPORTMARRIOTT.CO.UK
"With the perfect location next to Manchester Airport, this venue has 12 flexible meeting spaces, which can accommodate up to 160 guests." ELIN WILLIAMS
88 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MANCHESTER AIRPORT MARRIOTT HOTEL The Manchester Airport Marriott Hotel welcomes you with 4-star comfort and a convenient, easily accessible location in one of the UK's most interesting cities. Whether you're visiting Manchester on holiday, here for business or simply passing through, you'll be delighted with our spacious accommodation and award winning service. Our 215 beautifully appointed hotel rooms and suites include pillowtop mattresses, flat-screen TV's, high-speed Internet access and luxury toiletries. Start your day here near the airport with a meal at Source Grill Restaurant, or a hot cup of Starbucks® coffee in the Lounge Bar. If you're hosing an event in the area, our hotel offers versatile venue space and exceptional planning and
catering services. And our prime location near the M56 places Greater Manchester and the Cheshire countryside easily within your reach. Whatever brings you to the city, you can be sure that the Manchester Airport Marriott Hotel will make you feel welcome.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CHESHIRE SUITE CHELTENHAM
150
96
40
45
80
140
16.7
3.2
12.3
80
40
30
30
36
80
17
2.7
13.1
STABLE ROOM
40
24
20
20
24
50
12.9
2.5
6.4
ROSEWOOD ROOM
50
20
24
24
30
50
10.2
2.3
8.8
MERE ROOM
80
40
30
30
36
60
9.5
3.2
12.3
HALE ROOM
80
40
30
30
36
60
7.2
3.2
12.4
SYCAMORE ROOM/OAK ROOM
24
10
14
14
–
–
6
2.3
6.8
ELM ROOM/BEECH ROOM
14
–
8
8
–
–
6
2.3
4.7
ELM & BEECH ROOM
30
15
18
18
–
–
6
2.3
9.5
MAPLE ROOM
14
–
8
8
–
–
6
2.3
4.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 89
SACKVILLE STREET MANCHESTER M1 3BB
T 0161 955 8181 E MEET@MANCHESTERCONFERENCECENTRE.CO.UK W WWW.MANCHESTERCONFERENCECENTRE.CO.UK
"The ideal conference venue in Manchester, with top of the range conference suites, 3 star value hotel accommodation and first class catering." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
90 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MANCHESTER CONFERENCE CENTRE With a diverse collection of 18 meeting rooms including a two tiered lecture theatre and a large exhibition space, Manchester Conference Centre is the leading venue for conferences and events in Manchester. Perfectly positioned in the heart of the bustling metropolitan city, Manchester Conference Centre is close to all the action and is located just a ten minute walk from Manchester Piccadilly Station and the Metrolink.
In addition to the versatile conference facilities, Manchester Conference Centre also boasts 117 hotel bedrooms, offering the perfect place to kick back, relax, and catch up on a few emails after a long day in the boardroom. All bedrooms are perfectly equipped with super cozy duvets, fluffy towels, tea and coffee making facilities, generous desk space, and flat screen televisions; and with free Wi-Fi you'll be continuously connected throughout your stay.
Each of the conference rooms is equipped with state of the art AV technology and complimentary Wi-Fi. The dedicated, professional conference team strive for excellence in everything they do and will ensure that your conference, event of exhibition runs like clockwork.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
280
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
PIONEER THEATRE
280
–
–
–
–
–
16.1
3.7
12.4
COTTON THEATRE
120
120
–
–
–
–
12.2
3.7
9.4
PIONEER ROOM
270
105
48
62
90
120
18.0
4.6
9.4
LEADER SUITE
100
60
30
35
50
60
10.9
2.7
8.9
ADAMSON SUITE
35
15
16
16
14
12
4.1
3.4
5.8
EDGERTON SUITE
40
20
28
20
21
18
6.9
4.8
7.3
CONFERENCE ROOM 1
70
28
28
26
28
30
9.4
2.4
6.2
CONFERENCE ROOM 2
33
14
22
14
14
20
7.1
2.4
4.8
CONFERENCE ROOM 3
33
14
18
15
14
20
6.4
2.4
4.6
CONFERENCE ROOM 4
33
14
18
15
14
20
6.4
2.4
4.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 91
WATER STREET MANCHESTER M3 4JQ
T 0161 832 1188 E EVENTS@THEVANDAMANCHESTER.CO.UK W WWW.MARRIOTT.COM/MANVA
"Nine versatile meeting rooms in an outstanding city centre location." HANNAH REEVE
92 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MANCHESTER MARRIOTT VICTORIA & ALBERT HOTEL THE PLACE TO MEET Set in the vibrant city centre on the banks of the River Irwell, the Manchester Marriott Victoria & Albert Hotel exudes a historical charm that appeals to business and leisure travellers. Located across from former Granada Television Studios and a pleasant stroll to Spinningfields, and Opera House Theatre, this luxury hotel was first built as a warehouse in 1844. The hotel displays the old architectural detail with contemporary flair, comfort and services. Luxuriously appointed guest rooms are graced by original oak beams and exposed brick, and feature plush new bedding and high-speed internet access.
TAKE TIME OUT For dining, the brasserie-style V&A Restaurant offers international fare and delightful river views, whilst the V&A Lounge Bar with private booths overlooking the River Irwell has become a favourite haunt of celebrities over the years. The V&A Lounge Bar’s relaxed mood and vibrant air flows onto our casual and contemporary terrace which, with its impressive patio, is ideal for al fresco dining, a late morning coffee, a reviving cocktail, or a late snack. Unwind, and recharge with us.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
240
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
JOHN LOGIE BAIRD SUITE
240
140
70
78
120
240
19.8
2.7
W (M) 17
JOHN LOGIE BAIRD SUITE 1
70
30
27
24
30
40
11.5
2.7
5.61
JOHN LOGIE BAIRD SUITE 2
80
40
32
28
30
60
11.5
2.7
7.01
JOHN LOGIE BAIRD SUITE 3
80
40
32
28
30
60
11.5
2.7
7.01
VICTORIA SUITE
60
28
22
26
32
50
6.1
2.4
8
1844 SUITE
30
16
16
15
9
16
7.9
2.1
5.2
THE BOARDROOM
20
16
16
–
–
–
5.09
2.4
4.6
ALBERT SUITE
10
8
10
–
–
–
5.8
2.1
3.4
IRWELL SUITE
–
–
14
–
–
–
6.09
2.4
3.4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 93
BLACKBURN ROAD, CLAYTON-LE-MORS BLACKBURN BB5 5JP
T 01254 303400 E H6617-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Blackburn Dunkenhalgh Hotel and Spa is a beautiful 700 year old country manor retaining many of its original features and with the ability to host up to 400 delegates in idyllic surroundings." CARL BRINDLEY
94 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BLACKBURN DUNKENHALGH HOTEL With a purpose-built state-of-art conference centre with six air conditioned and flexible meetings rooms, plus a further eight conference suites in the main building, the hotel can cater for all types of meetings and events for up to 400 delegates. All rooms feature modern technology, complimentary wifi and benefit from natural light while others boast garden or terrace access, bars and private facilities. The extensive grounds are also the perfect setting for team building activities.
Guests to the hotel can also enjoy comfortable accommodation in one of the hotel's 175 bedrooms while taking advantage of the hotel's extensive facilities include the Cameo Restaurant and bar plus on-site spa and leisure facilities. With 380 car parking spaces and easy access to the major motorway network this really is the perfect venue in Lancashire.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
PENDLE SUITE
400
120
100
TOWNELEY SUITE
180
54
60
DUNKLAW & GARDEN ROOMS
50
24
28
PORTRAIT ROOM
40
15
OAK ROOM
15
15
WOODLAND SUITE
60
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
70
170
50
150
22
20 14
48
50
400
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
250
27.4
4.4
13.5
72
18.6
3.0
9.4
32
60
9.7
4.4
5.9
20
24
24
7.1
4.4
6.0
10
–
–
5.7
3.3
5.5
40
56
48
15.6
2.4
13.8
BOARDROOM 1 & 2
30
24
24
18
–
24
7.8
2.4
6.9
BOARDROOM 3
40
36
32
28
36
32
9.2
2.4
7.8
BOARDROOM 4
40
36
32
28
36
32
7.9
2.0
7.8
BOARDROOM 5
–
–
12
–
–
–
7.9
2.4
3.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 95
BRADFORD ROAD BINGLEY BD16 1TU
T 0844 815 9004 E MEETINGS@MERCUREBRADFORD.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREBRADFORD.CO.UK
"Set in a beautiful and picturesque scenery, the Mercure Bradford Bankfield Hotel is well-equipped for a wide range of events." ADAM SHAW
96 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRADFORD BANKFIELD HOTEL The Conference Centre comprises 9 conference rooms suitable for hosting discreet boardroom meetings or conferences of up to 250 delegates. There are also a number of smaller rooms available should you require them.
Hotel facilities at a glance: • 103 bedrooms. • 4 Double Privilege, 1 Superior Double, 4 Singles, 13 Twins & 75 Classic Rooms, • 4 Wheelchair friendly rooms. • Conference Centre. • Largest Meeting Room holds 300. • Brasserie Restaurant. • Bar. • Free parking for 300 cars. • 7 miles from Leeds/Bradford airport.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
350
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE BALLROOM ON THE PARK
350
200
60
40
200
200
22.86
3.4
14.02
PARK SUITE
80
24
32
26
30
100
18.3
3.4
12.75
CENTRAL PARK WEST
50
30
30
30
30
30
9.9
3.2
4.9
CENTRAL PARK EAST
50
30
30
30
30
30
9.9
3.2
4.9
PARK AVENUE
20
12
12
12
–
–
7
3.2
2.6
PARK MEWS
20
12
12
12
–
–
7
3.2
2.6
PARK SIDE
20
12
12
12
–
–
3.5
2.6
5.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 97
HIGH STREET DONCASTER DN1 1DN
T 01302 342261 E SALES@MERCUREDANUM.CO.UK W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Doncaster Centre Danum Hotel is ideally positioned in the town centre in a superb location displaying a welcoming design and offering outstanding services." ADAM SHAW
98 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE DONCASTER CENTRE DANUM HOTEL From ensuring that individual objectives are realised, to offering a menu that perfectly suits everyone's tastes – all set against the backdrop of this landmark hotel in Doncaster's town centre.
As Doncaster's largest hotel-based conference and banqueting facility, the hotels nine meeting and conference suites are superbly designed and feature state-of-art multimedia facilities.
Your dedicated meeting planner will help organise every aspect of your day: they'll ask the right questions to find out what's important to you and will take ownership on the day to ensure a successful event.
Perfectly located within the town centre, this elegant building brings together beautiful bedrooms, an excellent restaurant and outstanding meeting facilities.
With outstanding comfort and excellent facilities, the jewel in the heart of Doncaster is the ideal town centre venue to host your meetings and events.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
350
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ST LEGER SUITE
150
120
70
75
140
180
25
5.4
9
GRANDSTAND ENCLOSURE
60
30
30
25
32
40
11
2.8
9
ST LEGER BALLROOM
350
150
100
100
220
280
36
5.4
9
ST GEORGE
60
20
25
20
18
30
11
2.6
6.7
THE MINSTER
40
20
15
20
18
24
9.4
2.6
6.7
COMBINED AS ST GEORGES SUITES
100
40
40
40
48
70
20.4
2.5
6.7
THE PARKINSON
40
12
16
16
16
18
10
2.4
4.6
THE CONISBROUGH
15
0
8
8
0
0
6.1
2.7
3.1
THE MALLARD
12
0
8
8
0
0
6.1
2.6
3.1
THE MERCHANT
50
16
24
24
30
30
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 99
PENNY LANE HAYDOCK WA11 9SG
T 01942 272000 E HA0H4@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The flexibility of this venue is key. It boasts 13 meeting spaces and an outdoor marquee which is capable of hosting up to 300 people." CARL BRINDLEY
100 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE HAYDOCK HOTEL Mercure Haydock is a stunning Georgian style hotel designed around a landscaped courtyard, boasting a permanent grand marquee perfect for special events. Ideally located between Liverpool and Manchester with excellent motorway access and just 1 mile from Haydock racecourse. Our range of superb event rooms are not only suited to meetings but are also perfect for celebrations and social events. There are 3 executive boardrooms that accommodate up to 12 people. 3 mid-size meeting rooms that hold up to 40 delegates. Our large event suite can hold up to 300 delegates theatre style or 150 cabaret. The hotel has 135 stylish bedrooms that surround the stunning courtyard that hosts the grand marquee, featuring 127 standard twin/double rooms 4 junior suites and 4 king suites. There is free car parking on site and Wi-Fi is complimentary throughout the hotel.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
AINTREE
80
35
35
35
30
40
11.1
3.8
6.1
CHESTER
80
35
35
35
30
40
11.1
3.8
6.1
HAYDOCK
80
35
35
35
30
40
11.1
3.8
6.1
ASCOT
–
15
12
–
–
–
6.83
2.37
2.5
CHELTENHAM
–
15
12
–
–
–
6.83
2.37
3.5
JOCKEY
–
15
12
–
–
–
6.83
2.37
3.5
BIRKDALE
40
20
20
18
24
40
7.3
2.1
6.57
HOYLAKE
40
20
20
18
24
40
7.3
2.16
4.67
THE GRAND MARQUEE
300
140
60
60
120
150
24
2.6
12
NEWTON SUITE
25
15
18
–
–
–
7.3
2.24
4.96
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 101
GRANGE PARK LANE WILLERBY HULL HU10 6EA
T 0844 815 9037 E CSALES.MERCUREHULL@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREHULL.CO.UK
"Rich in history and surrounded by beautiful scenery, the Mercure Hull Grange Park Hotel offers a range of excellent meeting spaces.'' HANNAH REEVE
102 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE HULL GRANGE PARK HOTEL Find a peaceful sanctuary at Mercure Hull Grange Park Hotel, a 19th century manor house nestled in 12 acres of landscaped gardens. The red-brick Mercure Hull Grange Park Hotel is flanked by rolling lawns and tucked-away in chocolate-box East Yorkshire countryside. Stained-glass stairwells and manicured grounds date back to the halcyon days of this 19th Century manor house, nestled in picturesque Willerby just 5 minutes outside of Hull, the city of culture for 2017.
The hotel has 10 meeting rooms, all fully equipped with complimentary high speed WiFi, audio-visual equipment and space for up to 550 delegates and free parking for up to 600 cars. We esure that our business services and conference facilities meet the highest expectations. We will set up your meeting room exactly to your expectations. We offer a wide range of equipment to hire for your event. Simply let us know what you need and we will arrange it for you.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
550
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
INTERNATIONAL SUITE (COMBINED CENTRAL PARK & WINDOWS)
550
250
80
120
260
450
31
2.65
18
CENTRAL PARK
350
100
40
60
140
180
18
2.65
18
WINDOWS ON THE PARK
250
100
40
60
140
180
18
2.65
13
GARDEN SUITE (PARK VIEW & PARK COURT)
120
50
50
40
80
100
11
2.65
13
PARK VIEW
80
30
30
30
48
40
11
2.65
8
PARK COURT
40
20
25
15
24
25
11
2.65
5
PARK LANE
100
40
30
30
30
40
7
2.1
14
BRIDGES SUITE
30
20
20
15
20
–
5.5
2.2
11.7
CITY OF CULTURE SUITE
50
30
24
20
25
–
8
2.2
9
1904 SUITE
12
8
12
10
–
–
5.5
2.2
4.5
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 103
CHAPEL STREET LIVERPOOL L9 9RE
T 0151 472 2854 E HA0H9-SB2@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"A stunning hotel, on the edge of the city's commercial district and overlooking the iconic Royal Liver Buildings." ADAM SHAW
104 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE LIVERPOOL ATLANTIC TOWER HOTEL Here at the Mercure Liverpool Atlantic Tower Hotel we are able to meet all of your conferences and banqueting requirements, we will ensure that all of your expectations are not only met but exceeded. We have a variety of conferences spaces which are flexible enough to accommodate the majority of requirements. Our banqueting spaces have been completely refurbished in March 2013 and offer a contemporary look with stunning views over the Liverpool waterfronts.
Our largest function room the National Suite, seats up to 120 people theatre-style and 60 Cabaret. We have seven further meeting rooms all with free super-fast WiFi and air conditioning. We have 225 bedrooms ideally located with fantastic views of the world famous UNESCO registered Liverpool Waterfront.
Whether your needs be a small executive boardroom, intimate private dining, large flexible conferences, gala dinners or informal and relaxed corporate parties Mercure Liverpool Atlantic Tower Hotel is a perfect choice.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
NATIONAL SUITE
120
FOINAVEN SUITE
50
40
–
50
60
24
20
18
18
REYNOLDSTOWN SUITE
50
24
20
18
18
SUNDEW SUITE
50
26
20
18
KILMORE SUITE
90
30
30
ROYAL SUITE
60
30
25
FRENCH BOARDROOM
30
10
10
ORIENTAL BOARDROOM
30
10
10
CLUB CAR
30
12
VISTA RESTAURANT
–
–
BANQUET
150
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
80
12
2.6
9.7
40
7.85
2.6
6
40
9.7
2.6
6
18
20
7.88
2.6
5.85
25
40
40
12.65
2.6
4.72
30
30
50
12.08
2.5
6.75
6
6
15
5.95
2.4
5.7
6
6
15
5.95
2.4
5.7
20
18
18
50
–
–
–
–
–
–
150
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 105
MANCHESTER ROAD CASTLETON OL11 2XZ
T 01706 630788 E H6631-SB1@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“A truly flexible venue, able to accommodate everything from a 1:1 interview to a large conference.” CARL BRINDLEY
106 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE MANCHESTER NORTON GRANGE HOTEL Situated in peaceful countryside yet only one mile from Junction 20 of the M62 and eight miles from Manchester City Centre, we are the ideal venue for all your event needs. A choice of conference and event space gives us the flexibility for events ranging from 1:1 interviews to board meetings, large conferences and exhibitions, to corporate entertaining and banquets. All of our 11 event rooms provide the ideal environment for creative thought and productive meetings. The largest room, the Hopwood Suite, is bathed in natural daylight and can accommodate up to 220 guests. Our Springhill Suite is modern, stylish and fully airconditioned. The Mercure hotel also boasts 81 beautifully furnished bedrooms which are fresh and contemporary in feel and decor and offer a comfortable nights sleep.
MEETING ROOM
Included within accommodation rates is the use of our Spa Naturel Leisure, Health and Beauty Spa to enable guests to mix business with pleasure. Combined with the excellent facilities that we have to offer, our focus on fresh and innovative food and our attention to detail have helped us to attract guests from around the North West and beyond. Our skilled and dedicated conference team complete the pictures, ensuring that event organisers benefit from a proactive and flexible approach to delivering precisely what you want, where you want it. We are aware that it is the little things that make the difference and we are delighted to go that extra step to ensure that your meeting runs to perfection.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
220
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
HOPWOOD 1
150
50
50
50
70
60
10.9
3
9.7
HOPWOOD 2
50
25
30
25
35
-
6.7
3
9.7
HOPWOOD BAR
35
18
20
18
20
-
9.4
3
6.7
HOPWOOD SUITE
220
120
70
70
150
150
17.5
3
9.7
WILLOW
40
15
20
18
20
20
9
2.5
5.7
SPRINGHILL 1
50
30
30
25
35
-
8.2
2.8
7.3
SPRINGHILL 2
50
30
30
25
25
-
8.2
2.8
7.3
SPRINGHILL SUITE
120
70
60
60
80
80
16.4
2.8
7.3
BOARDROOMS X 3
-
-
14
-
-
-
4.2
2.8
7.4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 107
PORTLAND STREET MANCHESTER M1 4PH
T 0844 8159024 E MEETINGS@MERCUREMANCHESTER.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREMANCHESTER.CO.UK
"Overlooking Piccadilly Gardens this 280 bedroom hotel is situated right in the heart of Manchester City Centre." HANNAH REEVE
108 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE MANCHESTER PICCADILLY HOTEL Located in the heart of Manchester city centre and easily accessible from the M6, M56, M60 and M62 motorways, the Mercure Manchester Piccadilly Hotel is the perfect venue for any size conference for up to 800 delegates.
• Restaurant with panoramic views across Piccadilly Gardens.
Unique 4-star meeting venue in a central location. Hotel facilities at a glance:
• Designated car parking and accessible entrance for disabled guests.
• 280 bedrooms.
• Induction loop available for hearing impaired (available on request, chargeable).
• 9 suites.
• Parking available for up to 80 cars (chargeable) . • Located right in the heart of the city.
• Wheelchair access throughout most of the hotel.
• 25 Privilege bedrooms.
• FREE high speed Wi-Fi throughout.
• 11 meeting rooms. • Largest meeting room holds 800.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
800
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
INTERNATIONAL SUITE
800
350
60
80
414
650
39
6.4
21
PARK SUITE
130
70
60
–
80
100
22
3.25
7
SENATE
80
40
30
30
48
–
12.5
2.56
7.5
PORTLAND
80
40
30
30
48
–
11
2.44
6
PARK AVENUE
60
34
24
24
40
–
10
3.55
6.8
PARK LANE
55
26
20
20
32
–
8.8
3.55
6
BOARDROOM
15
8
12
8
–
–
5.5
2.44
5
CONGRESS
30
14
16
16
16
–
7
2.44
5.18
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 109
NEVILLE STREET NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE NE1 5DF
T 0871 376 9029 (OPT 3) E NEWCASTLECOUNTYEVENTS@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
“The Hotel combines the charm of the original 19th century building with the benefits of a modern hotel, being ideally located in the city centre.” CARL BRINDLEY
110 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE NEWCASTLE COUNTY HOTEL Mercure Newcastle County Hotel is located in the heart of Newcastle’s city centre. The breath-taking Grade II listed hotel boasts many original Victorian features including high ceilings and large picture windows, and overlooks the stunning 19th century architecture of Newcastle Central train station. If you are looking for a retail therapy from your event, we’re close to all the main shopping areas of Newcastle, and you will also find museums and other attractions within a short walking distance.
Hotel facilities at a glance: • 10 meeting rooms • 114 spacious and modern bathrooms • Rendez-Vous Bar & Restaurant • Limited on-site car parking • Complementary WiFi
Unique 3-star meeting venue in a central location.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
220
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MOZART SUITE
200
90
100
80
100
150
26
2.6
7.5
VIENNA SUITE
96
40
40
40
48
60
10
2.6
7.5
WALTZ SUITE
50
20
30
20
20
40
8.4
2.6
7.5
OPERA SUITE
25
10
17
14
-
18
7.2
3.1
7.5
SYMPHONY SUITE
18
8
18
18
16
24
7
3.1
6.6
COUNTY SUITE
100
40
60
50
47
70
16
4.4
7
STRAUSS SUITE
20
10
14
9
16
24
6.1
3.1
7.6
GRAINGER SUITE
30
12
20
16
16
20
9.8
3.6
4.2
BOARDROOM, BLAYDON & NEVILLE SUITE
15
6
10
8
-
-
4.9
3.1
4.2
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 111
113 NORFOLK ST SHEFFIELD S1 2JE
T 0114 278 2000 E H6628-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Sheffield St Paul's Hotel and Spa at the heart of the town offers some of the most impressive conference and banqueting facilities in the North of England." HANNAH REEVE
112 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE SHEFFIELD ST PAUL'S HOTEL The Mercure Sheffield St Paul's Hotel and Spa is a modern hotel providing 163 rooms and a new stand of luxury for business and leisure guests in the city of Sheffield. The stunning exterior, with its sleek lines and dramatic glass frontage sets the tone for a contemporary urban retreat providing a wide range of exclusive facilities including restaurants, a health and leisure spa and the most comprehensive hotel-based conference amenities in the city of Sheffield. The Mercure Sheffield St Paul's Hotel Sheffield is undoubtedly among the most impressive venues in the North of England and a popular choice for the high profile business events. Corporate facilities include ten purpose-designed meeting rooms. These provide comfortable spaces for gatherings of all sizes from key board meetings to theatre style conferences of up to 600 delegates and banqueting for as many as 320 guests. We also have our Pre Function Area
MEETING ROOM
which is a perfect exhibition/breakout space but also great for pre dinner drinks/networking/ catering. Air-conditioned meeting suites are equipped with LCD Projector, screen, free wifi and flipchart. 163 beautifully appointed bedrooms all of whom have 4 piece bathroom suites with stand alone power showers. Laptop safes are also included in all the rooms along with internet access, plasma television with satellite channels.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
600
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CITY SUITE A
200
66
40
40
100
100
–
3.8
–
CITY SUITE B
200
66
40
40
100
100
–
3.8
–
CITY SUITE C
200
66
40
40
100
100
–
3.8
–
CITY SUITE A, B & C
600
200
80
70
350
350
–
3.5
–
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
35
18
18
14
30
30
–
2.5
–
MEETING ROOM 1
18
–
12
–
–
350
–
2.5
–
MEETING ROOM 2
18
–
12
–
–
350
–
2.5
–
MEETING ROOM 3
18
–
12
–
–
350
–
2.5
–
MEETING ROOM 4
18
–
12
–
–
350
–
2.5
–
MEETING ROOM 5
35
12
18
18
–
24
–
2.5
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 113
LEEDS ROAD WETHERBY LS22 5HE
T 0844 815 9067 E CSALES.MERCUREWETHERBY@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREWETHERBY.CO.UK
"Soaking up the Yorkshire scenery and hospitality, events at the Mercure Wetherby Hotel are a guaranteed success." ADAM SHAW
114 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE WETHERBY The Mercure Wetherby Hotel is just eight miles from Leeds Bradford International Airport and access to the hotel is easy, as it is located just minutes from the A1M. The Hotel has 12 meeting rooms, all fully equipped with complimentary high speed WiFi, audio visual equipment and space for 150 delegates. There is also free car parking for up to 167 cars.
The conference team at the Mercure Wetherby Hotel ensure that their business service and conference facilities meet the highest expectations. They will also ensure that your meeting room is set up to your exact specifications and also offer a range of equipment hire to support your event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
150
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
HAREWOOD
150
50
40
35
65
100
–
–
–
WHARFDALE
120
50
40
40
60
80
–
–
–
SUMMIT ONE
50
26
30
28
30
30
–
–
–
SUMMIT F2
50
26
30
28
30
30
–
–
–
SUMMIT F1
20
–
12
10
8
–
–
–
–
BOARDROOM
20
10
14
12
11
14
–
–
–
SUMMIT TWO, THREE, F3, F4
6
2
5
–
–
–
–
–
–
CONGRESS
50
18
20
16
16
20
–
–
–
SENATE
40
16
20
16
15
16
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 115
SHIPTON ROAD YORK YO30 1XW
T 0844 815 9038 E CSALES.MERCUREYORK@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREYORK.CO.UK
"This venue offers a wonderful choice of meeting rooms, including two splendid oak panelled meeting rooms in the original manor house." CARL BRINDLEY
116 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE YORK FAIRFIELD MANOR HOTEL An elegant country house found in one of the most historic cities in England, where the battle ground for the Roman, Viking and Norman invasions were launched and great for conferences and meetings. Come and see what everybody was fighting over! York combines the best of the old with all the luxuries of modern day to take you back in time to those days gone by.
Your bedroom in the Mercure York has an en-suite bathroom, tea & coffee making facilities, a remote control satellite TV, telephone, trouser press, and hairdryer. The Mercure York is the ideal choice for conferences and events. You'll find 6 conference rooms to choose from, the largest of which can hold up to 180 delegates, all with wheel chair access.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
180
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
PARKSIDE SUITE
180
80
60
60
75
140
15.5
3.4
12.2
PARK LANE
80
40
30
30
38
70
12.2
3.4
7.7
PARK AVENUE
80
40
30
30
38
70
12.2
3.4
7.7
PIONEER
40
20
30
20
15
30
6.5
2.6
8.3
CAMBRIDGE
30
15
15
12
12
15
7.0
3.2
4.5
LIBRARY
–
–
12
–
–
12
7.0
2.7
4.0
OAK ROOM
25
15
20
15
20
40
7.8
2.0
6.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 117
89 GORTON LANE MANCHESTER M12 5WF
T 0161 223 3211 E EVENTS@THEMONASTERY.CO.UK W WWW.THEMONASTERY.CO.UK
"The Monastery Manchester offers one of the most inspiring venues to hire for any social, corporate or cultural occasion." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
118 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE MONASTERY MANCHESTER Following a £9.5 million restoration scheme, this hidden treasure has taken its place as one of the UK's most inspiring venues for any corporate or social occasion. The Monastery Manchester has won the UK's most unique venue award three consecutive years.
meeting, training and seminar spaces. This venue can provide conference space from six boardroom to 650 theatre style. The team at The Monastery strive to exceed expectation, from the initial enquiry stage to the seamless running of your event.
It leads the way in hosting a variety of events such as conferences, exhibitions, award ceremonies and gala dinners. Along with the Great Nave, it also offers 7 Friary Rooms, which are light and spacious, providing exceptional
Speak to our events team today to begin organising your next function!
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
650
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
GREAT NAVE
600
105
100
75
320
450
38
29
W (M) 19
PRIVATE CHAPEL
60
–
24
18
32
40
9.2
–
6.5
CHAPTER HOUSE
50
18
12
–
–
–
6.2
–
4
ST. FRANCIS
50
18
16
18
30
16
6.1
–
5.5
ST. CLAIRE
–
–
8
–
–
8
–
–
–
PATRICK DALTON
30
–
12
–
–
–
–
–
–
URIEL
40
18
16
16
14
30
6.1
–
5.5
PUGIN
40
18
16
16
14
30
6.2
–
5.7
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 119
21 DICKINSON STREET MANCHESTER M1 4LX
T 0161-235-2222 E H3145-SL@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"The Novotel Manchester Centre is perfectly located in Manchester's convention quarter, just moments from the world famous China Town." CARL BRINDLEY
120 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL MANCHESTER CENTRE 8 Multi purpose adaptable meeting rooms with 5 small syndicate break out rooms. All rooms come with natural day light, black out curtains, air-conditioning and no obstructions. Our great value day delegate rates include: 4 servings of tea and coffee, room hire, flipchart, stationery, LCD projector & screen, still & sparkling water, hot buffet restaurant lunch.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
100
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
RYLANDS SUITE
100
54
40
44
60
60
10
2.2
8
RYLANDS 1
40
24
24
24
36
36
10
2.2
4
RYLANDS 2
40
24
24
24
36
36
10
2.2
4
CHETHAM SUITE
50
30
22
25
30
30
7
2.2
7
PORTICO
25
14
15
14
12
12
7
2.2
3.5
WHITWORTH
25
14
15
14
12
12
7
2.2
3.5
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
–
–
12
–
–
–
6.5
2.2
4
PIAZZA
2
16
16
15
141
4
7
2.2
4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 121
PONTELAD ROAD NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE NE3 3HZ
T 0191 214 0303 E H1118@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
This venue is perfectly located, close to the airport and a short drive to the city centre.” ADAM SHAW
122 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL NEWCASTLE AIRPORT A modern 3-star hotel located 4 miles from the vibrant city of Newcastle and 2 miles from Newcastle Airport. We have onsite parking and are easily accessible by all routes to explore and enjoy the city and surrounding areas. We have eight purpose designed, fully equipped meeting rooms accommodating up to 220 guests. All meeting rooms have natural daylight and offer flexible layouts. Our elegant and versatile banqueting rooms, restaurant & bars cater for events for 10 to 220 guests. We also have great outdoor space, including beautiful gardens and terrace area ideal for summer entertaining. Our contemporary venue provides the ideal setting for a made-to-measure modern affordable wedding. We also hold a Civil and Partnership licence.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
220
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ARK ROYAL SUITE (SUB DIVIDES)
220
150
50
50
120
150
24
3
9
– TYNE
100
40
40
35
42
50
10
3
9
– REDHEUGH
20
12
12
10
14
10
3.6
3
9
– KING EDWARD
20
12
12
10
14
10
4
3
9
– QUEEN ELIZABETH
50
20
25
22
28
20
6.5
3
9
CLEVELAND
50
20
20
22
28
20
7
2.4
7
PENNINE
50
20
20
22
28
20
7
2.4
7
TILL
20
12
12
-
-
-
4
2.4
7
TWEED
20
12
12
-
-
-
4
2.4
7
SYNDICATE 2
20
6
6
-
-
-
3
2.4
3
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 123
ST ANDREWS LANE LEWES BN7 1UW
T 01273 485629 E SALES@PELHAMHOUSE.COM W WWW.PELHAMHOUSE.COM
"The Pelham House Hotel is a top class meeting venue set in an inspiring location, which always provides a very welcoming and friendly environment for delegates." ADAM SHAW
124 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
PELHAM HOUSE HOTEL Pelham House Hotel in Lewes is a beautiful award winning four star 16th century town house set in the picturesque and historic town of Lewes, near Brighton, that has been exquisitely restored to create a stylish venue, which combines elegance and history. The stunning architecture of the building is complemented by beautiful gardens, which have an atmosphere of peace and tranquillity.
Pelham House’s facilities include 36 uniquely styled bedrooms, each of which has been individually designed for maximum comfort whilst preserving many original features of the building. Each room features LCD televisions, finest cotton sheets, duck down duvets, iron and ironing board, tea & coffee making facilities, working desk, iPod docking station and complimentary WiFi.
Located within 3 minute walk from Lewes train station, with direct access from Brighton, Gatwick and London, Pelham House is an ideal venue for all occasions.
We look forward to planning your conference or meeting with you and your client’s objectives in mind. It is important to us to understand the purpose of your meeting and how we can help you achieve this. Our professional and experienced conference team promise to make your event a success from the moment you first enquire to the moment your last delegate departs from Pelham House.
Pelham House features four elegant meeting and event rooms, each with natural daylight and complimentary Wi-Fi connection. Many of the meeting rooms embrace the historic atmosphere of Pelham House and feature crafted wood panelling, exquisite chandeliers and ornate, high ceilings.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
180
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE CHAMBER
180
48
40
40
80
160
16.88
4.05
13.1
TERRACE ROOM
90
27
40
31
42
60
13.09
3.42
7.88
THOMAS PAIN
–
–
–
–
10
–
5.08
3.35
3.1
LIBRARY
–
–
24
–
–
–
5.00
3.65
4.65
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 125
DUCIE STREET MANCHESTER M1 2TP
T 0161 778 7500 E EVENTS@THEPLACEAPARTHOTEL.COM W WWW.THEPLACEAPARTHOTEL.COM
“With two dedicated function areas as well as a range of spaces for break out sessions and bespoke occasions, The Place Aparthotel is well suited to hosting events large and small.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
126 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE PLACE APARTHOTEL In a prime city centre location just 100 metres from Piccadilly train station, The Place Aparthotel provides flexible solutions for a range of conference and events. By flexible, we mean both in terms of room options and in addition our approach to your requirements. The high ceilings and large arched windows of our former Victorian Warehouse mean the natural light abounds and the sense of space is no illusion.
Delegates can also benefit from Aparthotel accommodation, an ideal concept for business travellers. All apartments have living spaces as well as fully equipped kitchens, and all two bedroom apartments have two separate bathrooms, making them excellent for sharing.
Bespoke quotations can be tailored to suit your event specification whether to include car parking, food and beverage and also accommodation, The Place Aparthotel really is the hotel to host any type of corporate event or meeting.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE BISTRO
250
80
40
40
140
250
–
–
–
THE PENNINE
180
100
40
40
120
150
–
–
–
THE MANCHESTER SUITE
60
24
26
15
30
–
–
–
–
THE LONDON SUITE
15
10
12
8
–
–
–
–
–
THE PICCADILLY SUITE
8
–
10
6
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 127
BLACKFRIARS STREET MANCHESTER M3 2EQ
T 0161 831 6000 W WWW.RENAISSANCEMANCHESTER.CO.UK
"Choose from nine sophisticated meeting room venues which offer almost 17,000 sq ft of space." CARL BRINDLEY
128 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
RENAISSANCE MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE HOTEL The luxury Renaissance Manchester City Centre Hotel welcomes business and leisure guests with an impeccable location and spacious, 4-star accommodation, coupled with firstclass services and superb amenities. Situated on Deansgate in Central Manchester, our hotel places you within walking distance of Harvey Nichols, Selfridges, Manchester Arena, and other city centre attractions. Make yourself comfortable in your oversized room or suite, which offers luxury bedding, 24 hour room service, a flat screen TV, and a large workspace with high speed Internet access. Sample locally sourced dining at Blackfriars, our 4-star restaurant, open for breakfast, lunch and dinner. If you're hosing an event here in Central Manchester, you have nine well-designed and
MEETING ROOM
modern venues at your disposal, as well as the services of our dedicated planning team. And with Manchester city centre at your doorstop, you'll find more than enough to keep you busy. Choose the Renaissance Manchester City Centre Hotel for your next visit!
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
400
250
100
80
250
350
17.4
3.35
21.9
MEDICI 1
180
100
50
60
110
140
17.4
3.35
10.4
MEDICI 2
220
120
60
70
120
180
19.8
2.35
10.5
GALILEO
100
63
48
40
54
180
11.6
3.35
25.9
MICHELANGELO
110
80
45
38
80
140
14
3.35
14.9
MICHELANGELO 1
70
42
35
38
48
70
14.9
3.35
5.8
MICHELANGELO 2
60
36
23
26
48
50
10.5
3.35
8.23
BERNINI/EL GRECO/ RAPHAEL/VASARI
40
18
17
20
24
30
10.4
2.8
8.3
BERNINI& EL GRECO/ RAPHAEL & VASARI
90
48
35
38
48
70
6
2.8
7
MEDICI BALLROOM
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 129
PATERNOSTER ROW SHEFFIELD S1 2BX
T 0114 221 0239 E CONFERENCING@SHOWROOMWORKSTATION.ORG.UK W WWW.SHOWROOMWORKSTATION.ORG.UK
"This unique and innovative venue can accommodate up to 200 guests." CARL BRINDLEY
130 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SHOWROOM WORKSTATION Showroom Workstation is a flexible conferencing and events space in the heart of Sheffield's Cultural Quarter which contains; • Versatile conference spaces plus cinema screens • High quality technical facilities • Dedicated conferencing and events team • Award winning in-house catering
Authentic art-deco features combine with modern architecture in our bright open space filled with natural light which can accommodate up to 282 guests. There is a newly appointed conferencing team who are dedicated to planning and supporting a wide-range of events. Showroom Workstation is also home to Sheffield's only independent cinema and The Workstation business centre which serves as a major hub for the region's Creative and Digital industries.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
282
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CONFERENCE ROOM 1
–
–
12
–
–
–
–
–
–
CONFERENCE ROOM 2
–
–
12
–
–
–
–
–
–
CONFERENCE ROOM 3
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
–
CREATIVE LOUNGE
200
–
30
–
100
–
–
–
–
SHOWROOM 5
65
–
30
–
50
–
–
–
–
CINEMA 1*
83
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CINEMA 2*
110
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CINEMA 3*
178
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CINEMA 4*
282
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 131
1 BROWNLOW STREET LIVERPOOL L69 3GL
T 0151 794 6440 E CONFERENCE@LIVERPOOL.AC.UK W WWW.LIVERPOOL.AC.UK/CONFERENCES
"The University of Liverpool has a dedicated and experienced team, supporting every event to meet the needs of each client." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
132 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
UNIVERSITY OF LIVERPOOL CONFERENCES & EVENTS The University of Liverpool offers a range of meeting and event venues at the heart of one of the UK's most dynamic and vibrant cities. Whether it's a small meeting for 2 people, a large conference for 900, a dinner for 350 or anything in between, we have the ideal venue on campus to host your next event. We can also offer en-suite accommodation for your delegates, located moments away from the central meeting spaces as well as year round meeting facilities in the Foresight Centre for up to 140 delegates.
With its unique attractions, world-class sport offerings, unrivalled musical heritage and famously warm welcome, Liverpool is a fantastic destination to visit and explore.
The campus is located a short distance away from Liverpool Lime street and offers on-site car parking for your delegates too. With Manchester and Liverpool airports nearby, international delegates can easily access the city.
Our experienced and dedicated team are on hand to support you as much or as little as you need; as well as offering comprehensive delegate management, we can also provide invaluable local knowledge to help with itinerary planning, guided tours or social programmes.
We have more museums and art galleries than any other UK city outside of the capital, several fabulous theatres and two magnificent cathedrals. And, if you're looking for the best in dining, Liverpool offers every cuisine you can think of – from high-end restaurants to independent pubs and bistros.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
900
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MOUNTFORD HALL
900
400
60
250
250
350
36.5
18.2
–
LECTURE THEATRE A (FIXED SEATING)
387
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
LECTURE THEATRE B (FIXED SEATING)
252
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
LEGGATE THEATRE (FIXED SEATING)
230
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
GRAND ENTRANCE HALL
150
–
60
60
80
100
–
–
–
G–FLEX
150
54
40
34
74
80
18.3
12.8
–
THE GALLERY
140
50
36
30
70
80
12.4
10.4
–
THE CHAPEL
140
50
30
24
60
70
–
–
–
CHANDLER ROOM
70
24
36
22
36
40
9.1
8.5
–
HALSALL ROOM
50
20
20
20
28
40
10.2
4.9
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 133
CONFERENCE SALES OFFICE ROOM 2.001, BEYER BUILDING OXFORD ROAD MANCHESTER M13 9PL
T 0161 306 4100 E CONFERENCE@MANCHESTER.AC.UK W WWW.MANCHESTER.AC.UK/CONFERENCE
“The University of Manchester is renowned for excellence in teaching, world class research and innovation, and offers a range of conference and events venues in inspirational Nobel prize winning surroundings.” HANNAH REEVE
134 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE UNIVERSITY OF MANCHESTER The University of Manchester Conferences and Venues offers a range of AIM accredited venues in truly inspiring Nobel Prize winning surroundings. With Manchester awarded the title of European City of Science 2016 – the place where the atom was split, the computer conceived, and wonder material Graphene discovered – this is a great time to consider hosting your next event in Manchester. Events can be accommodated throughout the year at a number of our venues, including Manchester Meeting Place and Barnes Wallis buildings, seating from 6 boardroom to 200 theatre style, the stunning neo-Gothic Whitworth Building with boardrooms for smaller meetings or the Whitworth Hall for dinners and receptions, as well as our 3 star Chancellors Hotel, providing 70 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms for up 125 delegates.
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
Our large scale venues include the iconic University Place which has the largest dedicated lecture theatre in the region, seating up to 1000 delegates, and the Renold Building with its choice of well equipped lecture theatres. Both venues feature sizeable exhibition space, and each has 25 additional breakout rooms, supported by our inhouse technical and audio-visual team. A full delegate registration service, ConferCare, is also available and our dedicated Conferences and Venues team pride themselves on delivering exceptional hospitality and service so that you can be assured of a successful event. Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch.
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y CABARET
BANQUET
1000
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
UNIVERSITY PLACE 1000 1000 – – – – – – – Featured THEATREbelow A/B are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. RENOLD C16 MEETING ROOM WHITWORTH HALL MEETING ROOM 1 MANCHESTER MEETING PLACE ROOM 4/52 MEETING ROOM
524 THEATRE 675 – 90 –
524 CLASSROOM 250 – 50 –
– BOARDROOM – – 40 –
– U-SHAPE – – – –
– CABARET 300 – 48 –
– BANQUET 300 – – –
– L (M) 26.5 – 14.8 –
– H (M) 12 – 3 –
– W (M) 15.1 – 7.1 –
HARWOOD ROOM3 MEETING ROOM
120 –
–
40 –
BARNES MEETINGWALLIS ROOM 4ROOM
200 –
–
–
–
65 –
–
150 –
–
26 –
2.8 –
10 –
–
50 –
2.8 –
FLOWERS THEATRE MEETING ROOM 5 CHANCELLORS HOTEL MEETING ROOM 6 GREAT HALL, SACKVILLE MEETINGBUILDING ROOM 7 STREET
– 125
– 100
– 40
– –
16 –
– 102
– 120
– 14
– –
– 300 –
– – –
– – –
– 14
– – –
– 150 –
– 128 –
– 23.4 –
– – –
– 14.8 –
JOHN HARTSHORNE LECTURE MEETING ROOM 8 THEATRE, HULME HALL MEETING ROOM 9 LECTURE ROOM, MEETINGELLIS ROOMHALL 10 DALTON
– 260 – 80 –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – 40 –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 135
TRAFFORD ROAD MANCHESTER M17 1AB
T 0161 660 7000 E INFO@VICTORIAWAREHOUSE.COM W WWW.VICTORIAWAREHOUSE.COM
"For corporate events with an urban edge look no further than Victoria Warehouse." HANNAH REEVE
136 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
VICTORIA WAREHOUSE HOTEL & EVENTS We are Victoria Warehouse, a unique, innovative event space in the heart of Manchester, one of Europe's most exciting cities. Built in the early 1900s as a cotton storage facility, our warehouse has stood as a symbol of the city's industrial strength for around 100 years. Careful renovations have made it a venue to capture the imagination. Our site encompasses two buildings, namely The Cotton Sheds our large events space and the Victoria Warehouse Hotel which also includes smaller event rooms. Both spaces boast our signature industrial aesthetic with exposed brickwork and other original features. Our flexible event space can be adapted to suit any event whether it's a huge product launch, or a small meeting of just 10 people. The diverse range of clients we've accommodated is testament to our versatility and we're proud that top brands and household names have chosen us to stage their events.
In the world of contemporary corporate events, every element of the occasion matters and the venue you choose should be an integral part of the event. It's all about creating an experience that continues to be amplified post-event because guests are still talking about it. The uniquely historic nature of Victoria Warehouse, complete with exposed brickwork and other original features, makes our venue ideal for creating engaging, experiential events, launching exciting new projects and revitalising familiar brands. As a creative canvas of unlimited potential, we are what you make us.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1650
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
SHED A
1650
700
–
–
720
SHED B
650
275
–
–
360
SHED C
300
125
–
–
112
SHED D
100
40
–
–
40
MEZZANINE
445
–
–
–
SHED E
200
85
–
–
SHED F
300
125
–
–
280
SHED G
–
–
–
–
270
BAY 1
140
35
–
–
56
BAY 2
320
90
–
–
216
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
900
41
6.4
22
400
49
4.1
13.7
144
39
3.6
10
72
12.2
3.6
11.8
256
320
44.9
3.6
11.2
80
100
39
3.6
10
350
49
3.6
11.8
300
58
3.6
7.5
72
12.1
2.6
13.9
250
23
2.6
14.2
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 137
G31 QUEEN SQUARE HOUSE LEEDS BECKETT UNIVERSITY LS2 8NU
T 0113 812 8555 E CONFERENCES@LEEDSBECKETT.AC.UK W WWW.WELLMETCONFERENCING.COM
"All year round conferencing for 350 guests and summer capacities of 3,500 enable Well Met to accommodate everything from a small meeting to a large congress" HANNAH REEVE
138 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WELL MET CONFERENCING At Well Met, we like our conferencing smart. That’s why we provide a flexible and friendly service that is personalised for you and all for a clear price. You'll be allocated a dedicated conference host here to make sure everything’s done your way.
• AIM Gold accreditation.
You can have your pick from our range of venues – from leafy and historic to stylish and modern – meaning you can find the perfect space for you. All our year-round conference rooms come with free superfast Wi-Fi and AV as standard making us ideal for anything from conferences and meetings to training and corporate away days.
Well Rested • Features include free parking, 24-hour manned reception and Wi-Fi.
Well Met • Dedicated conference rooms available year-round holding up to 350 of your guests. • Only pay for what you need with our clear pricing and flexible Day Delegate Rates starting from £18. • Free superfast Wi-Fi .
• Spread over two sites in Leeds – one in beautiful parkland and one in the heart of the city’s civic quarter, just ten minutes from the train station.
• Great value rates with rooms starting from £36 per night. • 3,500 bedrooms available during the summer making us ideal for residential conferences. Well Fed • Catering for all occasions – from light bites to big buffets and everything in-between.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Our exciting Executive Chef brings a wealth of experience from previous role at Bettys and Taylors of Harrogate.
3500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ROSE BOWL GROUND FLOOR
–
–
–
–
–
250
–
–
–
ROSE BOWL 408 & 412
80
66
35
25
60
–
–
–
–
ROSE BOWL SAGAR WRIGHT LECTURE THEATRE
256
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ROSE BOWL LECTURE THEATRES B & C
139
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
JAMES GRAHAM GREAT HALL
350
–
90
75
160
200
–
–
–
JAMES GRAHAM ACRE ROOM
100
60
50
46
72
80
–
–
–
JAMES GRAHAM JUBILEE ROOM
70
60
40
30
60
60
–
–
–
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 139
WALKDEN ROAD WORSLEY M28 2QT
T 0161 975 2000 W WWW.MARRIOTTWORSLEYPARK.CO.UK
"With nine flexible, light filled meeting rooms close to downtown Manchester this is the perfect venue for meetings of up to 250 guests." MEGAN GAMMAGE.
140 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WORSLEY PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB Revel in the stately elegance of Worsley Park Marriott & Country Club. Located just seven miles from downtown Manchester, our luxury hotel offers a picturesque country setting. Situated on 200 acres of sprawling parkland, our resort features guest suites equipped with 4-star amenities and distinctive design touches. Tee off at Worsley Park Golf Club, our renowned 18-hole championship golf course, or perfect your game at our driving range and putting green. Experience true tranquillity at our deluxe hotel spa, or dine in Grill in the Park, our new restaurant.
If you're seeking a venue for a wedding our business event, our proximity to central Manchester and our immaculate hotel grounds set the stage, while our skilled event staff can oversee every detail of the planning process. Whether you're seeking a respite from city life in Manchester or visiting from elsewhere, Worsley Park Marriott Hotel & Country Club invites you to discover luxury beyond compare.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
WORSLEY SUITE
250
100
100
80
120
220
26.1
2.67
11.30
BRIDGEWATER/EGERTON/ ELLESMERE
80
50
27
30
40
60
16
2.67
10.5
BRIDGEWATER & EGERTON & ELLESMERE
180
80
60
55
80
160
11.3
2.67
8.7
MANCHESTER SUITE
80
40
30
28
30
45
5.2
2.8
14.7
THE TERRACE SUITE
60
24
28
–
50
80
12.5
2.6
12.5
THE LOWRY ROOM
12
–
8
–
–
–
5.4
2.8
4.9
SALFORD
12
–
9
–
–
–
5.4
2.8
4.9
LANCASTER
20
–
12
–
–
12
6.2
2.8
4.8
VICTORIA
20
–
14
–
–
14
7.4
2.8
5.4
VENUES | NORTH OF ENGLAND 141
VENUES THE MIDLANDS
The Midlands encompasses a wide geographical area and includes Britain’s second largest city, Birmingham as well as Nottingham, Leicester, Coventry and Stoke on Trent. Its less urban appeal is obvious, as the region encompasses part of the Peak District, the Forest of Dean and the picturesque Stratford-upon-Avon. The appeal of meeting in the Midlands is clear. Its central location attracts 159,767 events in over 2,000 different venues each year – that is 12% of the total number of events held in the UK. This results in an annual spend in the region of over £4 billion p.a. approximately 10% of the total event spent in the UK. Birmingham, as Britain’s second city attracts a significant amount of this activity. Enviably located, with a superb transport infrastructure, the city is a magnet for events from major brands like the BBC, through to city led events such as the Black International film festival and the Birmingham Literature Festival. Coventry, Nottingham and Wolverhampton increasingly offer a compelling alternative, while The International Centre Telford offers 15,000 m2 of competitively priced event space with excellent transport links.
220 172 190 158 144 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
210
150
184
VENUES THE MIDLANDS VENUE
PAGE
VENUE
PAGE
ALBERT HALL CONFERENCE CENTRE
146
LILLESHALL NSC
186
CONFERENCE ASTON
148
THE LINCOLN HOTEL
188
COOMBE ABBEY HOTEL
150
LINCOLNSHIRE SHOWGROUND
190
COPTHORNE HOTEL BIRMINGHAM
152
MERCURE BRANDON HALL HOTEL & SPA
192
COPTHORNE HOTEL MERRY HILL, DUDLEY
154
MERCURE LEICESTER THE GRAND HOTEL
194
CROWNE PLAZA NOTTINGHAM
156
MERCURE MILTON KEYNES ABBEY HILL HOTEL
196
CURVE THEATRE
158
MERCURE WARWICKSHIRE WALTON HALL HOTEL
198
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LINCOLN
160
MYTHE BARN
200
DRAYTON MANOR PARK AND HOTEL
162
THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE CENTRE
202
DUNCHURCH PARK HOTEL
164
NOVOTEL COVENTRY
204
FOREVER GREEN
166
PINNACLE HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE
206
HEART OF ENGLAND CONFERENCE & EVENTS CENTRE
168
THE PRIORY ROOMS
208
HOLIDAY INN BIRMINGHAM AIRPORT
170
THE REP BIRMINGHAM
210
THE ICC BIRMINGHAM
172
THE ROYAL ANGUS HOTEL
212
IMAGO
174
THE SHOWROOM
214
THE INTERNATIONAL CENTRE TELFORD
176
SKETCHLEY GRANGE HOTEL & SPA
216
JURYS INN BIRMINGHAM
178
STOKE CITY FOOTBALL CLUB
218
JURYS INN HINCKLEY ISLAND
180
THE VOX CONFERENCE CENTRE
220
KELMARSH HALL & GARDENS
182
YARNFIELD PARK
222
LEICESTER MARRIOTT HOTEL
184
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 145
NORTH CIRCUS STREET NOTTINGHAM NG1 5AA
T 0115 950 0411 E ENQUIRIES@ALBERTHALLNOTTINGHAM.COM W WWW.ALBERTHALLNOTTINGHAM.CO.UK
"The Albert Hall Conference Centre stands as a venue able to host a limitless range of events, meeting the requirements of both the modern business world and those of the concerts and exhibitions." CARL BRINDLEY
146 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ALBERT HALL CONFERENCE CENTRE Nottingham’s prestigious Albert Hall conference centre is located within the East Midlands and the vibrant heart of Nottingham city centre. A magnificent grade II listed venue, purpose built in the 1900’s to provide the Cities meeting and entertainment requirements. Since then the venue has matured and been meticulously maintained and adapted to the changing business environment. The venue comprises of the 750 capacity Great Hall and a further 10 conference rooms of varying sizes. The rooms are designed to be adaptable for a wide variety of conferences and events and are equipped with air-conditioning, complimentary Wi-Fi, blackout and natural daylight. The venue is fully serviced by our professional in house conference team, where we excel in providing excellent quality food and customer
service. Our permanent fully qualified in house chefs provide all the catering requirements for the venue, and have a proven unblemished record in supplying consistent, timely and great tasting fresh food from our comprehensive range of menus. We also go out of our way to ensure all dietary requirements are catered for, ensuring every guest has a pleasant visit.
Conference Centre
HALL
For larger events we provide exclusive use of the conference centre, which provides added privacy and security for peace of mind. This also enables the branding and full promotion of the conference theme throughout the venue. For further information, please visit our website www.alberthallnottingham.co.uk
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
650
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GREAT HALL
700
160
80
70
180
180
34.4
11.4
25.4
OSBORNE SUITE
250
100
70
50
120
180
18.9
2.4
14.15
OSBORNE LOUNGE
70
36
30
28
50
70
13.4
4.29
6.27
BALMORE GALLERY
70
36
30
28
40
48
12
2.9
5.5
CITY SUITE
70
36
30
28
40
–
12
2.9
5.5
SYNDICATE ROOM 1
24
12
14
12
10
16
5.27
3.9
4.1
SYNDICATE ROOM 2
24
12
14
12
10
16
5.27
3.9
4.1
SYNDICATE ROOM 3
24
12
14
12
10
16
5.27
3.9
4.1
SYNDICATE ROOM 4
24
12
14
12
10
16
5.27
3.9
4.1
BOARDROOM
24
12
12
12
10
20
5.95
2.93
4.25
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 147
ASTON UNIVERSITY ASTON STREET BIRMINGHAM B4 7ET
T 0121 204 4300 E INFO@CONFERENCEASTON.CO.UK W WWW.CONFERENCEASTON.CO.UK
"The Conference Aston's meeting suites provide an inspiring environment and state-of-art equipment at an affordable price in the heart of Birmingham." HANNAH REEVE
148 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CONFERENCE ASTON Conference Aston’s Hotel and Meeting Suites offer a dedicated meeting and conference venue in Birmingham city centre, with excellent UK transport links. Three mainline train stations are within a short 10 minute walk; junction 6 of the M6 is 5 minutes away and Birmingham Airport is less than 9 miles or a 20 minute drive away. Onsite car parking is also available. Located in the green surroundings of Aston University’s ISO14001 accredited, platinum ecocampus, it is Birmingham’s largest residential conference centre with over 30 purpose-built, fully equipped conference, training and meeting rooms for up to 650, exceptional banqueting and private dining for up to 400 guests, and 163 stylish ensuite hotel bedrooms all offering free WiFi. Additional accommodation is available during the summer period.
A dedicated conference team will work in partnership with you on your event, supported by onsite AV technicians and a skilled catering team, where fresh, local food runs throughout the conference and hotel menus. Whether a contemporary conference hotel or an astoundingly modern conference suite within the art-deco styling of one of Europe's largest brick buildings, the purpose-built, technically advanced year-round conference and banqueting facilities.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
650
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CONFERENCE ROOM 1
235
148
68
47
120
120
11.4
2.7
19.5
CONFERENCE ROOM 1A
94
76
46
34
54
38
11.4
2.7
8.3
MEETING ROOM 123
70
40
36
25
36
–
9.2
9.2
2.5
MEETING ROOM 127
40
30
30
22
24
–
7.8
8.6
2.5
MEETING ROOM 140
25
–
16
11
18
–
7.8
3.4
2.5
STEELHOUSE STAFFORD SUITES 1–4
274
112
76
52
153
–
8.55
2.95
32.09
STAFFORD SUITES 1–2
135
52
60
48
90
–
17.6
2.95
8
WHITE HALL SUITES 1–3
162
72
72
58
120
80
6.96
2.95
23.3
–
–
–
–
–
400
22.4
2.36
26.4
650
250
–
–
280
–
34.3
15
18.2
COURTYARD SUITES GREAT HALL
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 149
BRINKLOW ROAD BINLEY WARWICKSHIRE CV3 2AB
T 02476 450 450 E CONFERENCES@COOMBEABBEY.COM W WWW.COOMBEABBEY.COM
"A unique country house hotel which is nestled within the historical heartland of Warwickshire." HANNAH REEVE
150 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
COOMBE ABBEY HOTEL Coombe Abbey is the perfect setting for conference and event planners looking to impress and inspire. Home to 11 elegant and superbly equipped meeting rooms, our unique hotel has bespoke accommodation, an illustrious restaurant and a grand Marquee, all of which are absolutely ideal for residential and day conferences as well as evening events. Originally a Cistercian Abbey dating back to the 12th Century, we stand in 500 acres of Warwickshire parkland. Surrounded by a moat overlooking formal gardens and a lake designed by renowned 18th Century landscape artist ‘Capability Brown,’ Coombe provides a breathtaking backdrop that will not fail to impress.
MEETING ROOM
Each of our rooms are ideal for conferences, meetings and corporate entertainment. Each room is rich with history, and complete with modern day conference facilities, making them perfect for any business looking to impress and inspire their guests. Our private dining rooms can accommodate between 10 to 140 guests, allowing you to host your own party in a candlelit suite. We also offer an event planner service, which is bound to make your experience here all the more memorable.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
MARQUEE
450
–
–
ABBEYGATE
140
–
45
HIGH COURT
120
60
50
CENTRE COURT
120
60
50
CLOISTERS
120
40
40
STUART
60
40
30
WALNUT
30
14
HARRINGTON
40
14
KELLWAY
30
DE CAMVILLE
20
U-SHAPE
500
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
–
350
40
3
40
30
56
90
10
3
16.5
50
80
120
14.25
2.7
14.75
45
56
80
14.2
2.6
11.75
46
64
80
14.5
4.58
8.2
25
32
40
10.5
4.58
5.6
24
–
24
30
6.8
4.58
6.6
16
10
–
20
6.72
2.7
6.6
16
16
–
–
–
7.3
2.7
5.4
12
10
–
–
10
7.6
4.28
3.45
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 151
PARADISE CIRCUS BIRMINGHAM WEST MIDLANDS B3 3HJ
T 0121 200 2727 E EVENTS.BIRMINGHAM@MILLENNIUMHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MILLENNIUMHOTELS.COM
"The dedicated events team at the Copthorne Birmingham Hotel can bring your meeting to life." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
152 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
COPTHORNE HOTEL BIRMINGHAM Book at the Copthorne Birmingham Hotel and discover our distinctive Copthorne hospitality. Out hotel overlooks centernary square and provides convenient access to Birmingham city centre, the International Convention Centre and the National Indoor Arena. Just minutes from Birmingham New Street railway station, it offers easy access to the National Exhibition Centre and Birmingham International Airport.
• Five meeting rooms and eight syndicate rooms. • Executive boardroom caters for up to 10 people. • The Cascade Suite is air-conditioned and has a private bar, reception area and caters for 250 delegates, • Complimentary WiFi access in all meetings and events areas.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CASCADE
225
120
–
80
160
180
17
3
10
CULLINAN
40
30
30
20
30
30
10
3
5
JUBILEE
60
40
30
30
50
50
10
3
7
KOHINOOR
40
30
30
20
30
30
10
3
5
CASCADE RECEPTION
60
–
–
–
–
–
10
3
5
SYNDICATES
12
9
8
12
–
8
5
3
3
CHAMBERLAIN
40
–
20
15
45
–
5
3
12
VICTORIA
–
–
12
–
–
–
6
3
3
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 153
THE WATERFRONT LEVEL STREET BRIERLEY HILL DUDLEY DY5 1UR
T 01384 482882 E EVENTS.MERRYHILL@MILLENNIUMHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MILLENNIUMHOTELS.COM
"The Copthorne Hotel Merry-Hill Dudley offers the ideal venue and setting for a wide variety of meeting and events." CARL BRINDLEY
154 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
COPTHORNE HOTEL MERRY HILL, DUDLEY Located in the heart of the Balck Country; the Copthorne Hotel Merry-Hill Dudley is one of the premier hotels in the area, overlooking the picturesque Canal Marina and boasting 138 spacious and elegant rooms. Due to its location, the hotel is well suited for business customers. The extensive meeting facilities include the Earls Suite, a vast, bright room which can accommodate up to 570 delegates. Perfect for large events such as product launch, it can also be separated into two individual soundproofed rooms if necessary. Furthermore, suites and boardrooms are also available.
Unwind in Faradays Restaurant & Bar and enjoy panoramic views over the waterfront marina sampling the menu which prides itself on sourcing the best local produce. There are many local attractions including Dudley Zoo and Castle, while the popular Intu Merry Hill Shopping complex is only a minute stroll away with the peak of the high street in one convenient location.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
570
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
EARLS
570
240
60
–
240
400
19
3.8
22
EARLS ONE
270
110
60
–
100
180
19
3.8
11
EARLS TWO
270
110
60
–
100
180
19
3.8
11
–
–
–
–
–
–
31
2.8
6
CASLON
250
80
60
–
100
190
20
3.3
10
NEWBOLT
100
60
30
45
50
80
10
3.3
10
HACKETT
EARLS RECEPTION
100
60
30
45
50
80
10
3.3
10
CASLON RECEPTION
–
–
–
–
–
–
11
3.3
8
BOARDROOMS
20
12
12
–
–
12
6
2.5
3
DIXON
30
20
20
20
20
20
7.6
2.5
5.6
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 155
WOLLATON STREET NOTTINGHAM NG1 5RH
T 0871 9429161 E CPNOTTINGHAM@VALORHOSPITALITYEUROPE.COM W WWW.CPNOTTINGHAM.COM
"A great location and 17 meeting rooms, which can hold 400 delegates make this the perfect place to meet in the Midlands." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
156 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CROWNE PLAZA NOTTINGHAM There are three good reasons to hold your next conference, meeting or event at the Crowne Plaza Nottingham: great hotel, great location, and great transport links. With 20 million people living within two hours traveling distance of the City of Nottingham, you won't find a better location. With years of experience we are highly experienced in hosting all types of meetings and events, both large and small.
Being in a fantastic location in the heart of the UK and with well connected transport links makes it a very easy to reach destination when traveling by train, car, or plane. You will find everything you need conveniently under one roof, including: 17 meeting rooms; the magnificent Royal Suite that can hold up to 400 delegates, theatre style; 210 bedrooms; free Wi-Fi throughout; city Centre car parking for up to 600 cars; a fantastic bar, lounge, and restaurant; and an on-site spa, Urban Escape. Whether your are looking for a day or stay package or something more bespoke, we have everything you might need.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
ROYAL SUITE
400
180
REGENT SUITE
30
14
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
–
220
400
27.1
3.7
3.7
20
16
–
16
8.4
2.4
2.4
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
–
–
14
–
–
14
7.5
6.2
3.0
HAMPTON
50
16
20
22
32
40
8.3
7.3
2.5
WINDSOR
40
14
20
16
24
30
9.2
5.8
2.5
HIGHGROVE
70
26
30
26
40
50
9.3
8.7
2.5
KENSINGTON
30
10
20
14
16
16
8.4
5.1
2.5
ST JAMES
30
12
24
14
24
24
8.3
5.4
2.5
TALBOT SUITE
100
40
40
40
48
–
13.3
8.9
2.4
BALORAL SUITE
30
12
15
15
24
–
7.6
5.6
2.3
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 157
CURVE THEATRE 60 RUTLAND STREET LEICESTER LE1 1SB
T 0116 242 3580 E ENQUIRIES@CURVEEVENTS.CO.UK W WWW.CURVEEVENTS.CO.UK
“A stunning venue which can host up to 1,600 across ten flexible spaces.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
158 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CURVE THEATRE In the heart of Leicester’s vibrant Cultural Quarter and just one hour away from London by train, Curve is a spectacular, state-of-the-art venue. Unlike a traditional theatre, our awardwinning building boasts a range of distinctive, unconventional and dynamic event and conference spaces to meet your business needs. Our expert and dedicated team will look after you from your first enquiry all the way through to event evaluation to ensure you are completely happy at every stage and achieve the best return on your investment.
Whether you are looking for a place to hold your next meeting or planning a show-stopping awards ceremony, product launch, conference or exhibition, our stunning glass facade encloses 10 flexible spaces and we can host up to 1600 people. Combining our extensive technical capability and theatrical inventiveness, we create and deliver outstanding and impactful events. There is also the opportunity to hold your event on the set of a Curve production with our brand new Set for Events concept, creating an unrepeatable experience for delegates.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1600
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
AUDITORIUM
902
–
–
-
-
-
–
–
–
AUDITORIUM WITH STAGE AND STUDIO
1300
399
120
100
400
900
40.6
19
15.4
STAGE
300
220
80
80
220
350
22.9
19
15.4
STAGE AND STUDIO
450
350
120
100
350
450
63.5
19
15.4
STUDIO
262
180
80
80
180
180
17.7
8.5
16.6
MEZZANINE
150
–
24
–
–
80
93
–
–
SINGLE SEMINAR ROOM
60
40
24
12
40
60
11.2
4
10.56
PAUL KERRYSON REHEARSAL ROOM
110
70
80
50
70
80
16.85
7
16.68
REHEARSAL ROOM 2
80
30
18
20
30
50
13.22
6
11.77
REHEARSAL ROOM 3
60
30
18
20
30
50
13.06
3.3
12.46
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 159
BRAYFORD WHARF NORTH LINCOLN LN1 1YW
T 01522 565197 E EVENTS@BRAYFORDHOTELS.COM W WWW.LINCOLN.DOUBLETREE.COM
"From tailored catering to stunning views of the city and the waterfront, the DoubleTree by Hilton Lincoln Hotel delivers an inspiring environment at each and every event." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
160 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LINCOLN Located on the Brayford Marina in the heart of the city, DoubleTree by Hilton Lincoln is the perfect backdrop for conferences, small business meetings and other unique events. Small Meetings Choose from four fully air conditioned, multifunctional suites featuring WiFi, A/V equipment and an abundance of natural light. Make an impressive presentation to colleagues over a light lunch, and then proceed into an afternoon strategy session. The hotel's dedicated operational staff are on hand to oversee every meeting detail and to provide any event support required. Conferences & Events We offer 600 sq. metres of versatile event space that can accommodate groups of up to three hundred. Present a new marketing
MEETING ROOM
strategy to employees or stage a keynote presentation in the 288 sq. metre Cathedral Ballroom. Well-planned function space allows for easy flow between sessions, catered events and breakouts. Keep attendees feeling satisfied and focused on the tasks at hand with a wide range of catering options. Bedrooms Group bookings are available on request; we have 115 spacious guest rooms, our suites feature balconies with picturesque views over Brayford Waterfront. Our dedicated Meetings & Events Team have a wealth of experience that will ensure your event is a success. To begin planning your next event, for more information about our packages or to request a tour, contact the team today and tell us what's important to you.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
CATHEDRAL BALLROOM
300
100
–
46
120
220
24
3.2
W (M) 12
VIEWING GALLERY
100
30
30
28
40
72
14.5
3.2
9.4
ASPEN SUITE
70
30
30
30
40
80
9.2
2.5
10.7
ASPEN 1
40
12
16
–
20
30
8.3
2.5
4.7
ASPEN 2
40
12
16
–
20
30
9.2
2.5
6
CEDAR SUITE
70
30
30
30
40
60
7.1
2.5
10.6
CEDAR 1
40
12
14
–
16
20
7.1
2.5
5.3
CEDAR 2
40
12
14
–
16
20
7.1
2.5
5.3
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 161
TAMWORTH B78 3TW
T 01827 255995 W DRAYTONMANORHOTEL.COM
"This venue is simply perfect for team building events." HANNAH REEVE
162 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
DRAYTON MANOR PARK AND HOTEL Set amongst 280 acres of lakes and parkland, Drayton Manor Park and Hotel combines a beautiful setting with spacious conferencing facilities, exciting corporate packages and delicious cuisine.
Its outdoor areas can accommodate marquees and live entertainment and there is even the option to exclusively hire the whole theme park. The venue also offers overnight accommodation in the on-site four star Drayton Manor Hotel.
Whatever your corporate needs, Drayton Manor can offer a comprehensive package to meet them. Whether it’s improving creativity and communication on a team building day, socialising outside work with a family fun day, use of the executive boardrooms, conferencing suites and presentation areas, or day delegate packages (which can be tailored to include theme park tickets), Drayton Manor has something for every occasion.
Why not end the day with your own firework and laser display over the lakes, or even include a private ice rink; Drayton Manor can even arrange to have your guests flown in by helicopter – the sky really is the limit!
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
TOWER SUITE
500
TOWER LOUNGE
40
HAMILTON SUITE
500
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
250
60
–
200
300
26.0
2.9
15.0
50
20
–
35
40
19.5
2.9
8.5
200
110
60
–
120
150
17.0
2.9
12.0
VICTORIAN LOUNGE
40
20
20
–
–
30
9.9
4.4
2.3
PARK VIEW SUITE
200
60
40
–
120
150
18.8
3.5
14.0
PARK VIEW EAST
60
40
40
–
44
60
15.3
3.5
9.2
PARK VIEW WEST
60
40
40
–
44
60
15.3
3.5
9.2
BOARDROOM 1
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.6
–
3.6
BOARDROOM 2
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.6
–
3.6
BOARDROOM 3
20
–
12
–
–
–
6.6
–
3.6
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 163
RUGBY ROAD DUNCHURCH WARWICKSHIRE CV22 6QW
T 01788 810656 E INFO@DUNCHURCH.CO.UK W WWW.DUNCHURCH.CO.UK
“The Dunchurch Hotel offers the perfect mix of advance technology and classic charm, ideally located in the heart of the Warwickshire countryside.” CARL BRINDLEY
164 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
DUNCHURCH PARK Dunchurch Park Hotel & Conference Centre is a charming, Grade II listed Manor House, complemented by modern conference extensions, all set in 72 acres of magnificent gardens and grounds.
Whether you are organising a one to one interview or an event for up to 450 delegates, our facilities have the flexibility, supported by professional service, to ensure the success of your event.
Benefiting from an excellent range of facilities, this venue is ideal for meetings, conferences, training courses, leadership development programmes, product launches, special events, celebrations, private dining, award dinners, team building, corporate activities and fun days.
• Centrally located M1, M6, M45, M40 • Only 50 minutes from London”
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
450
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
MARQUEE
450
280
GARDEN ROOMS
300
150
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
–
280
400
48.77
4.15
11.58
70
60
150
200
12.49
3.80
20.30 8.90
GREAT HALL
120
–
–
–
–
120
18.00
6.10
DRAYCOTE SUITE
100
72
28
26
72
100
19.81
2.43
9.75
DRAWING ROOM
60
36
28
28
36
50
11.58
3.37
5.79
BILLIARD ROOM
50
24
16
16
24
40
9.14
3.30
7.31
CAYZER
35
20
20
16
20
–
7.92
3.15
4.87
LAKE & TERRACE
22
30
26
22
30
–
11.27
3.15
4.87
BOARDROOM
–
–
14
–
–
14
8.00
3.43
5.32
MEETING ROOM 3
10
10
10
10
10
–
6.15
2.72
6.15
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 165
RANSOM WOOD SOUTHWELL ROAD WEST MANSFIELD NG21 0HJ
T 01623 675323 E ENQUIRIES@FOREVER-GREEN.INFO W WWW.FOREVER-GREEN.INFO
"This unique venue, with its wonderful woodland setting offers plenty of choice for conferences and events with 7 meeting rooms able to cater for anything from 2 to 250 delegates combined." HANNAH REEVE
166 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
FOREVER GREEN Forever Green is a restaurant and venue set amongst a tree lined panorama of 70 acres of woodland in Ransom Wood on the edge of Nottingham. With a choice of seven conference rooms split between two adjacent properties (Forever Green and The Elements Rooms), we are able to cater for everything from a small meeting to a large conference.
The venue benefits from free parking, on site catering and 70 acres of woodland that can be taken advantage of to add a touch of fresh air to your event.
a meeting with nature
Forever Green provides two modern rooms as well as ample break out space which benefits from giant windows looking out into the surrounding forest. The Elements Rooms, new for 2016 and based opposite Forever Green provide a further five rooms themed around the 5 elements as well as a garden courtyard providing further breakout space.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE GLADES
30
TBC
16
16
–
–
7.38
2.28
4.74
THE FOREST SUITE
120
40
30
TBC
100
100
15.13
2.43
8.0
THE ELEMENTS SUITE
120
40
30
TBC
100
100
14.5
2.99
7.3
ELEMENTS – FIRE
–
–
10
–
–
–
8.14
2.22
3.37
ELEMENTS – SPACE
–
–
8
–
–
–
4.43
2.26
3.89
ELEMENTS – WATER
25
12
16
TBC
–
–
6.49
2.27
4.52
ELEMENTS – EARTH
40
20
16
TBC
–
–
7.52
2.24
6.49
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 167
MERIDEN ROAD FILLONGLEY COVENTRY WEST MIDLANDS CV7 8DX
T 01676 540333 E SALES@HEARTOFENGLAND.CO.UK W WWW.HEARTOFENGLAND.CO.UK
"Affordable conference, event and meeting space in the heart of England." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
168 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HEART OF ENGLAND
CONFERENCE & EVENTS CENTRE With flexible spaces and rooms with capacities from 16 up to 650, Heart of England Conference & Events Centre really is a venue that can suit any requirement. The outdoor spaces include a lake and mediaeval woodland along with several areas that can be used for teambuilding and activities. From initial enquiry through to the close of the event, our expert staff will work with you to ensure your event exactly meets your criteria whether it be a small meeting, large conference, product launch, teambuilding or family fun day.
Our on-site audio visual team can provide a whole array of technology to support your conference. Turn up with your presentations on a USB and off we go, all the AV is ready and waiting! Centrally located, with free on-site parking, and only 6 miles from Birmingham International Airport and Birmingham International Train Station, the venue is easily accessible from the M6, M42 or A45.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BIRCHLEY SUITE 1, 2 & 3
650
BIRCHLEY SUITE 1
66
BIRCHLEY SUITE 2
650
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
200
–
80
350
500
48
40
–
28
40
33
5
18
6
2.4
280
150
–
60
150
18
250
14
5
BIRCHLEY SUITE 3
200
48
–
60
18
160
200
13
5
CHESTNUT SUITE 1 & 2
100
48
35
18
30
72
80
16
2.4
10.5
MARQUEE
500
–
–
–
380
500
39
4
12
PINE
60
CEDAR
50
25
30
30
32
48
9.6
2.6
7.2
25
30
30
32
48
6
3.5
WILLOW
6
28
14
14
–
–
16
7.2
2.6
4.5
BEECH
10
9
8
–
–
–
3
2.4
3
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 169
COVENTRY ROAD BIRMINGHAM B26 3QW
T 0871 663 9007 E CONFERENCE@HIAIRPORT.CO.UK W WWW.HIAIRPORT.CO.UK
"The hotel's aspire conference centre has 14 meeting rooms and can host up to 600 people." HANNAH REEVE
170 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN BIRMINGHAM AIRPORT We are perfectly located for any exhibitions at Birmingham's NEC, with Birmingham International Convention Centre (ICC), National Indoor Arena (NIA) & Ricoh all within 10 miles of the hotel. The Holiday Inn Birmingham Airport offers a variety of bedrooms including Standard doubles and twins, Superior, Executive and Suites as well as accessible rooms. The Aspire Conference Centre boasts 14 state of the art meeting rooms with varying capacities from 2-600 delegates. The Inspire Leisure Club is complimentary for all overnight guests and offers and indoor swimming pool, steam room, Jacuzzi and gymnasium. We offer multiple dining options including Marcos New York Italian Restaurant and the Flight Bar, both with delicious menus. The hotel also offers secure onsite car parking, which is complimentary for conference delegates.
MEETING ROOM
Conference Rooms We can cater for up to 600 delegates theatre style in our Lancaster Suite, or smaller meeting from 2 people in our conference suites. At the Holiday Inn Birmingham Airport, we offer fantastic package deals and offer monthly promotion. Our dedicated Sales team will always be on hand to help you throughout your booking and our experienced Operations team will tender to your every need on the day of your meeting.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
LANCASTER SUITE
600
240
HARRIER SUITE
150
60
MOSQUITO
8
–
HANDLEY PAGE
14
HAWKER TEMPEST
14
BRISTOL BEAUFIGHTER
14
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
–
–
240
50
58
60
4
–
–
10
–
10
–
10
600
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
450
32.1
3.3
12.8
100
18.6
3.3
7.7
–
–
5.1
2.5
2.9
–
–
–
5.1
2.5
2.9
–
–
–
5.1
2.5
2.9
–
–
–
5.1
2.5
2.9
SPITFIRE
–
–
15
–
–
–
6.6
2.5
4.4
AIR ACOBRA
25
12
16
14
16
–
6.6
2.5
4.4
ARMSTRONG WHITLEY
25
18
16
14
16
–
7.4
2.5
4.3
HURRICANE
25
18
16
14
16
–
7.4
2.5
5.0
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 171
BROAD STREET BIRMINGHAM B1 2EA
T 0121 644 5025 E INFO@THEICC.CO.UK W WWW.THEICC.CO.UK
"Whether it is a small meeting for 2 or a major conference for 8,000, this unique, purpose built venue has the flexibility to shape and create events." CARL BRINDLEY
172 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE ICC BIRMINGHAM Located in the heart of the UK, the International Conventional Centre (ICC) Birmingham is one of Europe's premier conference and meetings venues, offering an extensive range of first-class facilities. From small meetings for a few people, to international conferences of several thousand delegates, the ICC Birmingham boasts 10 meeting rooms and 10 conference halls, including its flagship Hall 1 auditorium and larger Hall 3, which can accommodate 3,000 delegates or provide 3,000 m2 of exhibition space. The dedicated registration area has one of the UK's largest media walls that can be utilised to add value to any event.
The venue hosted over 450 events last year, accommodated over 300,000 delegates and has been acclaimed with multiple awards, recognising everything from its position in the international conference market to its impact on British business tourism. It also holds leading standards accreditations for quality (ISO 9001) and environmental (ISO 14001) management systems.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
3000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M) –
HALL 1
1502
732
–
–
–
–
–
–
HALL 3
2700
984
202
–
1169
1700
–
12
–
HALL 4
830
440
112
–
413
620
29
6
29
HALL 5
300
129
–
–
–
17
5
13
HALL 6
120
70
46
–
63
90
11.8
2.9
9.9
HALL 7
140
70
65
–
84
120
16.7
2.85
8.9
HALL 8
306
180
100
–
175
280
23.2
6
13.7
HALL 9
285
170
82
–
175
240
22.6
5.5
14.2
HALL 10
235
120
85
–
119
200
22.7
4
10.6
HALL 11
345
188
95
–
175
320
24
3.18
19.7
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 173
VILLAGE PARK LOUGHBOROUGH UNIVERSITY LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU
T 01509 633030 E INFO@WELCOMETOIMAGO.COM W WWW.WELCOMETOIMAGO.COM
"IMAGO offers a superb choice across four venues." ADAM SHAW
174 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
IMAGO Loughborough University's multi awardwinning hotel, conference and event brand, imago, offers an unrivalled portfolio of first-class venues and provides the perfect backdrop for up to 2000 delegates.
We understand how important a distractionfree environment is. That's why we offer an exclusive use package at Holywell Park so you can make the most of your event in a private and focused environment.
Across our four venues, guests benefit from a wide range of conference facilities including purpose-built training rooms, modern lecture theatres and large scale exhibition spaces. We also provide the ideal setting for residential conferences with 319 high quality bedrooms available.
imago is located in the heart of the UK, just 70 minutes from London, 1 mile from J23 of the M1, 3 miles from Loughborough Train Station and 8 miles from East Midlands Airport.
Recognised for our unrivalled quality, we have achieved the highest level of venue accreditation – AIM Gold. As the only Leicestershire venue to achieve the prestigious accreditation, it demonstrates our consistent delivery of excellence and is why 90% of clients come back again.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
2000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CONVENTION ROOM
200
90
56
48
120
–
–
–
–
AVON
110
60
24
24
50
–
–
–
–
DOVE
80
40
22
22
40
–
–
–
–
STEPHENSON
200
102
36
36
90
–
–
–
–
BABBAGE
200
–
–
–
100
–
–
–
–
TURING
280
100
50
44
100
–
–
–
–
CHARTER SUITE
200
100
50
60
–
–
–
–
–
SPORTS HALL
1800
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WOLFSON SCHOOL
300
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
JAMES FRANCE EXHIBITION SPACE
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 175
ST QUENTIN GATE TELFORD SHROPSHIRE TF3 4JH
T 01952 281 545 E SALES@SOUTHWATEREVENTGROUP.COM W WWW.THEINTERNATIONALCENTRETELFORD.COM
"A world class venue with over 15000sqm of space, centrally located and able to accommodate from 4– 4000 delegates." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
176 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE INTERNATIONAL CENTRE TELFORD The International Centre, Telford is a 15000sqm, purpose built conference and event venue, equivalent to nearly 58 tennis courts in size. It offers a blank canvas for events of 4 – 4000 delegates. Set over two floors, the space has a compact footprint for ease of delegate flow and offers a versatile, contemporary setting suitable for any event. The venue offers in house catering, production, housekeeping and security ensuring an unrivalled attention to detail and complete transparency, as our focus is firmly on our clients and achieving exceptional service for every event. As part of Southwater Event Group, The International Centre also offers two on site hotels and one a short walk from the venue, together compromising 343 bedrooms.
MEETING ROOM
A further 325 bedrooms are available walking distance from the venue. For larger events, there are 1000 bedrooms within a ten minute drive and 3000 within a twenty minute drive time, which can all be organised by our in house event links team. The venue is based in central location with great transport links and an onsite car park with 1300 spaces making The International Centre an excellent choice for events with national attendance. Southwater Event Group is a family owned business that prides itself on its passion for events and hospitality.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
4000
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
HALL 1
4500
–
–
–
2000
2500
90
12
38
HALL 2
4500
–
–
–
2000
2500
90
12
38
–
–
1440
1800
60
12
43.5 – 53.5
648
–
–
640
1000
32.5
6
40
270
–
–
192
300
32.5
6
40
477
195
–
–
192
300
32.5
6
40
LUDLOW 3
501
270
–
–
192
300
32.5
6
40
NEWPORT SUITE
260
114
–
–
120
180
12.1
3
19.4
NEWPORT 1
160
72
32
–
72
72
12.1
3
10
NEWPORT 2
140
72
28
–
72
72
12.1
3
9.2
HALL 3
3500
–
LUDLOW SUITE
1480
LUDLOW 1
501
LUDLOW 2
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 177
245 BROAD STREET BIRMINGHAM B1 2HQ
T 0121 606 9000 E BIRMINGHAMCONFERENCE@JURYSINNS.COM W WWW.JURYSINNS.COM
"The perfect location in the heart of Birmingham." CARL BRINDLEY
178 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
JURYS INN BIRMINGHAM Situated on Broad Street and surrounded by an abundance of restaurants and bars, Jury's Inn Birmingham offers the perfect city centre location for all our guests. Our hotel sits within walking distance of many of Birmingham's attractions and is a short walk from Birmingham New Street and other transport links. We have 20 meeting rooms on one dedicated floor that can cater for a range of group sizes and different meeting styles. We are able to accommodate up to 275 people, as well as being able to host smaller more intimate meetings. Each meeting room benefits from natural lighting and airconditioning. We offer a range of catering options including a three course lunch served at our restaurant. For your residential conference requirements we offer 445 newly refurbished and stylish bedrooms.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
101
120
64
40
40
103
52
30
20
20
106 + 108 + 110
206
130
–
106
60
40
107
28
16
118
–
101 + 102 103 + 104
275
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
64
80
15
2
7
32
40
9
2
6
–
120
150
11
2
17
30
30
40
50
11
2
6
12
14
16
–
5
2
6
–
13
–
–
–
8
2
6
240
128
–
–
128
160
15
2
13
104
56
–
–
64
80
17
2
6
105 + 106 + 108 + 110
275
144
–
–
160
200
23
2
11
113 + 115 + 117
88
48
40
40
40
50
16
2
5
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 179
WATLING STREET HINCKLEY LE10 3JA
T 01455 631122 W WWW.JURYSINNS.COM
"Jurys Inn Hinckley Island Hotel has an extensive range of facilities ideally suited to meetings, conferences and events of all sizes." CARL BRINDLEY
180 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
JURYS INN HINCKLEY ISLAND One of the leading 4 star hotels in Leicestershire, Jurys Inn Hinckley Island Hotel is perfectly located for meetings and events in Leicestershire and Warwickshire. With state of the art conference facilities and located just off the M69 and A5, and only minutes from the M6, Jurys Inn Hinckley Island Hotel is the ideal venue for meetings, conferences and events in Leicestershire.
• The hotel offers meeting facilities for up to 500 delegates. • Nearest Airport: Birmingham International – 23.6 miles. • Nearest Train Station: Nuneaton – 5 miles. • Car Parking: Free parking for 600 cars.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
PARIS
650
200
–
–
240
LONDON
500
200
–
–
240
MAYFAIR ROOM
150
70
40
39
90
PICCADILLY ROOM
150
70
40
36
90
WESTMINSTER ROOM
150
70
40
39
LAKESIDE
180
60
30
MEETING ROOM 4
20
8
MEETING ROOM 5
20
–
AVIARY
60
HANSOM
50
W (M)
380
14.2
4.2
28.9
380
28.2
3.0
14.2
80
9.7
3.0
14.2
80
8.3
3.0
14.2
90
80
9.9
3.0
14.2
40
100
110
9.0
3.0
13.0
12
12
–
12
6.0
2.2
5.6
12
12
–
12
6.0
2.2
5.6
35
24
26
50
40
–
–
–
24
20
20
40
50
9.5
2.3
8.0
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 181
KELMARSH NORTHAMPTON NN6 9LY
T 01604 686543 E EVENTS@KELMARSH.COM W WWW.KELMARSH.COM
"Kelmarsh Hall & Gardens leaves a lasting impression on the attendees making it perfect for a range of events." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
182 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
KELMARSH HALL AND GARDENS Kelmarsh Hall, a Grade 1 listed building offers the ideal setting for any event whether you're looking to hold small regular meetings or large scale events, surrounded by beautiful gardens in a historic setting it provides the perfect backdrop for any event. Ideally located and only minutes from the M1, M6 and A14 offering excellent transport links by road, rail and air. The Great Hall – with its Italian pink walls and fine 18th century ceiling is the centre-piece of the house and is the perfect space for greeting your guests. The Saloon – with polished oak floorboards and stunning views across the ornamental lake is popular for meetings, lunches and dinners.
The Orangery – perfect for smaller events, formal or informal, the Orangery sits in the grounds of the Hall and offers a private space with stunning views, ideal for smaller meetings, lunches and training events. Madcroft Event Site – Beyond the lake with a fantastic view of the Hall our outdoor event site offers160 acres of flat well drained parkland and parking for up to 14,000 cars. The perfect location for team building, corporate events, music and car festivals, concerts or classic car shows and can accommodate up to 20,000 people. Whatever the style or scale of your event the options are endless.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
The Ballroom – completely renovated it's the ideal space for presentations, exhibitions, lunches or dinners complete with views across the lake and parkland with access to the formal West Terrace.
MEETING ROOM
120
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
BALLROOM
120
80
40
40
80
100
11.20
3.00
W (M) 7.6
SALON
100
–
30
30
56
70
11.20
2.65
7.2
ORANGERY
32
–
22
–
16
32
11.0
–
4.5
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 183
SMITH WAY GROVE PARK ENDERBY LEICESTER LE19 1SW
T 0116 282 0100 W LEICESTERMARRIOTT.CO.UK
"With almost 1,000sq meters of meeting space, 20 meeting spaces and complementary use of the outdoor venue space, this is a great choice for meetings and events in the midlands." HANNAH REEVE
184 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LEICESTER MARRIOTT HOTEL Book your next event at the Leicester Marriott! With its superb location, rail and air links and only minutes to the motorway network and city centre. We are renowned for hosting brilliant events and celebrations providing contemporary spaces, culinary flair and the bespoke service you need. The hotel features 20 bright multi-purpose function rooms with climate control and natural daylight. Our largest room, the Grove Suite, has a capacity for up to 500 guests, divisible into 2 separate rooms, there is vehicle access and outdoor team building space alongside. Syndicate rooms take care of smaller meetings for up to 50 guests and modern boardrooms for up to 12 guests. To support, we offer in house AV with a technician, wifi internet access in all rooms and purpose built breakout areas with food 'on the move' and Starbucks®.
Meetingsimagined.com, the Marriott Meeting Services app and Marriott Rewarding Events will all complement your event, or for the ultimate in flexibility why not book our complete meeting package offered for 8-25 guests? Whichever function room you choose, with our creative dining, 227 deluxe bedrooms, extensive car parking and fitness club, we promise you a successful and unforgettable event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GROVE SUITE
500
180
–
70
190
300
25.5
4
15.4
GROVE 1
250
80
60
50
120
160
18.9
4
12.5
GROVE 2
120
50
32
40
56
100
15.5
4
8.2
ANSTEY SUITE
100
46
36
40
56
80
15.6
2.5
7.9
ENDERBY/QUORN/ ASHBY SUITES
50
18
16
20
24
30
7.8
2.5
7.7
KIBWORTH/KIRBY/ COUNTESTHORPE SUITES
50
18
16
20
24
30
7.8
2.5
7.7
BLABY/LOUGHBOROUGH/ MALLORY BOARDROOMS
–
–
12
–
–
–
7.8
2.5
3.9
TANNERS
75
24
30
36
32
60
19
2.8
5
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 185
NEAR NEWPORT SHROPSHIRE TF10 9AT
T 01952 603 003 E BOOKINGS.LILLESHALL@SERCO.COM W WWW.LILLESHALLNSC.CO.UK
"Set in spectacular and secluded surroundings this venue aims to deliver a world class experience." CARL BRINDLEY
186 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LILLESHALL NSC Lilleshall National Sport & Conferencing Centre is a venue that can add real impact to any conference or event. As home to some of the UK’s top sports stars, our inspirational setting is sure to provide you with a venue to be remembered. Add to this high quality team development, leadership training, away days and activity days, along with our selection of traditional and modern, small and larger facilities and 4* campus style accommodation and you have the perfect corporate package. We have a dedicated team of event coordinators who work with our clients from initial enquiry through to the day itself to determine their exact requirements. Additionally, our professional onsite catering team can deliver an extensive range of options to suit budget and taste, from buffet lunches and silver service to barbecues and award dinners.
MEETING ROOM
There are numerous meeting rooms of varying sizes, from the intimate oak panelled Read Room overlooking the ornamental gardens to a 166 seat Lecture Theatre, and Exhibition Space. Conferences, events, dinners and celebrations can also be hosted in marquees or tipis. High quality team development, leadership training, away days and activity days are available and we can also provide the perfect venue for charity fun days or company social events. We are delighted to have teamed up with Leeds Beckett Carnegie Great Outdoors and their Leadership Centre to deliver engaging leadership development programmes and experiential learning opportunities.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
DUKE OF SUTHERLAND ROOM
60
30
30
30
30
CHAPTERS
60
24
30
30
30
THE READ ROOM
480
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
60
9.3
–
6.7
60
10.6
–
6.5 5.6
–
–
10
–
–
–
8.1
–
QUEENS LECTURE THEATRE
166
–
–
–
–
–
12
–
13
QUEENS SEMINAR ROOM 2
16
16
16
12
–
–
5.7
–
5.5
QUEENS SEMINAR ROOM 3
24
24
24
24
–
–
10.5
–
5.5
FORD HALL
–
250
–
–
150
300
24
–
21
FORD HALL SEMINAR 1
40
40
30
24
–
–
12.5
–
6
FORD HALL SEMINAR 2
24
24
18
16
–
–
9
–
6
FORD HALL BAR
40
40
30
–
–
–
16
–
6.5
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 187
EASTGATE LINCOLN LN2 1PN
T 01522 520348 E ENQUIRIES@THELINCOLNHOTEL.COM W WWW.THELINCOLNHOTEL.COM
"This venue offers six private meeting rooms which can accommodate up to 100 people. Each of these meeting spaces are popular as they offer plenty of natural light and free wi-fi." HANNAH REEVE
188 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE LINCOLN HOTEL The Lincoln Hotel is set in the very heart of "uphill" Lincoln, with the best views of the Cathedral to be found in the city. This stunning part of Lincoln is packed full of history, glamour & sophistication. We want our guests to relax, unwind, and rest after a busy day exploring the historic city or a stressful day of meetings. With a fully stocked bar and award winning Green Room Restaurant, The Lincoln Hotel offers everything you could possibly need for a memorable and enjoyable Lincoln experience.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
140
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LINCOLN
90
60
40
30
60
70
9.9
3.0
80.1
EASTBRIGHT
20
12
14
10
–
12
6.0
3.3
3.5
ELIZABETH
16
8
10
8
–
–
5.1
3.3
5.6
EASTGATE
20
12
14
10
–
12
4.8
3.3
6.4
LONG ROOM 1 AND 2
–
–
–
–
–
140
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 189
GRANGE-DE-LINGS LINCOLN LINCOLNSHIRE LN2 2NA
T 01522 522900 E EVENTS@LINCOLNSHIRESHOWGROUND.CO.UK W WWW.LINCOLNSHIRESHOWGROUND.CO.UK
“From open air live music concerts and site wide car rallies to multifunctional and fully-equipped conference rooms, the Lincolnshire Showground offers impressive service whatever your choice.” HANNAH REEVE
190 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LINCOLNSHIRE SHOWGROUND The Lincolnshire Showground, based just three miles north of the cathedral city of Lincoln, is the home of the Lincolnshire Agricultural Society, and has been since 1958 when the land was purchased to become a permanent venue for the popular Lincolnshire Show. The Showground has grown and diversified significantly since then, and is now an events venue with a real difference. Aside from the 270 acres of land on offer for outdoors events, the Showground also has a number of flexible indoor spaces available, including the award-winning, eco-friendly Epic Centre which has the capacity to host events for up to 1,200 people across 1,836 square meters of purpose-built space. Also inside the Epic Centre are six modern meeting spaces, with AV support, lots of natural light and stunning views over the grounds.
Due to the variety of facilities on offer, the Lincolnshire Showground now host a wide range of events annually in addition to their own events, from equine shows to awards ceremonies, antiques events to music concerts and niche festivals to international rally’s, and we’d love to host your next event. Combine the diverse space on offer with the support of our dedicated team and delicious locally-sourced menus on offer, and from dinners to delegates, exhibitions to entertaining and shows to sustainability, you’ll see that the Lincolnshire Showground really do live and breathe events.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
15000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
EAST HALL
800
–
–
–
480
600
44
5.3
18
CENTRAL HALL
250
–
–
–
120
150
20
5.3
18
WEST HALL
600
–
–
–
400
500
38
5.3
18
LINDSEY
40
–
–
–
24
30
5.4
3
9
KESTEVEN
70
–
–
–
48
60
12
2.5
9
HOLLAND
70
–
–
–
48
60
12
2.5
9
ANCASTER
40
–
–
–
24
30
6.1
2.5
9
SCAMPTON
65
–
–
–
40
50
9.3
2.5
9
WELTON
60
–
–
–
40
50
9
2.5
9
TENNYSON PAVILION
50
–
–
–
32
40
10
3.22
6
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 191
MAIN STREET BRANDON CV8 3FW
T 02476 454 6051 E H6625@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Brandon Hall Hotel takes from the charm of the Warwickshire countryside and lends it to the events taking place within its premises." CARL BRINDLEY
192 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRANDON HALL HOTEL & SPA 17 acres of tranquil grounds surround the 4-star Mercure Brandon Hall Hotel and Spa Warwickshire. This Coventry hotel has 120 contemporary rooms, each with satellite TV and internet access. An elegant lunch or dinner menu can be found at the AA rosette Clarendon Restaurant, or relax near the open fireplace or patio of the Berwick Bar. An indoor pool and fitness centre can be enjoyed at the Spa, along with 6 treatment rooms. Mercure Brandon Hall also boasts 14 conference rooms, ranging from the small one on one meeting rooms, to the Woodlands suite which can accommodate up to 280 guests in a theatre layout in the modern conference centre. We also have the more traditional function room in the main hotel with access to the hotel grounds, ideal for BBQ events and team building.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
280
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
WOODLAND
280
120
HALF WOODLAND
120
55
ALLKINS
–
–
PARKE
–
JONES
–
JOHNSON
–
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
112
90
112
50
40
50
220
19.62
3.5
14.35
100
14.35
3.5
26
–
9.81
–
–
10.4
–
4.42
–
17
–
14
–
–
–
6.93
–
5.66
–
–
–
7.05
–
–
10
4.8
–
–
–
4.93
–
4.17
BRANDON 1 & 2
–
–
–
–
–
90
–
–
–
BRANDON 1
60
26
26
26
24
30
8.8
4.3
6.1
BRANDON 2
100
40
36
30
36
60
13.1
3.4
5.8
WOLSTON 1, 2 & 3
80
35
30
28
20
50
18.6
2.4
5.8
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 193
GRANBY STREET LEICESTER LE1 6ES
T 0844 815 9012 E CSALES.MERCURELEICESTER@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCURELEICESTER.CO.UK
"This venue always ensures that its business services and conference facilities always meet the highest expectations." CARL BRINDLEY
194 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE LEICESTER THE GRAND HOTEL Choose the Mercure Leicester The Grand Hotel where Victorian charm meets modern comfort in Leicester city centre. The hotel has 7 meeting rooms, all fully equipped with complimentary high speed Wi-Fi, audiovisual equipment and space for up to 350 delegates. We ensure that our business services and conference facilities meet the highest expectations. Our commitment to quality means we take care of every detail for your meeting – from ensuring that individual objectives are realised, to offering a menu that perfectly suits everyone's tastes – all set against the backdrop of our authentic and locally inspired hotels. Your dedicated meeting planner will help organise every aspect of your day: they'll ask the right questions to find out what's important to you and will take ownership on the day to ensure a successful event.
MEETING ROOM
Food for Thought – To keep your delegates refreshed, refuelled and motivated, we offer a variety of high quality food and refreshments. Menus incorporate traditional favourites with wholesome and healthy options, ensuring your delegates are satisfied and ready for the afternoon ahead. Hotel facilities at a glance: • 104 bedrooms. • Marco's New York Italian Restaurant. • Parking for 120 cars (chargeable). • Right in the centre of Leicester, only a 5 minute walk from the railway station. • Designated car parking and accessible entrance for disabled guests.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Wheelchair access throughout most of the hotel. • FREE High Speed Wi-Fi throughout.
350
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
KINGS HALL
350
200
–
–
180
300
10.97
9.09
W (M) 25.8
QUEENS HALL
250
140
–
70
144
200
13.05
2.59
20.31
ALEXANDRA ROOM
70
30
26
30
32
50
7.4
2.4
11.63
TUDOR ROOM
70
32
26
30
40
50
7.96
2.5
12.14
CHARNWOOD ROOM
80
40
26
30
48
70
9.7
2.82
10.71
EMPRESS ROOM
70
26
16
20
24
40
7.82
2.81
8.96
CROMWELL ROOM
60
40
30
32
48
60
9.55
2.84
10.46
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 195
THE APPROACH MONKS WAY, TWO MILE ASH MILTON KEYNES MK8 8LY
T 01908 561666 E H8876-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"This venue benefits from a great location, minutes from the railway station and with close access to the A5 and Luton Airport." HANNAH REEVE
196 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE MILTON KEYNES ABBEY HILL HOTEL Mercure Milton Keynes Abbey Hill Hotel is modern and stylish. We are set in tranquil surroundings, with stunning views overlooking the Abbey Hill Golf Course, yet only a 5 minute drive from MK train station and 'The Hub' of Milton Keynes city centre. Each bathing in natural sunlight, you have the choice of one of our fully functioning and fully air conditioned meeting rooms. Each room is accompanied by state of the art high tech AV equipment and a full range of lunch packages for delegates.
Free Wi-Fi is included throughout the hotel, making Mercure Milton Keynes Abbey Hill an ideal location for your training courses, conferences or meetings. Our Daily Delegates Rates start from £30.00 per person.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
WATLING SUITE
100
50
50
45
56
80
14.2
2.75
6.95
CROWNHILL SUITE
90
40
40
40
42
60
14
2.75
6.3
SPRINGHILL SUITE
20
15
15
12
21
30
7
2.75
6.3
PINEHAM SUITE
20
15
15
12
21
30
7.2
2.75
6.3
CLUBHOUSE SUITE
150
80
70
55
70
120
20.4
2.35
8.7
BRADWELL SUITE
40
20
18
15
24
40
6.2
2.35
7.15
WOLVERTON SUITE
40
20
18
15
24
40
7
2.35
7.15
CLUBHOUSE1 SUITE
40
20
18
15
24
40
6.8
2.35
8.7
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 197
WALTON CV35 9HU
T 01789 842424 E HA0I8-SB2@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Warwickshire Walton Hall Hotel & Spa offers a wide choice of meeting spaces and its location offers both inspirational scenery and the convenience of close proximity to Birmingham airport." HANNAH REEVE
198 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE WARWICKSHIRE WALTON HALL HOTEL Mercure Warwickshire Walton Hall Hotel & Spa is set in 65 acres of beautiful landscaped grounds in rural Warwickshire, with the Hall itself dating from the 16th Century. Once the ancestral home of the Moradunt family, today its secluded setting and extensive facilities make it one of the region's most versatile and desirable venues for corporate and private events. Located just 7 miles from historic towns of Warwick and Stratford-upon-Avon, Mercure Warwickshire Walton Hall Hotel & Spa is 10 minutes from the M40, and approximately half an hour's drive from Birmingham airport. Specifically designed as a training, conference and events venue, this spacious, contemporary hotel includes purpose-built conference facilities and is ideal for board meetings and training
sessions. The self-contained Courtyard Suite is designed for larger corporate events and product launches, seating up to 180 delegates theatre style. Our meeting rooms are set against an inspirational backdrop and offer flexibility for events of every kind. All rooms have complimentary wifi and our in-house teams can support you with every audio-visual requirement you have for your event : • 21 meeting rooms. • 197 bedrooms including 37 luxury rooms in our 16th Century Hall. • Moncreiffe & Mordaunt Restaurant, Conservatory Bar & Lounge.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
180
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
COURTYARD SUITE
180
SYCAMORE
60
60
36
60
120
170
19.3
2.6
13.6
27
28
26
42
50
7.3
2.9
BEECH
9.1
30
8
16
16
21
27
6.7
2.9
5.3
CEDAR
30
14
16
16
21
–
8.1
2.9
5.4
CHESTNUT
40
–
20
20
21
27
10.3
2.9
4.4
PINE
30
10
14
14
16
–
6.1
2.9
6.1
POPLAR
30
10
14
14
16
–
6.7
2.9
6.1
ROWAN
50
14
23
20
32
–
7.3
2.9
7.3
MORDAUNT RESTAURANT
60
–
–
25
40
50
–
–
–
MONCREIFFE RESTAURANT
120
–
–
–
80
120
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 199
PINWALL LANE SHEEPY MAGNA ATHERSTONE WARWICKSHIRE CV9 3PF
T 01827 722 200 E INFO@MYTHEBARN-EVENTS.CO.UK W WWW.MYTHEBARN-EVENTS.CO.UK
"Mythe Barn is an inspiring venue for a wide range of events." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
200 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MYTHE BARN Inspiring spaces, inspiring events. Mythe Barn is independently owned and run, idyllically situated at the end of a long private driveway surrounded by far reaching countryside views.
The Oak Barn features a beautifully hand crafted oak frame with full height windows and roof lights to let the natural light flood in. Under floor heating, air conditioning and a high ceiling add to the desirability of this wonderful space.
Peacefully located in the Midlands countryside Mythe Barn feels like you are miles away from anywhere despite it being easily accessible from all parts of the country. The oak-framed, contemporary barn conversion completed in May 2012 offers a unique alternative to standard event spaces. Couple this with delicious on-site catering, outstanding service and full venue exclusivity for a truly memorable event.
Surrounded by countryside views the Grain Store makes a great space for meetings and events. With air conditioning and full height windows on 3 sides, the outdoors really does seem to come indoors. The six pairs of double doors exit directly onto the terrace, garden and countryside beyond.
Our two main rooms are the Oak Barn and Grain Store, holding up to 200 delegates. Both are vehicle accessible and linked by the central Cart Barn – a perfect space for breaks throughout the day.
Our on-site sister company Garlands Corporate specialise in team building programmes, conference energiser breaks and activity days. Garlands work with clients to design bespoke activity, team building and business development packages to meet specific goals and objectives – even if just for fun!.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GRAIN STORE
200
100
40
50
84
170
16.75
4.68
12.45
OAK BARN
150
75
30
30
60
110
14.10
6.60
7.65
CART BARN
–
–
–
–
–
–
13.00
4.40
12.50 3.45
THE STABLE
8
–
8
–
–
–
3.75
2.10
HAYLOFT
30
16
12
12
18
–
7.60
4.30
5.01
THE DAIRY
25
12
10
10
–
–
5.85
4.05
4.50
GALLERY
8
–
6
–
–
–
5.00
3.50
3.50
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 201
COVENTRY ROAD BICKENHILL SOLIHULL B92 0EJ
T 0121 704 2784 W WWW.NATIONALCONFERENCECENTRE.CO.UK
"If you need a venue with the wow factor then look no further than the National Conference Centre." CARL BRINDLEY
202 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NATIONAL CONFERENCE CENTRE The National Conference Centre boasts an impressive 4550m² of fully flexible internal event space. This makes it ideal for a huge range of events including large-scale corporate conferences, awards dinners, exhibitions and charity balls as well as smaller meetings, more intimate dinner parties and even roadshows requiring use of its 10,000m² external space. With 13 suites to choose from ranging from the Imperial and Britannia Suites, to host your large-scale events, to the newly refurbished Wardroom and Crows Nest Suite for more intimate and smaller meetings. The range of rooms makes it the ideal venue to host events for up to 910 guests. Its meeting capacities range from 16 to over 1300 delegates.
MEETING ROOM
The National Conference Centre boasts state of the art technical equipment and has an onsite AV production team who are experienced in delivering any level of requirement. With a team of dedicated event planning staff and its award winning kitchen brigade the venue really does deliver a seamless, customer focussed service.
(Based at the National Motorcycle Museum)
With over 500 free car park spaces, as well as its central location and proximity to the country’s major road, rail and air networks, the National Conference Centre is the venue to host your next event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
IMPERIAL
1354
TRAFALGAR
300
850
–
–
160
48
–
1400
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
640
810
44.65
3.8-4.6
18.9
112
180
19.7
3.8-4.6
15.15
WATERLOO
200
130
48
–
112
216
22.09
2.4-2.65
10.47
BRITANNIA
1400
750
–
–
616
648
38.4
4.8
23.5
MANXMAN
400
250
–
–
240
276
19.2
3-5
19.2
COMPTON
400
250
–
–
224
276
19.2
3-8
19.2
PREMIER
370
200
–
–
240
276
19.2
3-8
19.2
BALLACRAINE
120
80
48
–
208
228
19.2
2.4
19.2
BRACEBRIDGE
120
80
48
–
160
228
19.2
2.4
19.2
KIRKMICHAEL
80
50
24
–
48
60
18.99
1.95–2.7
7.7
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 203
WILSONS LANE LONGFORD COVENTRY M6 JUNCTION 3
T 024 76365000 E H0506-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“As an AA 3 star new generation Novotel it is perfect for all of your meeting and conference requirements in Coventry.” HANNAH REEVE
204 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL COVENTRY A modern 3 star hotel with 98 en-suite bedrooms, only ½ mile away from M6 junction 3 and 15 minutes from Coventry city centre, Birmingham International airport and the NEC. Also ideally placed for visits to Stratford upon Avon, Warwick castle and Coombe abbey. The hotel has 7 meeting rooms, all with natural daylight, air-conditioning, equipped with screens, flipchart with pens and LCD projectors on request, and they are all located on the ground floor which is great for easy access.
Additional equipment on request, PA systems and staging. Guests can also enjoy the restaurant and bar. Fitness room available for all residents. To the rear of the hotel is an extensive garden, which is ideal for team building events and Summer BBQ’s. On-site car parking available. Free WiFi within the hotel.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
WARWICK SUITE
200
80
40
40
100
140
21
2.95
8
BEAUCHAMP
65
30
25
25
32
-
9
2.95
7
MAUDUIT DUPLESSIS
50
25
20
20
24
-
8
2.95
7
NEWBURGH
50
25
20
20
24
-
8
2.95
7
NEVILLE
30
15
15
15
18
-
6
2.40
6
DUDLEY
15
8
10
-
-
-
6.5
2.40
3.5
GREVILLE
15
8
10
-
-
-
6.5
2.40
3.5
LONGFORD
15
8
10
-
-
-
6.5
2.40
3.5
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 205
NEWARK ROAD PETERBOROUGH CAMBRIDGESHIRE PE1 5YD
T 01733 857600 E PAUL.SMITH@PINNACLEHOUSE.CO.UK W WWW.PINNACLEHOUSE.CO.UK
"Whether your requirement is for presenting to a larger audience, training group, or for a smaller, more personal meeting, Pinnacle House has the space for you." CARL BRINDLEY
206 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
PINNACLE HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE Located in the heart of the vibrant Fengate Business Area surrounded by a multitude of thriving businesses in a variety of sectors, Pinnacle House Business Centre is ready to meet your company's aspirations. Offering professional flexible workspace, Pinnacle House is ideal for growing companies or new business start-ups looking to build their success in a welcoming atmosphere. Pinnacle House offers fully furnished Serviced Offices, Virtual Offices, Shared Offices and Conference and Meeting Rooms facilities all in a modern environment. Pinnacle House has a stylish air conditioned Conference facility that can host 24-60 delegates, dependent upon the required layout. This can be sub-divided into meeting rooms 1 & 2 that are suitable for 18-24 delegates.
MEETING ROOM
Each of the rooms offers a full and comprehensive AV package with large screen, projector, speakers and an integrated PC with DVD/ USB / VGA & lap top connectivity. There is an infra red presentation wand, wireless keyboard & mouse, a lapel mic can be made available, plus there is use of whiteboard, flip chart and pens. We also have meeting rooms available for smaller groups if required. These are laid out in a boardroom style. Our Conference and 2 Meeting Room can be laid out in a variety of layouts prior to your meeting as requested by you. Please see our downloadable booking form for details.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Free car parking on site. • Prices charged by the day, half day or hour.
60
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CONFERENCE ROOM
60
34–38
25–60
24–28
36–42
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 1
30
18–24
18–24
18–21
18
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 2
30
18–24
18–24
18–21
18
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM 3
–
–
1–8
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 207
QUAKER MEETING HOUSE 40 BULL STREET BIRMINGHAM B4 6AF
T 0121 236 2317 E ENQUIRIES@THEPRIORYROOMS.CO.UK W WWW.THEPRIORYROOMS.CO.UK
“This is a hidden gem offering state of the art conference facilities in delightful courtyard surroundings.” CARL BRINDLEY
208 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE PRIORY ROOMS Conveniently located in the heart of Birmingham City Centre and within walking distance to all major transport hubs. Situated within Colmore Business District The Priory Rooms is the location of choice for your next meeting or conference. Offering nine spacious meeting rooms with varied space and flexibility we are extremely confident we can cater for all requirements.
The Priory Rooms is a traditional Quaker Meeting House and is still used for worship today. Our profits go to ensuring the venue is continually maintained as well as supporting projects in our local community which are supported by Central England Quakers.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
210
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MAIN MEETING HOUSE
210
33
20
28
54
–
–
–
–
GEORGE FOX
50
36
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WILLIAM PENN
40
41
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ELIZABETH FRY
20
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MARGARET FELL
15
15
10
12
15
–
–
–
–
LLOYD ROOM
20
–
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
READING ROOM
20
–
15
–
–
–
–
–
–
STURGE ROOM
20
–
15
12
–
–
–
–
–
SOUTHALL ROOM
–
–
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 209
CENTENARY SQUARE BROAD STREET BIRMINGHAM B1 2EP
T 0121 245 2076 E THESPACES@BIRMINGHAM-REP.CO.UK W WWW.BIRMINGHAM-REP.CO.UK
"The Birmingham Repertory Theatre has a well deserved reputation for delivering successful events" CARL BRINDLEY
210 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE BIRMINGHAM REPERTORY THEATRE The REP has a wide range of spaces with a dramatic twist for conference and event planners to host their events in the heart of Birmingham. All major train stations are within walking distance, with easy access from the M5 and M6 and with nearby parking. The REP is renowned for its programme of theatrical events year round, however since the refurbishment there are now three purpose built, stylish and flexible meeting rooms to host meetings, conferences, networking events and exhibitions for up to 200 delegates. All have natural daylight, the latest audio visual facilities and stunning views over Centenary Square. The space transforms from meeting space in the day to intimate banqueting space in the evening creating the scene for a perfectly rehearsed event.
This first class venue has 3 separate auditoria with all the technology required to stage conferences, with the largest of the three seating 800 delegates. The two smaller theatres have retractable seating which provides event organisers with a blank canvas to stage team building events or fully themed dinners. With ground floor access, cars can be driven into the staging areas to create a spectacular back drop. The Mezzanine floor is an airy space with high ceilings that is flooded with natural daylight. This space offers a theatrical backdrop for exhibitions, catering & receptions. Teambuilding events can often be dull but not at the REP! With a choice of packages from one off energisers to full day workshops.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
800
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
THE HOUSE AUDITORIUM
800
–
–
THE STUDIO AUDITORIUM
300
–
–
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
–
240
–
–
–
–
150
240
21.2
6.9
16.1
THE DOOR AUDITORIUM
140
–
–
–
40
50
14.9
8.4
10.4
THE SUITES
200
50
58
58
90
120
24
2.7
7
SUITE 1
70
15
20
20
30
40
8
2.7
7
SUITE 2
70
15
20
20
30
40
8
2.7
7
SUITE 3
70
15
20
20
30
40
8
2.7
7
BURMAN
–
–
12
–
–
12
–
–
–
WINTERINGHAM
–
–
15
–
–
15
–
–
–
FOH 1
–
–
2
–
–
2
–
–
–
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 211
ST CHADS QUEENSWAY BIRMINGHAM B4 6HY
T 0871 376 9005 E INFO@ROYALANGUSHOTEL.CO.UK W WWW.ROYALANGUSHOTEL.COM
"A perfect meeting location in the heart of Birmingham City Centre." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
212 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE ROYAL ANGUS HOTEL We’re located in the heart of Birmingham’s vibrant city centre and ideally placed to explore the wonderful second city.
Purnell’s Purnell’s and Adam’s, authentic street food at Digbeth Dining Club, you’re bound to find something to tease your taste buds.
We’re less than a ten-minute walk from New Street and Snow Hill train stations.
We can’t wait to see you at The Royal Angus.
You can shop until your heart is content in Birmingham and we’re lucky to have the world famous Bullring Shopping Centre, Grand Central and The Mailbox in close proximity. Birmingham is a great place to bring the kids and we’re the ideal place to setup base while you go and explore local attractions such as Cadbury World or Drayton Manor Theme Park. Birmingham is gaining a reputation as a place foodies love to go. Whether it’s top-notch Michelin star restaurants like TV’s Glynn
Hotel facts: • City centre hotel • 133 bedrooms, including suites • Restaurant and bar • 2nd Floor Outside Terrace • Eight meeting rooms • Discounted parking
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Free Wi-Fi • Close to the Bullring shopping centre • Opposite St Chad’s Cathedral
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
WROXTON SUITE
200
90
WROXTON ONE
100
40
WROXTON TWO
100
40
ARIEL SUITE
100
ARIEL ONE
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
–
–
130
35
35
64
35
35
40
–
40
20
ARIEL TWO
40
CONSERVATORY WAVERLEY
200
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
160
17.9
2.83
10.72
70
8.81
2.83
10.72
64
70
8.98
2.83
10.72
–
64
80
14.3
2.57
7.6
25
25
32
40
7.1
2.57
7.6
20
25
25
32
40
7.2
2.57
7.6
30
16
22
24
24
22
10
2.2
5
30
12
16
16
16
16
6.09
2.32
5.1
BOARDROOM
16
–
10
–
–
–
5.79
2.9
2.32
DIRECTORS OFFICE
–
–
4
–
–
–
3.74
2.45
2.1
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 213
TRITTON ROAD LINCOLN LN6 7QY
T 01522 508360 E CONFERENCE@THESHOWROOM.ORG.UK W WWW.LINCSYMCA.ORG.UK
“The Showroom offers the opportunity to impress delegates with a wellequipped professional venue for a variety of events from board meeting to workshops and team building events.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
214 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE SHOWROOM The Showroom is a YMCA Lincolnshire venue. It is a unique building with a unique ideology. All income generated through the Conference Centre is used to create positive activities for young people in Lincoln at The Showroom Activity Centre, providing them with new and exciting opportunities. The Showroom is a multi-purpose venue of contemporary design, incorporating state of the art sound and lighting. Whether it’s a conference, product launch, exhibition or awards ceremony we offer a service to cater to all your needs. Our experienced conference and events team will work with you to ensure from initial conception to the final delivery, your event will be in safe and professional hands.
The Showroom catering team have a wealth of experience & are able to cater for all requirements, ranging from a finger buffet to multi-course banquet. Our range of menu options will provide you with a varied choice. We are able to offer total flexibility around every aspect of your event. In addition The Showroom benefits from a multi use activities centre which offers the opportunity for team building packages along with a purpose built climbing and bouldering centre.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
All ground floor have movable partitions to create series of larger rooms or one larger space. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
LINCOLN ROOM – FIRST FLOOR
H (M)
W (M)
250
–
–
–
160
170
10
23.7
PHILLIPS SUITE – FIRST FLOOR
40
20
30
20
40
–
5.5
14.5
MOORLAND SUITE – GROUND FLOOR
60
30
30
30
45
50
10.1
10
HARTSHOLME SUITE – GROUND FLOOR
40
18
20
20
30
–
10.1
6.8
BIRCHWOOD SUITE – GROUND FLOOR
40
18
20
20
30
–
10.1
6.8
ICAFE – GROUND FLOOR (HOSPITALITY/EXHIBITION)
–
–
–
–
–
60
10.8
14.1
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 215
SKETCHLEY LANE HINCKLEY LEICESTERSHIRE LE10 3HU
T 0145 525 1133 E INFO@SKETCHLEYGRANGEHOTEL.CO.UK W WWW.SKETCHLEYGRANGEHOTEL.CO.UK
"A £6 million investment into the conference and banqueting facilities, plus access to all of the latest technology in the meeting rooms means this venue is very well placed to meet a wide range of requirements." JANE WINSTANLEY
216 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SKETCHLEY GRANGE HOTEL & SPA When it comes to choosing the right venue to host a corporate event – be it a client meeting, a business conference or staff training workshops – it can be hard to find somewhere that meets all your requirements and is still an enjoyable place to visit or stay. Well not anymore. Discover Sketchley Grange Hotel & Spa! Tucked away down a countryside lane, this charming hotel is conveniently located on the borders of Leicestershire and Warwickshire, just minutes from the M69 for quick and easy links up and down the UK. Being in such a well-connected part of the Midlands makes Sketchley Grange the ideal choice for anyone looking for somewhere central and easily accessible from all over the country.
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
And it’s not just the location which makes Sketchley Grange a wise choice – the first-rate facilities inside this four-star hotel are pretty hard to beat too! With nine fully air-conditioned meeting rooms, function rooms and banqueting suites – your requirements can always be met. Outdoor events are well catered for as well, thanks to the hotel’s extensive landscaped grounds. There is even a custom-built contemporary business hub, which has been fitted with the latest technology, break-out areas and a complimentary refreshment bar – meaning guests have everything they need all in one place. What’s more, there are more than enough guest bedrooms to accommodate all visitors overnight while the luxurious spa, or stylish bar and lounge is the perfect place to relax after a hard day’s work.
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
CABARET
300
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GROVE SUITE
180
60
50
46
80
140
16.5
–
10
BRADGATE SUITE
300
150
60
46
160
250
20
–
14
ELMS SUITE
50
25
18
20
35
–
7.4
–
7.5
RILLS SUITE
20
20
24
18
20
–
9.3
–
6.3
LYCHGATE SUITE
50
25
18
20
35
–
7.4
–
7.5
COPPICE SUITE
80
50
20
25
35
50
8.1
–
8.3
BOSWORTH SUITE
60
30
30
25
40
10.5
–
6.5
ANSTY SUITE
15
–
8
–
–
6.7
–
5.3
–
RUTLAND SUITE
25
15
15
–
–
–
8.3
–
4.3
GREEN HOUSE
60
30
30
25
30
40
9
–
6.2
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 217
BET365 STADIUM STANLEY MATTHEWS WAY STOKE-ON-TRENT STAFFORDSHIRE ST4 4EG
T 01782 592233 E EVENTS@STOKECITYFC.COM W WWW.STOKECITYFC.COM
"A super location and flexibility of meeting space make for a winning choice." CARL BRINDLEY
218 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
STOKE CITY FOOTBALL CLUB Hold your corporate event at the bet365 Stadium. A substantial amount of investment in the upgrade of facilities over the past couple of years and has enabled the bet365 Stadium to fully utilise its excellent location in the heart of the country, by attracting a wide range of off-the-field events. With executive catering for more than 1,000 people, a variety of function suites to choose from, and a number of large car parks, which can be used for many different purposes including the installation of an 800 square metre marquee, there are a multitude of possibilities to satisfy the needs and budgets of event planners.
MEETING ROOM
The Tony Waddington Suite is a popular choice for many functions with its capacity to hold up to 350 people banqueting style for dining, as well as even larger events including exhibitions, conferences and other special business occasions. For those seeking to accommodate smaller numbers, there is the nearby Stanley Matthews Lounge, the 1863 Lounge, The Gordon Banks Suite and Chairman’s Suite on level three, while executive suites on levels two and four are also available to hire as meeting rooms or break out facilities. The Club have a team who specialise in the field of event planning, with the expertise and attention to detail to deliver the perfect event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1000
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
TONY WADDINGTON SUITE
400
100
50
50
200
350
23.725
3
22.48
STANLEY MATTHEWS LOUNGE
170
60
40
30
84
160
23.72
2.3
10
1863 LOUNGE
100
–
28
30
42
130
16.9
2.9
11
STUDIO 1 OR 2
–
–
20
–
–
–
6.8
2.9
5.3
EXECUTIVE SUITE(S)
–
–
10
–
–
–
5.2
2.9
3.4
GORDON BANKS SUITE
40
10
20
16
24
32
9.3
3
5.7
CHAIRMAN'S SUITE
40
10
16
12
18
30
7.9
3
5.7
PLAYERS' LOUNGE
50
15
30
24
–
–
9.3
3
6.85
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 219
RESORTS WORLD BIRMINGHAM PENDIGO WAY BIRMINGHAM B40 1PU
T 0121 644 5025 E INFO@THEVOXCENTRE.CO.UK W WWW.THEVOXCENTRE.CO.UK
"Real innovation and endless possibilities are what makes the Vox a remarkable events venue." CARL BRINDLEY
220 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE VOX CONFERENCE CENTRE The Vox is a unique and attractive offering to the conference market, situated within Resorts World Birmingham, the UK's first leisure and entertainment complex. This new first class conference venue has five impressive purposebuilt fully flexible meeting suites and can accommodate anything from small meetings for 2 up to large scale events for 900 delegates.
At the Vox, the business day can merge seamlessly into a unique delegate experience in the evening; whether it's dining in one of Resorts World's many restaurants, a cinema or a casino visit, or attending a concert next door at the Genting Arena, there will be something to suit every taste at this unique destination.
Opening 2015, the VOX is supported by the vast expertise of the ICC Birmingham's team. Located on the NEC site, it is the perfect choice for those who want an affordable but prestigious event in contemporary surroundings.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
900
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
VOX 1
120
45
48
–
45
60
9
5
15
VOX 2
200
100
60
–
95
120
16
5
15
VOX 3
395
145
120
–
165
180
29
5
15
VOX 4
200
105
60
–
95
120
20
5
14
VOX 5
110
40
48
–
40
60
9
5
15
VOX 1 & 2
440
150
120
–
125
150
26
5
15
VOX 4 & 5
360
180
120
–
145
190
29
5
14
VOX 1 & 2 & 3
790
280
132
–
310
440
29
5
30
VOX 3 & 4 & 5
900
330
144
–
385
500
29
5
30
VOX 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5
900
470
192
–
550
850
29
5
45
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 221
YARNFIELD STONE STAFFORDSHIRE ST15 0NL
T 01785 762900 E INFO@YARNFIELDPARK.CO.UK W WWW.YARNFIELDPARK.COM
“Yarnfield Park is ideally located and provides the ideal environment for learning with over 30 flexible conference and training spaces, extensive accommodation and first class catering.” CARD BRINDLEY
222 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
YARNFIELD PARK Yarnfield Park helps people to grow, feel inspired and be empowered. As one of the UK’s largest residential training and conference centres, we help a wide range of associations, government bodies and corporate organisations fulfil their training and conference needs.
We now offer one of the fastest free dedicated internet solutions of any conference or training centre in the UK. The 300Mbps superfast connection allows up to 800 devices to be connected at one time across both the conference centre and the bedrooms.
Yarnfield Park is easily accessible at the heart of the country, just off the M6 in Staffordshire and only 1½ hours by train from London. With 32 flexible event spaces, including the 450 capacity Knighton Suite, multiple breakout spaces, 338 bedrooms and extensive outdoor space we can provide you with an ideal environment for your event.
We can offer you genuine flexibility and choice in a friendly, but professional, environment. So please take a more relaxed and creative approach to your conference, event or training programme and call Yarnfield Park to see how we can help you.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
450
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
KNIGHTON SUITE
450
HOWDEN SUITE
250
80
36
44
224
80
28
30
128
280
19
2.8
14.8
160
15.4
2.8
LEIGHTON SUITE
250
80
28
30
14.8
128
160
15.9
2.8
MAPLE SUITE
110
40
34
15
40
60
70
15
2.8
WILLOW SUITE
110
40
7
34
40
60
70
15.8
2.8
7.2
MEETING ROOM 3
30
24
20
16
24
30
10.7
2.8
4.5
MEETING ROOM 7 MEETING ROOM 10
120
48
36
34
60
70
14.9
2.8
7.3
20
12
12
–
–
–
7.1
2.8
3.4
MEETING ROOM 11 MEETING ROOM 12
50
18
22
20
32
40
9.3
2.8
7.1
50
22
24
24
32
40
9.8
2.8
7.1
VENUES | THE MIDLANDS 223
VENUES SOUTH OF ENGLAND
Southern England presents a stunning diversity of choice if you are looking to organise a meeting or event. Major cities and towns in the region include ever popular event locations such as Brighton, Bournemouth and Milton Keynes. Outside of these established cities, places such as Bath, Portsmouth and Southampton offer attractive opportunities. This range of urban areas is beautifully complemented by an equally diverse rural landscape which encompasses everything from the rocky coastlines of Cornwall, Devon and Dorset to the beaches and dunes of the Norfolk coast, and from the wild expanses of Dartmoor and Exmoor to the neat fields and pretty villages of Cotswold. If you have a meeting requirement, there is little likelihood of having any difficulty in finding your perfect venue in Southern England. Each year over 300,000 events take place in the South of England, second only to the number of events that take place in London. Major events over the next twelve months include the Southampton International Film Festival in October 2016, the Oxford International Women’s Festival in March 2017 and Ocean Business in April 2017.
312 298 306 238 226 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
258
300
240
VENUES SOUTH OF ENGLAND VENUE
PAGE
VENUE
PAGE
ARMADA HOUSE
228
MERCURE DAVENTRY COURT HOTEL
272
BEALES HOTEL, HATFIELD
230
MERCURE DORKING WHITE HORSE HOTEL
274
BOWMAN HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE
232
MERCURE EXETER ROUGEMONT HOTEL
276
CASTLE HOTEL WINDSOR MGALLERY BY SOFITEL
234
MERCURE EXETER SOUTHGATE HOTEL
278
COLWORTH PARK CONFERENCE & EVENTS
236
MERCURE LONDON STAINES UPON THAMES
280
THE ELVETHAM
238
MERCURE LONDON WATFORD
282
EXAMINATION SCHOOLS OXFORD UNIVERSITY
240
MERCURE MAIDSTONE GREAT DANES HOTEL
284
EXCHANGE HOUSE
242
MERCURE NEWBURY ELCOT PARK HOTEL
286
FRESHA EXETER
244
NOVOTEL SOUTHAMPTON
288
GRAND HARBOUR HOTEL
246
REGAL COURT BUSINESS CENTRE
290
GREEN PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE
248
ROYAL WINDSOR RACECOURSE
292
HILTON LONDON GATWICK AIRPORT
250
SAÏD BUSINESS SCHOOL, UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD
294
HOLIDAY INN BRISTOL CITY CENTRE
252
SANDY PARK CONFERENCE AND BANQUETING CENTRE
296
JURYS INN CROYDON
254
SPROWSTON MANOR MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB
298
KINGS HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE
256
STOKE PARK COUNTRY CLUB, SPA AND HOTEL
300
LANE END CONFERENCE CENTRE
258
TUDOR PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB
302
LEIGH COURT
260
UNIVERSITY OF WINCHESTER
304
MERCURE BOX HILL BURFORD BRIDGE HOTEL
262
THE VIEW HOTEL EASTBOURNE
306
MERCURE BRISTOL BRIGSTOW HOTEL
264
WEST LODGE PARK HOTEL
308
MERCURE BRISTOL GRAND HOTEL
266
WOODBURY PARK
310
MERCURE BRISTOL HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL
268
WREST PARK ENTERPRISE
312
MERCURE BRISTOL NORTH THE GRANGE
270
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 227
TELEPHONE AVENUE BRISTOL BS1 4BQ
T 01179 152600 W WWW.ARMADAHOUSE.CO.UK
"This unique Bristol venue is comfortable, spacious and inspiring." HANNAH REEVE
228 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ARMADA HOUSE Armada House is Bristol City Centre’s first and only dedicated conference and events venue. Our Bristol conference centre is a wonderful place to do business or host a function with a wide range of conference, meeting, training and function spaces.
Conveniently centrally situated, the venue is easily reached by nearby air, road, rail and local public transport links. Armada House, Bristol is also an ideal venue for functions, wedding receptions and parties, and is also a great location for film and television productions.
Our beautiful grade II Edwardian venue offers all the character and grace you imagine from this age. The scene is set from the moment you enter the building. Our grand panelled lobby is also home to an Elizabethan fireplace and original Edwardian sweeping staircase, whilst our oak panelled Elton Room houses another Jacobean fireplace. With high ceilings and generous rooms, you get a feeling of space and character that enhances any event.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
CABOT ROOM
200
BRUNEL ROOM
80
100
50
50
100
140
44
34
32
40
50
CHATTERTON ROOM
20
–
12
–
–
–
ELTON ROOM
60
36
26
24
30
BOARDROOM
20
–
12
–
–
200
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
15.0
4.5
13.0
10.0
4.5
9.0
9.0
4.5
4.0
40
10.0
4.0
7.5
–
8.5
3.0
4.0
WILLS ROOM
24
12
12
12
–
–
6.0
4.0
5.0
COLSTON A ROOM
30
18
18
16
18
–
7.5
3.5
5.5
COLSTON B ROOM
45
26
20
18
24
–
7.5
3.5
7.5
MATTHEW ROOM
–
–
6
–
–
–
4.0
3.0
3.0
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 229
COMET WAY HATFIELD AL10 9NG
T 01707 288500 E HATFIELD@BEALESHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.BEALESHOTELS.CO.UK/HATFIELD/
"A contemporary and flexible venue, which can accommodate everything from a small meeting to a full team building day, just minutes from the M25." CARL BRINDLEY
230 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BEALES HOTEL HATFIELD Modern, striking, stunning. Welcome to this contemporary 4 star hotel in Hatfield. We want you to be inspired by the unusual blend of natural and man made materials. Cedar wood and giant glass panels form the body and soul of this building, fused together with modern steel lines. From the moment you walk in, you will appreciate the care and attention which has enriched this hotel. Dozens of Modern Artworks generate a unique fusion of emotion from wherever you are within the hotel. Atmosphere, service, quality. Whether you want space to work or simply to gather thoughts, open your mind to an inviting world. All our meeting rooms offer natural daylight with floor to ceiling windows and are air-conditioned.
Conference Packages At Beales Hotel, Hatfield, we recognise that warmth, enthusiasm and attention to detail make all the difference. Time is precious in many ways to many people, which is why everything and everyone is taken care of, from coffee to conferences, you’ll be able to appreciate the relaxed atmosphere of this unique and exciting building. The hotel has 8 meeting rooms accommodating up to 300 in a theatre style in the Buckland Suite and 53 contemporary bedrooms. Wi-Fi is complimentary throughout the hotel and car parking is free and plentiful. Choose from a selection of amazing conference packages to suit your individual taste and requirements.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM BUCKLAND SUITE
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
300
124
64
80
120
186
18.4
11.3
3.7 3.7
RADWELL ROOM
155
60
45
50
49
84
11.7
11.3
THERFIELD ROOM
140
40
45
40
49
72
6.7
11.3
3.7
SALISBURY SUITE
115
48
40
40
56
80
15.2
6.95
2.65
HATFIELD ROOM
60
24
20
20
28
50
7.6
6.95
2.65
CECIL ROOM
60
24
20
20
28
50
7.6
6.95
2.65
BISHOP SUITE
130
76
–
–
61
117
15.2
14.85
2.65
OAKLANDS SUITE
112
48
40
40
40
80
7.4
14.8
2.65
LEMSFORD SUITE
60
28
28
24
21
50
11.1
7.5
2.65
OAKLANDS ROOM
60
24
20
20
28
50
7
7.4
2.65
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 231
BOWMAN COURT WHITEHILL LANE ROYAL WOOTTON BASSETT WILTSHIRE SN4 7DB
T 01793 843100 E INFO@BOWMANHOUSE.CO.UK W WWW.BOWMANHOUSE.CO.UK
"Bowman House offers business clients an impressive blend of cutting edge technology and a range of comfortable meeting spaces." HANNAH REEVE
232 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BOWMAN HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE Bowman House was opened in 2013 and is a privately owned Business Centre which consists of stylish modern serviced offices, meeting rooms and business units designed to meet the changing needs of modern enterprises. Bowman House is an impressive location providing Conference & Training facilities, plus meeting space in the Swindon area. Close to Wootton Bassett town centre, Bowman House offers business clients an impressive blend of cutting edge technology and a range of comfortable meeting spaces accommodating between 2 and 40 delegates, all in a relaxed environment that promotes creativity.
MEETING ROOM
Having good access to Swindon, Bristol, Thames Valley and the South West; Bowman House is situated just 2 miles from M4 junction 16 and your delegates will appreciate the easy to find visitor parking and a warm welcome waiting in our contemporary reception area, leaving them relaxed and ready for business. Each of our rooms is comfortably furnished and can be laid out in a variety of formats depending upon your needs, by prior arrangement. Flip chart & pens are included. • Free car parking on site. • Prices charged by the day, half day or hour.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
CONFERENCE ROOM
40
BOARD ROOM
–
MEETING ROOM
–
40
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
24
18
22
–
–
–
–
–
–
14
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 233
18 HIGHT ST WINDSOR WEST BERKSHIRE SL4 1LJ
T 01753 252800 E H6618@ACCOR.COM W WWW.SOFITEL.COM
“The Castle Hotel Windsor has the largest event space in Windsor and offers a dedicated conference planner to ensure every event is as successful as possible.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
234 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CASTLE HOTEL WINDSOR MGALLERY BY SOFITEL The Castle Hotel Windsor – MGallery by Sofitel is a 108-room, 4-star hotel located in Windsor, opposite the Royal Guildhall Its location and unique facilities are perfect for business stays or romantic weekend getaways. Making a mark on history, immerse yourself in history in a unique location. Castle Hotel Windsor is an elegant Georgian building with a rich past and an enviable address: directly opposite Windsor Castle. Walk through the doors and walk back in time as you discover fascinating authentic features and lovingly restored decor, before you retire to your gloriously relaxing room.
Our Marco Pierre White Steakhouse Bar & Grill at the MGallery Castle Hotel follows Marco’s ethos that is all about offering classic dishes, simply cooked, using the best sourced seasonal ingredients. The restaurant offers a traditional British menu. An inspiring place to hold a meeting or event – our 12 conference suites and syndicate rooms can accommodate up to 400 seated guests, providing the largest event space in Windsor, with wifi available throughout the hotel. A dedicated conference planner can help you tailor the event to your needs.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
BALMORAL
80
40
24
30
40
70
10.4
4
8
BLENHEIM
–
-
16
-
-
16
7.8
2.5
4.8
CHATSWORTH
-
-
8
-
-
-
4.6
2.3
3.8
CHATSWORTH & HAMPTON
-
-
16
-
-
16
7.6
2.3
3.8
ETON
-
-
10
-
-
10
4
2.3
3.5
80
40
24
30
-
72
10
4
10 12
GEORGIAN
H (M)
W (M)
WINDSOR
240
96
50
60
120
190
18
4
WINDSOR & GEORGIAN
400
150
50
60
160
300
28
10
12
SANDRINGHAM
80
40
24
30
40
72
10.1
3
7.4
-
-
10
-
-
-
6.5
2.5
3.6
HOLYROOD
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 235
COLWORTH PARK SHARNBROOK BEDFORDSHIRE MK44 1LZ
T 01234 867 888 E KRISTIE.MCFARLIN@PARKSERVE.CO.UK W WWW.COLWORTHPARKEVENTS.CO.UK
"Colworth Park Conference & Events offers delegates state of the art facilities in an impressive and inspiring venue." HANNAH REEVE
236 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
COLWORTH PARK CONFERENCE & EVENTS The Stand Out Venue for Conferences & Events Opened in February 2011, The Exchange at Colworth Park, located 9 miles North of Bedford, is a modern 54,000 sq ft state-ofthe-art centre with 20,000 ft dedicated to Meetings, Conferencing and Hospitality. Set in over 100 acres of beautiful parkland, The Exchange offers a varied selection of Meeting and Conference suites, suitable for many purposes. From our 250 seat Lecture Theatre to smaller Meeting and Conference suites for 2 to 70 people, The Exchange is the perfect location for Board Meetings, Product Launches, Seminars, Training Courses, Client Meetings, Team Building Activities, Exhibitions and Evening Dinners.
• Flexible room layouts with sliding door partitions • Room layouts can be arranged to suit your requirements • Dedicated in house hospitality chefs available to cater for all your menu and dietary requirements, from a working sandwich lunch to a hot bespoke themed buffet. • Our in house banqueting chefs can create bespoke menus to suit your event whether it be a small intimate 3 course dinner or a large themed event for up to 250 delegates • All rooms fully equipped with free AV facilities • Complimentary Wi-Fi in all meeting rooms and breakout space
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Complimentary parking with up to 900 spaces • Natural daylight with beautiful scenery • Outside space ideal for team building activities
Tweet us @ColworthPark_CE
250
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
250
–
80
60
90
–
21.5
2.7
9.85
MAPLE
63
–
26
26
32
–
9.88
2.7
5.76
REDWOOD
84
–
36
29
40
–
9.88
2.7
7.89
ASPEN
70
–
34
28
32
–
9.88
2.7
7.37
CONFERENCE SUITE
90
–
48
36
88
–
12.58
2.7
6.75
HAWTHORN
40
–
26
20
24
–
6.65
2.7
6.75
WILLOW
56
–
42
23
32
–
5.93
2.7
6.75
OAK
–
–
12
8
–
–
4.78
2.7
3.89
CEDAR
24
–
16
14
16
–
4.65
2.7
6.11
CHESTNUT
24
–
16
14
16
–
4.76
2.7
6.11
LECTURE THEATRE
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 237
HARTLEY WINTNEY HAMPSHIRE RG27 8AS
"With a rich history and forward-looking approach, the Elvetham is the ideal location to mix business and pleasure altogether." HANNAH REEVE
238 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
T 01252 844 871 E ENQ@ELVETHAMHOTEL.CO.UK W WWW.ELVETHAMHOTEL.CO.UK
THE ELVETHAM The Elvetham is a privately-owned country house hotel, set in 35 acres of gated grounds. Rich in history, yet progressive in approach, it's the perfect private venue for meetings, conferences and events. The property has 21 meeting rooms, 4 private dining suites, 72 bedrooms, and plenty of outdoor space. The Elvetham offers flexibility and choice, as well as opportunities galore for team building and outdoor pursuits. Exclusive hire is available for a truly immersive conference experience, with guaranteed privacy in the secluded countryside setting.
A south facing terrace overlooks the elegant formal gardens, and hosts two barbecue areas for informal dining and summer events. Complimentary super-fast WiFi (55Mbps) is available throughout, supported by an onsite IT/AV support team – and numerous lounge spaces make for the perfect 'break out' areas for your team. Located near Fleet in rural Hampshire, a 15-minute drive proximity to the M3 & M4, and a large on-site car park make for easy accessibility. With Events Specialists servicing your needs from beginning to end, The Elvetham offers all that you expect from a modern serviceorientated events and meeting venue combined with the elegant and luxurious interiors of a listed Victorian building.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
105
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE LIBRARY
105
66
48
44
80
120
7.74
4.6
16.25
THE OAK ROOM
68
39
39
33
40
60
7.15
4.6
10.53
MORNING ROOM
56
30
24
30
30
54
6.52
4
11.27
SEYMOUR SUITE
43
27
25
25
30
–
6.21
3.4
9.80
THE CARRIAGE
51
35
30
27
34
–
6.56
2.7
9.70
THE COURT
68
45
40
33
50
–
7.27
2.9
11.04
THE TURF
–
10
–
–
–
–
4.00
2.7
6.49
THE HART
51
27
27
27
32
–
5.77
3.1
9.67
SYNDICATE ROOMS 1, 3, 4, 5
–
–
6
–
–
–
–
2.7
–
SYNDICATE ROOM 2
–
–
8
–
–
–
–
2.4
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 239
75-81 HIGH STREET OXFORD OX1 4BG
T 01865 276905 E CONFERENCES@EXAMS.OX.AC.UK W WWW.VENUES.OX.AC.UK
"The Examination Schools at the University of Oxford successfully combine the historic spirit of the town with the versatility required for a modern venue." ADAM SHAW
240 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EXAMINATION SCHOOLS OXFORD UNIVERSITY The University of Oxford's Examination Schools is a beautiful Victorian Grade II listed building located on the High Street in the heart of Oxford. As Oxford University's largest venue we have a grand space capable of holding up to 440 people for keynote talks and a range of additional light and spacious rooms suitable for exhibitions, poster sessions and breakout spaces. Combine this with excellent dedicated caterers and AV facilities in every room and you've the perfect place for your next conference.
With 16 different flexible spaces, the Examination Schools is suitable for a number of events, not just conferences. Our range of smaller flexible meeting rooms are ideal for day meetings, workshops and drinks receptions. Alternatively choose one of our large “Writing Schools” for your next product launch, exhibitions or memorable awards ceremony and dinner. With accommodation available in Oxford, including at nearby colleges, and easy access to tourist attractions, restaurants and local public transport links, the Examination Schools is a truly unique venue for your upcoming event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
440
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
SOUTH WRITING SCHOOLS
440
–
–
–
162
250
–
–
–
NORTH WRITING SCHOOLS
330
330
–
–
192
300
–
–
–
EAST WRITING SCHOOLS
160
160
32
–
126
–
27
4
9.5
ROOM 6
100
–
32
24
42
–
13.6
4
–
ROOM 7
75
68
32
24
42
–
13
4
–
ROOM 8
45
36
18
13
21
–
7.9
4
– –
ROOM 9
75
67
32
24
42
–
13
4
ROOM 10
60
52
24
18
35
–
9.8
4
–
ROOM 11
70
60
32
24
42
–
11.1
4
6.9
ROOM 12
20
20
12
–
–
–
6.7
4
4.4
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 241
12-14 THE CRESCENT TAUNTON SOMERSET TA1 4EB
T 01823 273100 E INFO@EXCHANGE-HOUSE.COM W WWW.EXCHANGE-HOUSE.COM
“Exchange House offers meeting space from 8 to 80 delegates in in Taunton's most prestigious location.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
242 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EXCHANGE HOUSE The Crescent in Taunton is a truly inspiring and prestigious area of Somerset that attracts all types of businesses from every sector. Exchange House is a beautiful business centre located in the heart of Taunton, close to a number of public car parks.
All Exchange House meeting rooms come fully equipped with Smartboard, PC and DVD player at no extra charge. What we include in the room hire;
If you require a high quality training room in the South West, our outstanding venue offers the perfect environment. Our Prestigious location benefits from original mahogany panelling and comfortable fully equipped rooms to ensure the best place to host your training.
• Use of our audio visual equipment
• Unlimited usage of flip chart paper and pens • Full support from our Business Centre team • Unlimited use of Wi-Fi access • Use of our exclusive Barista Coffee Lounge
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
80
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M) 5.28
EH3
30
12
12
8
-
-
6.35
2.88
EH4
40
18
22
20
16
-
9.40
2.88
5.13
EH5
25
10
18
16
-
-
7.16
2.88
4.19
THE BOARDROOM
30
12
12
14
-
-
6.4
2.88
5.36
THE TUCKWOOD ROOM
80
32
36
32
45
-
13.2
3.50
9.17
-
-
6
-
-
-
6.4
2.88
3.9
EH8
-
3
3
-
-
-
6.4
2.88
3.9
EH9
25
8
16
14
-
-
5.6
2.88
5.3
EH2
30
10
14
16
12
–
5.89
2.88
5.05
EH10
–
6
6
–
–
–
3.9
2.88
2.80
SUITE 2
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 243
23 BITTERN ROAD SOWTON EXETER DEVON EX2 7LW
T 01392 447701 E ENQUIRIES@FRESHA.ORG W WWW.FRESHA.ORG
"Flexible meeting space, combined with first class catering and a convenient location just of the M5 make this a perfect place to meet in Exeter." CARL BRINDLEY
244 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
FRESHA EXETER Just outside of Exeter and minutes from the M5, Fresha Conferencing is the perfect solution for your conferencing needs, one to one meetings, interviews, seminars and training sessions. Our dedicated conference facility is a winner with organisers who like a venue that is easy to find, has plentiful parking, disabled access, a friendly team and high quality onsite catering.
The adaptable space has a variety of layout choices including theatre style and boardroom. We provide all the equipment you need, from the humble flip chart to ceiling mounted high definition projectors, along with high-speed internet and air conditioning for expediency and comfort.
Fresha is also a popular venue for networking events, and we regularly welcome networking groups who make the most of an early start with coffee and breakfast.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM MEETING ROOM ONE
40
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
40
–
–
–
30
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 245
WEST QUAY ROAD SOUTHAMPTON HAMPSHIRE SO15 1AG
T 023 8063 3033 E SALES@GRANDHARBOURHOTEL.CO.UK W WWW.GRANDHARBOURHOTEL.CO.UK
“The Grand Harbour Hotel, located in the centre of the city and alongside the historic Medieval City Walls, provides high quality events venues with a view, overlooking the Southampton Waterfront.” ADAM SHAW
246 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
GRAND HARBOUR HOTEL The Grand Harbour Hotel is centrally located in the heart of Southampton, just 75 minutes by train from central London. The hotel overlooks the historic waterfront and medieval city walls and is the perfect port of call for business or pleasure. The Grand Harbour is one of the largest conference hotels in Hampshire, offering 173 bedrooms and 10 conference rooms. Facilities include: • Spa and leisure including an indoor swimming pool, steam room, sauna and gym
• 173 bedrooms and suites all benefiting from the recent installation of air-conditioning • Onsite parking and convenient access from road, rail, sea and air The team at the Grand Harbour are experiences in planning a multitude of events and are on hand to help ensure the smooth running and success of your function. As well as conferences, meetings, gala dinners and product launches, the hotel works with a number of local suppliers to offer a multitude of team building packages.
• Restaurant and bar with terrace and outdoor space in the heart of the city • 10 meeting and event suites ranging from the Library to the impressive Mayflower Suite accommodating up to 500 guests
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MAYFLOWER SUITE
500
300
-
-
350
440
26.4
4.49
16.7
MEZZANINE SUITE (WINSLOW, BRADFORD & STANDISH)
140
90
60
50
90
140
24
2.7
9
WINSLOW SUITE
50
30
30
25
36
50
8
2.7
9
BRADFORD SUITE
50
30
30
25
36
50
8
2.7
9
STANDISH SUITE
40
24
22
22
24
30
8
2.7
8
EATON SUITE
40
-
20
12
12
20
8
2.7
7
THE LIBRARY
-
-
8
-
-
8
8
2.7
3
BOARDROOMS (4 AVAILABLE)
-
-
14
-
-
-
8
2.7
4
MAYFLOWER 1 OR 3
130
80
-
-
80
130
7.2
4.49
16.7
MAYFLOWER 2
250
100
-
-
100
180
12
4.49
16.7
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 247
100 LONGWATER AVENUE GREEN PARK READING BERKSHIRE RG2 6GP
T 0118 945 0122 E ABURBAGE@OXFORDPROPERTIES.COM W WWW.GREENPARK.CO.UK
"If you are planning a 1-2-1 meeting, small group meeting or even an annual conference, Green Park Conference Centre has the ideal space for you." CARL BRINDLEY
248 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
GREEN PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE Following a major refurbishment, the Conference Centre is situated on the ground floor of 100 Longwater Avenue and offers Grade A facilities with an executive feel as well as a stunning view over the surrounding landscaped scenery and Longwater lake. The in-house catering team provide an outstanding hospitality service with the flexibility to serve anything from a working buffet lunch to outside BBQs on the decking or delicious canapés, ideal for networking events. Meeting rooms can be booked by a room hire rate or as day delegate packages. The centre can cater for all AV and equipment requirements, with ceiling mounted projectors and screens, telephone and video conference facilities, PA system with microphones, lecterns, portable plasma HD TV screens, staging, flip
MEETING ROOM
charts and a centrally controlled system to manage lighting, blinds and sound volume. All of our conference and meeting rooms have a contemporary, clean and fresh feel with natural daylight and air-conditioning. Delegates can benefit from complimentary WiFi and ample on-site free car parking. The building in which the Conference Centre is located also hosts Byte restaurant, a building reception with 24 hour security and an executive lounge, which is perfect for one-toone meetings or to make a private phone call.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CONFERENCE CENTRE (CIRRUS & STRATUS COMBINED)
250
60
54
50
150
150
26.6
2.75
17.6
CIRRUS
100
30
34
30
48
64
14.7
2.75
8.9
STRATUS
100
30
34
30
48
64
14.7
2.75
8.72
POLLEN
–
–
10
9
–
–
6.5
2.75
4.5
NECTAR
–
–
10
9
–
–
5.25
2.75
4.5
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 249
SOUTH TERMINAL GATWICK AIRPORT WEST SUSSEX RH6 0LL
T 01293 610 809 E EVENTS.GATWICK@HILTON.COM W WWW.GATWICK.HILTON.COM
“The Hilton London Gatwick Airport lives up to its name as a venue hire ideally located at Gatwick Airport's South Terminal and only a short train ride away from central London.” HANNAH REEVE
250 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HILTON LONDON GATWICK AIRPORT A touch of glamour, a little bit of glitz, and the perfect setting to make you and your guests feel truly special. At Hilton London Gatwick Airport, whatever your occasion, you can trust our flexible event spaces to impress. With every little detail taken care of, you can relax with the confidence that our unrivalled hospitality, flexible catering options and experienced staff will ensure your event is a success. Conveniently located just 30 minutes from central London by Gatwick Express and linked to Gatwick Airport’s South Terminal by a covered walkway, we believe we are the ideal venue for your stay with an unbeatable location for conferencing and banqueting. A dedicated Event Executive will liaise with you to tailor the rooms and cater to your specific needs including our flexible range of food and beverage options.
MEETING ROOM
Our event venue boasts 21 meeting rooms, including Ascot Suite a flexible function room which can be split into three sections, with capacity for receptions of up to 450 guests. This versatile suite also benefits from its very own private foyer, bar, cloakroom and syndicate meeting rooms. We have wireless presentation system installed in 8 of our meeting rooms allowing multiple devices to share content in high definition on the wall mounted, 60-inch LCD High Televisions for your convenience. We are proud to announce that we have recently won the Award for Place to Meet 2016 by the Gatwick Diamond Business community.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
450 XXX
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ASCOT SUITE
450
225
80
65
260
320
18
3.3
21
ASCOT 1,2,3
150
75
40
35
80
110
18
3.3
7
GOODWOOD SUITE
60
50
30
25
50
60
11
3.3
6.7
LINGFIELD/WINDSOR
40
20
20
18
24
40
6.7
2.8
6.7
KEMPTON
60
45
30
32
36
40
14
2.8
6.1
EPSON
60
40
30
30
28
30
11
2.8
7.9
-
-
14
-
-
-
5.8
2.8
6.7
BOARDROOM MEETING ROOM 1,3,4,5,6,11,12
15
8
12
8
6
10
4.8
2.8
6.1
MEETING ROOM 2,7,8,9,10
20
12
16
12
12
14
5.49
2.8
7
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 251
BOND STREET BRISTOL BS1 3LE
T 0117 924 5000 E ACADEMY@HIBRISTOLCITY.CO.UK W HIBRISTOLCITY.CO.UK
"An amazing location and seven meeting rooms, the largest of which can accommodate up to 160 people make this the perfect place to meet in Bristol." HANNAH REEVE
252 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN BRISTOL CITY CENTRE Our Academy Meetings Centre offers ideal conference services tailored to meet your requirements, offering state of the art rooms suitable for a wide range of meetings and functions. With flexible packages, the Academy is the perfect choice for your meeting or event Located in the heart of Bristol city centre opposite Cabot Circus shopping centre, this new hotel will be a popular choice with both the business and leisure traveller. Every detail in the hotel bedrooms has been designed to create a comfortable, modern and pleasurable environment.
The hotel has the stylish Spot Kitchen and Bar which offers a wide range of international dishes and 24hr room service. A panoramic gym is also available to residents. The hotel has 155 air conditioned bedrooms and an Academy Meeting and Banqueting Centre boasting 7 purpose built meeting rooms that can accommodate all types of events .The hotel is directly off the M32 as you enter Bristol for easy access with on-site parking. Our experienced team will ensure your event is dealt with professionally and meets all your expectations.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
160
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
ACADEMY 1
40
18
32
16
20
ACADEMY 2
30
12
14
–
15
40
6.4
7.3
2.45
24
4.8
7.3
ACADEMY 3
30
12
14
–
2.45
15
24
4.8
7.3
ACADEMY 4
40
18
22
2.45
16
20
40
6.4
7.3
ACADEMY 5
30
16
2.45
14
14
10
18
6.4
5.7
2.45
ACADEMY 6
54
ACADEMY 7
24
24
24
22
25
50
9.6
5.7
2.45
–
8
8
10
–
5.6
5.7
ACADEMY 1234
2.45
160
76
62
58
95
100
22.2
7.3
ACADEMY 567
2.45
90
52
50
48
72
72
21.6
5.7
2.45
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 253
WELLESLEY ROAD CROYDON CR0 9XY
T 020 8448 6000 E CROYDONCONFERENCE@JURYSINNS.COM W WWW.JURYSINNS.COM
"Close to London, but without the hustle and bustle, this venue's range of meeting spaces make it a great choice for a wide range of events." ADAM SHAW
254 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
JURYS INN CROYDON Jurys Inn Croydon has 14 City Centre stylish meeting rooms to choose from that are suitable for meetings, seminars, events, training and conferences.
Jurys Inn Croydon meeting rooms come fully equipped including:
Our larges suite can host up to 120 people theatre style or for a more intimate meeting space, we have rooms that can hold just 8 people in a classroom style set-up.
• Adjustable air conditioning and heating.
The meeting rooms are located on the first and second floor so you can choose which level you would like to be on. All meeting rooms benefit from natural daylight and a shared break out area is available if you would like to serve refreshments. Jurys Inn Croydon is conveniently located just 3-4 minute walk from East Croydon station, and 18 minutes by train from London Victoria, making Jurys Inn Croydon the right choice for business guests hosting an event close to London.
MEETING ROOM
• WiFi. • Natural daylight. • Adaptable, modular furniture. • Blackout facilities. • Multiple phone lines. • Refrigerated mineral wate.r • Flipchart, paper & pens and stationery tool kit. • Environmentally friendly rooms. • Clock and coat stand. • Selection of sweets & fresh fruit.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
AV equipment including LCD projector and screen can be provided if required.
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
101 OR 201
120
40
40
102 OR 202
50
20
26
103 OR 203
35
16
20
104 OR 204
8
8
8
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
35
70
20
30
16 8
120
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
15
3
7
–
7.5
3
7
16
–
6
3
7
–
–
6
3
4
105 OR 205
30
16
18
16
16
–
6
3
7
106 OR 206
45
20
20
18
24
–
7
3
7
207
40
20
20
18
28
–
6.5
3
7
208
8
8
8
8
–
–
7
3
4
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 255
HOME PARK ESTATE STATION ROAD KINGS LANGLEY HERTFORDSHIRE WD4 8LZ
T 01923 277800 E SALES@KINGSHOUSEMANAGEMENT.CO.UK W WWW.KINGSHOUSEMANAGEMENT.CO.UK
"Flexible meeting spaces offered at great rates, set this venue apart" JAYNE WINSTANLEY
256 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
KINGS HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE Ideally located between Watford and Hemel Hempstead; just off of the M25 and opposite Kings Langley train station, Kings House offers flexible conference, meeting and training space to suit your requirements. Our fully equipped suites have a capacity from 2 to 72 delegates, in built projectors, screens, Ruckus Wi-Fi and flip charts. We also offer complimentary parking for all of your attendees.
Fancy a bite to eat? You can order breakfast or lunch from our menu to your suite or pop down to Kings House Café where we can reserve you a table. Our Café has a 5 star hygiene rating and is open from Monday to Friday at 7.30 – 10.00am for breakfast and 12.00 – 2.00pm for lunch. We have freshly ground, bean to cup coffee available often accompanied by a freshly baked treat.
Throughout your booking you will be looked after by our friendly, dedicated and professional team. We will be there on hand to ensure your day runs smoothly, without a hitch.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
72
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
KING RICHARD SUITE
8
4
8
6
–
–
–
–
–
KING HENRY SUITE
–
–
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
KING EDWARD SUITE
10
8
12
6
–
–
–
–
–
KING JAMES SUITE
25
18
20
16
14
16
–
–
–
KING GEORGE SUITE
30
30
25
12
21
24
–
–
–
KING CHARLES SUITE
30
24
30
30
50
–
–
–
–
KING CHARLES THEATRE
72
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 257
CHURCH ROAD HIGH WYCOMBE HP14 3HH
T 01494 881171 E HENI.FOURIE@LANEENDCC.CO.UK W WWW.LANE-END-CONFERENCES.CO.UK
"With eight main conference rooms and a combination of 24 small meeting rooms, this venue can accommodate anywhere between 5 and 150 delegates." HANNAH REEVE
258 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LANE END CONFERENCE CENTRE Join organisations from around the world who choose Lane End as their primary conference centre in the UK and you'll have access to state-of-the-art facilities hosted in some of Buckinghamshire's most stunning scenery. Set in 26 acres of lush woodland, we offer an exceptional level of quality and service, boasting over a hundred en-suite rooms, eight main conference rooms, and twenty-four meeting rooms, giving you the space you need to host a conference of almost any size. Unlike many residential conference centres we can offer a choice of venues on-site, so whether you're bringing five directors for a board meeting or a hundred and fifty employees for graduate induction training, you can book the space you need to provide your guests with the highest levels of comfort and convenience.
At Lane End we have invested heavily in our infrastructure, including free fibre optic broadband across the whole site. Our residential facilities are exceptional, and our catering is prepared on-site and served fresh from the kitchen. From a working buffet to a formal three-course meal, we're confident our skilled team of caterers will exceed every expectation As one of the leading conference venues in the UK, Lane End has been specifically designed to provide the best of everything, enabling you to focus on a successful conference without distraction.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM HALL CONFERENCE ROOM 1
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
100
60
40
30
48
–
12.5
17.9
2.7 3.0
HALL CONFERENCE ROOM 2
90
60
40
30
40
–
11.6
7.3
HALL CONFERENCE ROOM 3
30
20
24
20
18
–
9.1
5.0
3.0
COURT CONFERENCE ROOM 1
90
55
36
30
48
–
12.5
7.2
2.8
LODGE CONFERENCE ROOM 1
90
55
40
30
40
–
12.2
7.0
2.9
LODGE CONFERENCE ROOM 2
44
16
18
16
18
–
8.2
5.2
2.4 2.6
QUAD CONFERENCE ROOM
50
24
24
22
24
–
9.4
5.8
THE PAVILION ROOM
150
84
60
50
88
–
15.2
9.1
5
PAVILION MEETING ROOM 1
–
–
16
12
–
–
5.0
6.2
2.5
PAVILION MEETING ROOM 2
–
–
16
12
–
–
5.0
6.2
2.5
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 259
ABBOTS LEIGH BRISTOL BS83RA
T 01275 373393 E ENQUIRY@LEIGHCOURT.CO.UK W WWW.LEIGHCOURT.CO.UK
“The Leigh Court offers an ideal combination of professional services, classic setting and easy-to-reach location.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
260 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
LEIGH COURT Leigh Court offers a spacious and impressive choice of suites, enhanced by 25 acres of parkland that will help create the atmosphere you want – whether it’s excitement, creativity, celebration or discussion. Leigh Court combines modern comfort with a classic setting. Easy access to the M5 and M4 further accentuates our venue as a first choice location for your event. We will match our variety of flexible function rooms with the needs, nature and size of your event, including Wi-Fi access and the latest audio-visual equipment.
Our in house caterers, the award winning Berry Blue, provide a refined, delicious choice of food and refreshments for delegates and guests including breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and evening dinner, plus an extensive wine list. Choose Leigh Court – a grand place for a grand event.
We understand the needs of your business, taking an innovative approach to make your event extra special. We are always ready to discuss any ideas or suggestions you have and with our professional expertise, your event will be a sure success.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LIBRARY
150
60
40
36
54
109
17
5.49
7.32
TAPESTRY ROOM
65
36
26
22
30
56
10.36
5.49
7.32
MORNING ROOM
65
36
26
22
30
56
10.36
5.49
7.32
SALON
65
36
26
22
30
56
8.83
5.49
7.32
DRAWING ROOM
65
36
26
22
30
56
10.36
5.49
7.32
LOUNGE
20
20
12
8
24
32
6.4
5.49
6.7
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 261
AT THE FOOT OF BOX HILL DORKING RH5 6BX
T 01306 884 561 E H6635@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
“This newly refurbished 4* hotel combines offers both a stunning setting and close proximity to the M25 and major London airports.” ADAM SHAW
262 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BOX HILL BURFORD BRIDGE HOTEL Nestled at the foot of Box Hill, our newly refurbished 4-star hotel in stunning Northdowns landscape is ideal for a unique business meeting, a special celebration or to indulge yourself in a relaxing getaway. Step into a country retreat within close proximity to Dorking, Leatherhead and within easy reach of the M25, Gatwick and Heathrow airports. The hotel offers beautiful surroundings to host weddings and receptions thank to the striking wooden beams of the Tithe Barn.
In an inspiring location close to London, 4 miles from the M25 and with local stations served by lines from Victoria, Waterloo and London Bridge, our 4-star hotel is well-placed for business travellers and the perfect venue for meetings. The hotel grounds are perfect for team building and other outdoor activities. WiFi access in all meeting rooms. Wedding and social event packages available to suit individual requirements. Mercure Box Hill Burford Bridge is the perfect place to celebrate your special day together. Our majestic Tithe Barn with original oak beams can cater for up to 220 guests, but can also offer the same lavish care on more intimate affairs.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
220
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
AUSTEN ROOM
-
-
10
-
-
-
8
3
4.75
BURFORD ROOM
40
18
30
18
18
30
11.5
3
4.75
GARDEN ROOM
70
32
28
24
28
60
12.5
3
7
-
-
16
-
-
16
8.3
3
4
60
-
16
16
-
50
16.62
3
3.23
-
-
4
-
-
-
3.5
3
3
200
80
60
50
50
220
22
10
12.9
-
-
4
-
-
-
3.5
3
3
LADY HAMILTON ROOM RIVER ROOM SHERIDIAN ROOM TITHE BARN WORDSWORTH ROOM
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 263
5-7 WELSH BACK BRISTOL BS1 4SP
T 01179 291 030 E H6548@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"With a range of flexible meeting spaces, this is the ideal location for meeting in Bristol.' HANNAH REEVE
264 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRISTOL BRIGSTOW HOTEL Mercure Brigstow Bristol 4-star hotel is located in the heart of Bristol. Staying at this hotel puts you close to the city's shopping, close to leisure attractions and night life as well as the Welsh Back waterfront, 15 minutes walk from Temple Meads Station an d15 Km from Bristol Airport. The hotel has 116 contemporary boutiquestyle guest rooms. Gourmet cuisine is served at the Ellipse Restaurant. The Bar is the perfect spot for coffee, drinks or cocktails. There are four fully-equipped function room for up to 70 people – ideal for meetings or weddings. We also have a large Mezzanine Gallery which can accommodate up to 100 people in a receptionnetworking style. This is perfect for pre-dinner, cocktails or dinner receptions. In addition, the hotel offers nearby parking at the NCP, limited mobility access as well as free use of the nearby Vivo Gym.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
70
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
RIVER ROOM 1 & 2
70
30
38
30
42
70
13,5
2.43
4.8
RIVER ROOM 1
30
12
18
14
18
14
6.5
2.13
4.8
RIVER ROOM 2
30
12
18
14
18
14
7
2.13
4.8
RIVER ROOM 3
–
–
10
–
–
–
5.3
2.2
3
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
–
–
12
–
–
–
5.9
2.13
4.4
MEZZANINE GALLERY
–
–
–
–
–
70
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 265
BROAD STREET BRISTOL BS1 2EL
T 0117 930 3322 E HA0I2-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
“The Mercure Bristol Grand Hotel is a leading venue in Bristol and is perfect for a wide range of meetings and events.” HANNAH REEVE
266 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRISTOL GRAND HOTEL Mercure Bristol Grand Hotel is a Victorian hotel situated in the heart of the city centre, less than a mile from Bristol Temple Meads railway station and close to historical landmarks. Mercure Bristol Grand Hotel provides a unique experience where modern day luxury meets Victorian grandeur. Boasting one of the largest conference facilities in Bristol – an ideal venue for meetings and events, dinners, charity events and special occasions. With 11 meeting rooms – large rooms with free fast WiFi including the Wessex Suite which can cater up to 500 guests an elegant room with chandeliers, one of the most popular wedding venues in Bristol.
Mercure Bristol Grand Hotel truly lives up to its name. Dating from Victorian times, our refurbished hotel blends classic period charm with the very best in contemporary comforts. With 182 spacious bedrooms, including sumptuous suites, the grand majority of which have been newly-refurbished to the highest standards. The Grand is one of the few hotels in Bristol which offers both convenience and luxury. The hotel leisure facilities include indoor pool, sauna, steam room, on-site fitness suite and treatment rooms.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
WESSEX SUITE
500
150
70
65
240
400
28.6
3.7
22.1
BALLROOM
300
120
70
60
150
200
19.2
8.0
12.0
MARLBOROUGH SUITE
100
60
30
30
65
100
14.6
4.0
8.28
DUCHESS SUITE
120
-
30
30
-
120
22.5
3.5
9.55
DUCHESS 1
50
16
22
16
16
20
9.55
3.5
5.3
DUCHESS 2
50
16
22
16
16
20
10.37
3.5
4.5
DUCHESS 3
50
16
22
16
16
20
9.8
3.5
5.9
DUCHESS 4
50
16
22
16
16
20
9.55
3.5
5.3
DEVON
50
35
24
25
40
40
9.6
3.6
7.7
CLIFTON
30
20
18
18
16
-
8.1
2.37
5.1
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 267
REDCLIFFE HILL BRISTOL BS1 6SQ
T 0117 968 9872 E H6698-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
“The phoenix suite is ideal for meetings, lunches and events and also offers access to the hotel's internal courtyard.” ADAM SHAW
268 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRISTOL HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL Mercure Bristol Holland House Hotel and Spa, one of Bristol’s finest hotels – with recent extensive refurbishment, transforming its boardrooms and public spaces. The new look is inspired by local influences, creating a modern and contemporary feel, while the hotel is staying true to its locally inspired roots and brings Bristol’s past and present to life. The hotel caters both for leisure and business guests, with twelve conference rooms for meetings of all sizes, ideal for any business event. The hotel’s leisure facilities include a large heated pool, fitness suite and a spa where guests can indulge in a relaxing treatment in one of the hotels’ fourteen treatment rooms as part of their stay.
Conference organisers can be assured that whatever the event, a conference or meeting suite is available to suit their needs. Enhanced by its central location and sheer style, the hotel is the obvious choice for high profile events. Free internet access is available throughout the hotel giving guests the opportunity to stay connected with colleagues 24 hours a day. All conference suites are blessed with natural daylight and air conditioning. The 12 luxurious conference suites are accompanied by dedicated lounge and break out area with the flexibility to comfortably cater for intimate meetings of eight or a banqueting feast of 220 delegates.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
220
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
FOREST SUITE
220
150
68
70
176
230
27.0
2.5
12.0
ORCHARD SUITE
100
48
38
40
64
80
15.0
2.3
7.0
PHOENIX SUITE
120
60
45
45
64
80
17.5
2.2
7.3
BIRCH SUITE
63
30
32
34
32
40
12.0
2.3
5.0
WILLOW SUITE
56
30
26
28
32
40
12.0
2.3
5.0
ASPEN SUITE
50
24
20
22
24
30
9.0
2.3
5.3
HAWTHORNE SUITE
42
18
20
20
24
20
9.0
2.3
5.3
CEDAR SUITE
30
18
20
20
16
20
7.3
2.3
5.0
ROWAN SUITE
30
18
18
20
16
20
7.5
2.3
5.0
MAPLE
40
18
20
20
16
20
7.5
2.0
5.0
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 269
WINTERBOURNE BRISTOL BS36 1RP
T 01454 777 333 E 063CS@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREBRISTOL.CO.UK
"A stunning location in the south Gloucestershire countryside combined with the convenience of close proximity to the M4/M5 interchange make this venue the perfect place to mix business with relaxation." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
270 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE BRISTOL NORTH THE GRANGE Our commitment to quality means we take care of every detail for your meeting – from ensuring that individual objectives are realised, to offering a menu that perfectly suits everyone's tastes – all set against the backdrop of our elegant country house hotel which is set in its own landscaped gardens. Your dedicated meeting planner will help organise every aspect of your day: they'll ask the right questions to find out what's important to you and will take ownership on the day to ensure a successful event.
Only minutes from the M4, M5 and M32 the hotel is the ideal location for conferences and corporate events, with: • 6 meeting rooms. • 68 bedrooms. • Free parking for 150 cars. • Free high speed Wi-Fi throughout.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
180
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
PARK SUITE
180
60
76
64
120
150
15.85
3
9.76
PARK AVENUE
90
30
38
28
45
60
9.76
3
8
PARK SIDE
90
30
38
28
45
60
9.76
3
8
CHESTNUT
28
14
16
16
–
14
6
3.04
4.9
CEDAR
28
14
16
16
–
14
6
3.04
4.9
WILLOW
14
8
10
6
–
10
4.25
3.04
4.9
LIBRARY
–
–
10
–
–
–
4.25
3.04
4.9
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 271
SEDGEMOOR WAY DAVENTRY NN11 0SG
T 01327 307000 E HA0I0@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Daventry Court Hotel is the ideal choice for meetings, events and conferences with a wide range meeting space, accommodating up to 700 guests." CARL BRINDLEY
272 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE DAVENTRY COURT HOTEL Centrally located in Daventry, The Mercure Daventry Court Hotel is perfectly located for holidays and short breaks in Northamptonshire. Ideally situated just off junction 18 of the M1 and close to the M40, this hotel in Daventry is just 12 miles from Rugby, and only 20 miles from Northampton. With state of the art conference facilities, Daventry Court Hotel is the ideal venue for meetings, conferences and events in Northamptonshire.
The modern and stylish FUEL Restaurant is welcoming with a relaxed ambiance, while the FUEL bar is the social hub of the hotel, ideal for social gatherings or simply relaxing with a cup of coffee. The fabulous Health & Leisure Club offers a gym, indoor pool, sauna, spa, solarium, beauty rooms and a hair salon.
As a purpose-built conference and banqueting venue, it's one of the largest hotels in the region, with a choice of 10 flexible meeting and six bedroom syndicates that can comfortably seat up to 700 guests, and the 155 refurbished bedrooms, including 23 premium bedrooms, are ideal for both business and pleasure, and boast modern decor.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
700
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
DICKENS
40
24
24
20
20
20
7.0
3.0
6.4
DRAYTON
30
12
18
16
20
–
7.0
3.0
6.4
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
12
–
12
–
–
–
7.0
2.6
3.3
HOLLOWELL
–
–
12
–
–
–
6.5
2.5
3.3
CHARLES
70
20
30
25
30
30
10.9
3.0
6.4
PRIESTLY
70
20
30
25
30
30
10.9
3.0
6.4
RAVENSTHORPE
–
–
12
–
–
–
7.1
2.5
3.2
WILLIAM PARKER
40
24
24
20
20
20
7.0
3.0
6.4
SYWELL
24
–
12
10
–
–
6.4
3.5
4.4
THE DANETREE SUITE
700
500
100
250
250
360
32.2
3.3
14.9
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 273
HIGH STREET DORKING SURREY RH4 1BE
T 01306 881 138 E H6637@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
“With five flexible meeting spaces accommodating up to 50 guests each, this venue is perfect for a wide variety of events.” HANNAH REEVE
274 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE DORKING WHITE HORSE HOTEL The 3-star Mercure Dorking White Horse Hotel is located near Dorking Halls and Denbies Wine Estate and is housed in an 18th century coaching inn which is very atmospheric. The 73 rooms are classically decorated and all have satellite TV and internet access. Try the traditional cuisine of the Coach House Restaurant, or a cosy drink in the Coach House Bar with its log fires and low ceiling beams. The five event spaces can accommodate up to 50 people and are perfect for your meeting, wedding or family celebration. They feature air conditioning, WiFi access and on-site car parking. Please contact the hotel directly to speak to our Wedding Planner for a proposal, advice or guidance on all aspects of your wedding.
MEETING ROOM ARUNDEL AXTEN ROOM PICKWICK 1
The Coach House Restaurant table d hote and seasonal a la carte menus offer traditional English and international cuisine. Warm and friendly service from our experienced team. Non smoking area. Opening hours: 7am to 9:45pm. The Bar and Lounge provides a traditional warm welcome with open log fires and the low beamed ceiling adds to the ambience of the bygone era. Offering lounge food daily and drinks. An ideal meeting place for business or pleasure.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
60
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
30
12
18
22
12
24
L (M)
H (M)
-
-
10
-
-
-
2.6
30
8
10
10
8
-
2.4
W (M)
2.4
PICKWICK 2
20
6
8
8
8
12
2.4
PICKWICK SUITE
50
24
26
24
24
36
2.4
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 275
QUEEN STREET EXETER DEVON EX4 3SP
T 01392 254982 E HA0H6-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“With a large range of function rooms to suit all events, Mercure Exeter Rougemont hotel is the perfect meeting venue.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
276 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE EXETER ROUGEMONT HOTEL The largest conference/meeting facility in Exeter City centre with 9 meeting rooms in total seating up to 250 guests in banqueting style. An elegant Victorian building with 98 bedrooms situated close to the mainline railway station, opposite Central Station and 1/4 mile from Exeter St. David’s mainline station. We have 98 bedrooms, including suites. Exeter central is a popular choice for business meetings, with our largest room seating 250 people theatre-style. There are also 6 syndicate rooms available for larger events. Each event space lends itself to Corporate or Private Events.
Following the working day and dinner, Exeter can be easily explored on foot, with beautiful Exeter Cathedral just five minutes walk from the Hotel and with lovely gardens opposite the hotel to explore also. We are located close to the business parks of Marsh Barton, Sowton and Pynes Hill as well being near to the University of Exeter campus.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
250
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BURLINGTON SUITE
40
12
16
16
18
-
5.94
3.15
5.8
CAVENDISH BALLROOM
100
40
50
40
67
1370
18.1
4.75
9.2
CHATSWORTH SUITE
30
12
12
12
12
-
5.88
3.12
5.65
COMPTON SUITE
110
40
42
38
40
-
18.9
2.91
5.7
DERBY SUITE
50
16
24
26
32
40
9.1
3.51
6.05
DEVONSHIRE SUITE
250
120
84
60
180
250
19.7
3.25
11.65
DEVONSHIRE A
6
40
40
30
40
-
8.2
3.25
11.65
DEVONSHIRE B
100
40
40
38
64
-
11.3
3.25
11.65
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 277
SOUTHERNHAY EAST EXETER EX1 1QF
T 01392 412812 E H6624-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“Based in the heart of Devon, the Mercure Exeter Southgate Hotel is the largest hotel-based conference venue which offers state-of-art facilities within a contemporary setting.” HANNAH REEVE
278 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE EXETER SOUTHGATE HOTEL As Exeter’s largest award winning hotel and conference venue and banqueting facility, Mercure Southgate Exeter Hotel is amongst the most impressive venues in the South West. The hotel has 9 ground floor located meeting rooms, all with air conditioning and natural daylight. The hotel is the only venue in Devon that has received a BDRC Highly recommended award which is a result from the feedback received from its conference and events delegates. The hotel is the only venue in Exeter that has a secure car park on site which can accommodate up to 100 cars and is included in a day delegate rate and 24 hour rates.
The hotel’s nine flexible meeting and conference suites are superbly designed in a contemporary style and feature state-of-art multimedia and communication facilities, accommodating from 2 delegates to 150 delegates. There is outdoor space for team building off the Seymour Suite. This elegant 4-start hotel is only 3 miles away from junction 30 of the M5 and just 5 miles away from Exeter Airport with daily routes from London City, Manchester and Norwich and perfectly located within the heart of the historic city centre. Over the past 4 years, the Hotel has undergone a £10 million refurbishment programme, with the last £2 million being spent in April 2015.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
150
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
SEYMOUR SUITE
150
70
60
60
100
120
20.1
2.9
8.8
SEYMOUR 1
100
50
40
40
60
80
14.4
2.9
8.8
SEYMOUR 2
40
20
22
20
22
30
5.7
2.9
8.8
LEOFRIC ROOM
-
-
16
-
-
16
6.8
2.7
5.2
NORTHGATE ROOM
15
-
12
-
-
-
6.2
2.8
3.3
EASTGATE ROOM
15
-
12
-
-
-
6.2
2.8
3.3
SOUTHGATE ROOM
20
-
22
16
12
-
4.2
2.8
6.9
LOUNGE TERRACE
50
24
30
-
-
30
15.5
2.7
3.5
-
-
14
-
-
18
7
2.7
3.5
RESTAURANT TERRACE
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 279
THAMES ST. STAINES SURREY TW18 4SJ
T 01784 334800 E H6220@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“Mercure London Staines is perfect for small meetings of up to 40 people.” CARL BRINDLEY
280 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE LONDON STAINES UPON THAMES The Mercure London Staines-Upon-Thames Hotel is beautiful, 88 bedroom hotel situated on the banks of the River Thames, only a short drive from Central London and close to the attractions of Thorpe Park, Windsor, Legoland, Chessington and Twickenham. The town centre and shops are a 3 minute walk from the hotel. The hotel offers free WiFi throughout, free limited car parking, has modern rooms with river views and our Riverside Restaurant serves up local fresh British cuisine.
The Mercure London Staines is the ideal venue for your small meeting needs with out Conservatory meeting room accommodating up to 40 people while the Riverside Restaurant offers a unique setting for all your celebrations or parties. With stunning views of the River Thames, the hotel provides the perfect backdrop for your wedding day. It can cater for 10 up to 90 guests and offers a range of flexible wedding packages.
The Riverside Restaurant invites you to sample the very best in food and beverage. Choose from a wide range of traditional and international dishes, prepared from only the freshest and highest quality ingredients. The Riverside Bar is ideally located adjacent to the River Thames and serves a full range of hot and cold dishes and drinks.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
90
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
H (M)
W (M)
CONSERVATORY SUITE
40
-
12
-
-
24
L (M)
2.6
8.8
RIVERSIDE RESTAURANT
50
-
-
-
-
90
2.3
8.8
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 281
A41 WATFORD BYPASS, WATFORD HERTFORDSHIRE WD25 8JH
T 0844 815 9056 E CSALES.MERCURELONDONWATFORD@JUPITERHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREWATFORD.CO.UK
“Mercure London Watford ensure that their business services and conference facilities meet the highest expectations.” CARL BRINDLEY
282 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE LONDON WATFORD Conveniently located on the A41, Mercure London Watford Hotel is easily accessible from the M1, A1M, M25 and M40. Our dedicated Conference Centre comprises 12 conference rooms suitable for hosting discreet boardroom meetings or large conferences for up to 200 delegates. In addition, there are smaller rooms ideal for syndicate work or training sessions.
We offer a range of fully inclusive, flexible packages that can be tailored to your needs. Our day delegate packages include everything you would expect as well as free high speed WiFi, a welcome from your dedicated meeting host, enhanced refreshment breaks including freshly baked cookies and fruit smoothie energy ‘shots’, a sweetie and nut station and varied lunch options with a 2-course buffet lunch. All of our packages are fully bespoke to suit you. Our 24hr rate also includes a dinner allowance from the Brassiere Menu, overnight stay, full traditional breakfast and complimentary use of the facilities at our onsite Feel Good Health Club.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BALLROOM ON THE PARK
200
140
58
ALDENHAM SUITE
100
40
30
50
160
180
22.2
2.5
12.7
24
140
16.4
2.1
PARK AVENUE
15
6
5.7
10
-
-
-
6.9
2.25
PARK SUITE
70
4.1
20
24
24
32
40
10.35
2.25
6.48
HARROW SUITE ETON SUITE
24
12
16
-
-
-
7.01
2.2
5.41
10
6
8
-
-
-
3.41
2.2
5.47
HARVARD SUITE
24
12
16
10
-
-
7.01
2.2
5.47
YALE SUITE
24
12
16
10
-
-
7.07
2.2
5.41
OXFORD SUITE
70
20
26
26
32
40
10.36
2.26
5.41
CAMBRIDGE SUITE
80
24
30
30
40
50
14.26
2.29
5.46
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 283
ASHFORD ROAD HOLLINGBOURNE NR. MAIDSTONE KENT ME17 1RE
T 0844 815 9045 E MEETINGS@MERCUREMAIDSTONE.CO.UK W WWW.MERCUREMAIDSTONE.CO.UK
“Set within 26 acres of private grounds and with the ability to host up to 600 guests, this is the perfect place to meet.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
284 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE MAIDSTONE GREAT DANES HOTEL The four-star Mercure Maidstone Great Danes hotel is located in the heart of the ‘Garden of England’ next to Leeds Castle, located within an hour from London and less than 1 mile from junction 8 of M20. With 14 day-lit meeting rooms makes this hotel home to one of the largest conference room in Kent, hosting up to 600 delegates. Extensive grounds make things ideal for break-out sessions so that teams get out into the fresh air and can even work on a project on the lawns! Ensuring that business services & conference facilities meet the highest expectations, we will set up your meeting room exactly to your specifications & offer a range of equipment to hire for your event. Simply let us know what you need and we’ll arrange it for you.
The hotel is a great venue for team building activities if you’re looking to add something a little different to your meeting and you want to get your delegates really involved & working together – either as the main event or as an extra add on to a meeting or conference. Away from the meeting and team building events, delegates can relax in the comfortable surroundings of the hotel lounge with a newspaper and a coffee, or make use of the hotel’s Complimentary high speed WiFi.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
600
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
HEART OF KENT SUITE (CAN BE SUB DIVIDED)
600
220
90
100
300
400
12.1
3.96
33.4
HOLLINGBOURNE SUITE
150
90
40
40
100
160
15.5
2.7
13.4
PARK VIEW SUITE
120
50
34
25
64
90
9.14
3.2
12.19
MEDWAY SUITE
30
20
24
15
10
24
10.3
2.9
5.1
TEC WEST SUITE
50
30
24
20
32
40
9.2
2.6
7.0
COUNTY SUITE
50
20
18
16
15
-
5.36
2.87
8.16
ASHFORD SUITE
20
-
14
8
-
-
ROCHESTER SUITE
20
-
10
6
-
-
CANTERBURY SUITE
20
-
10
6
-
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
TEC NORTH
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 285
ELCOT NEWBURY RG20 8NJ
T 0844 815 9060 E INFO@MERCURENEWBURY.CO.UK W WWW.MERCURENEWBURY.CO.UK
"Daylight streams into each of the nine meeting rooms at this exceptional 4 star country retreat." HANNAH REEVE
286 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE NEWBURY ELCOT PARK HOTEL Nestling in 16 acres of beautiful Kennet Valley woodland, begin your exploration of the rich countryside of Berkshire. Put on your walking boots and discover the tranquillity along the Kennet and Avon Canal, the market town of Newbury, Highclere Castle, Hungerford and the Didcot Steam Railway. Later, relax in this elegant country house hotel overlooking attractive landscaped gardens. Mercure Newbury Elcot Park Hotel is the ideal choice for weddings, conferences and events.
MEETING ROOM
The Conference Centre comprises nine flexible conference rooms suitable for hosting discreet boardroom meetings or conferences for up to 120 delegates. Combined with its great location, the hotel's business services and conference facilities make it an ideal venue for a corporate event. Whether you're booking a wedding, gala dinner, private party or a company award ceremony, why not give us a call. From your C&E Executive, who will deal with your initial enquiry and take you through the whole booking process, to the great food choice and fresh coffee on demand throughout the day; you can experience the difference when you Meet with Mercure.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
120
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
50
18
28
22
24
40
7.0
4.2
6.1
CHATSWORTH
40
20
20
20
18
30
7.9
4.2
6.1
BLENHEIM
110
55
50
35
56
90
13.1
2.5
6.1
BALMORAL
110
40
40
35
42
70
14.3
2.5
6.1
WINDSOR SUITE
–
–
–
–
200
200
–
2.5
–
LIBRARY
–
–
10
–
–
12
–
4.2
–
PARK ROYAL
40
20
20
20
–
–
8.2
2.6
6.4
PARK VIEW
12
–
10
–
–
–
4.9
2.6
3.3
PARK SIDE
18
8
12
–
–
–
5.3
2.6
4.3
PARK MEWS
16
12
10
–
–
–
5.8
2.0
3.9
PAXTON
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 287
1 WEST QUAY ROAD SOUTHAMPTON SO15 1RA
T 02380 330 550 E H1073-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"Style and professionalism perfectly describe events at Novotel Southampton." CARL BRINDLEY
288 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL SOUTHAMPTON Meet with success at Novotel
Business facilities
On-demand meeting rooms and business facilities. Let our specialists provide expert guidance for your conferences, meetings and seminars. We care about your success and our teams are driven by your needs and desires. We can advise, organise, provide high-tech equipment and more.
• 10 purpose-designed, fully equipped meeting rooms
Stylish and care-free meetings
• capacity for up to 450 people, theatre-style • all meetings rooms have natural daylight and air conditioning, and offer flexible layouts plus breakout areas • latest technology, including WiFi • dedicated support and guidance available
The 10 modern meeting rooms can accommodate groups ranging from 10 to 450 guests. All rooms are equipped with wireless internet, professional projection capabilities and air conditioning.
MEETING ROOM NORMANDIE SUITE
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
450
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
450
250
–
–
360
–
–
–
–
LE HAVRE
150
70
40
65
80
–
–
–
–
CAEN
100
40
30
25
50
–
–
–
–
CHERBOURG
100
40
30
25
50
–
–
–
–
DIEPPE
70
25
20
20
40
–
–
–
–
BAYEUX
25
18
12
8
–
–
–
–
–
FECAMP
15
10
10
8
–
–
–
–
–
ROUEN
15
10
10
8
–
–
–
–
–
DEAUVILLE
15
10
10
8
–
–
–
–
–
HONFLEUR
15
10
12
8
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 289
42-44 HIGH STREET SLOUGH BERKSHIRE SL1 1EL
T 01753 910 900 E MEETINGS@REGALCOURT.CO.UK W WWW.REGALCOURT.CO.UK
"Regal Court Business Centre is one of the most convenient locations providing meeting and training rooms in the Slough area." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
290 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
REGAL COURT BUSINESS CENTRE Regal Court has a comprehensive range of meeting and syndicate rooms that are available both to our resident clients and also external organisations looking for first class facilities in a highly convenient location. On the second floor, both Dali & Warhol hold up to 10 delegates, with the ability to combine the two into The Dali Suite which holds up to 24. The Warhol also has the option of a projector & screen. In addition we have Rothko & Margritte which are ideal for small groups of up to 4 delegates, having 1-1 meetings or appraisals. These rooms can also be hired as syndicate or break out rooms in conjunction with the above. To compliment these we have further rooms on the first floor: Hoffman which is a dedicated boardroom style for 6 delegates, with a plasma screen and resident computer, providing full AV capability and also having Video Conferencing facilities. Picasso has been equipped with the latest
MEETING ROOM
interactive white board and next generation enterprise and educational wireless infrastructure. It has a resident PC in the room as well as a convenient facility for you to bring your own laptop. This room is ideal for classroom-based training including technical IT-based sessions. The Picasso can accommodate 18 delegates in boardroom style or 30 theatre style. All our rooms come equipped with Wi-Fi, telephony, flip chart and pens. Video and audio conferencing are charged separately, where available. • Free car parking on site. • Prices charged by the day, half day or hour.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
30
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
DALI SUITE
24
12
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
DALI
12
6
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
WARHOL
12
6
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
ROTHKO
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
MAGRITTE
–
–
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
PICASSO
30
20
16
14
16
–
–
–
–
HOFFMAN
12
4
8
6
8
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 291
MAIDENHEAD ROAD WINDSOR BERKSHIRE SL4 5JJ
T 01753 498400 E OFFICE@WINDSOR-RACECOURSE.CO.UK W WWW.WINDSOR-RACECOURSE.CO.UK
"The perfect meeting venue, just 10 miles from London Heathrow, 22 miles from central london and with over 20 meeting rooms and extensive parking available." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
292 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ROYAL WINDSOR RACECOURSE With 165 acres of meeting, conference and events space, Royal Windsor Racecourse takes advantage of the beautiful location and tranquil atmosphere of the racecourse to also offer a uniquely adaptable venue. All our meeting rooms have panoramic views of the racecourse, the River Thames, and the surrounding areas. We can offer over 1000 meters squared of indoor space, 165 acres of outdoor space, and yet still retain meeting areas that offer an intimate and unique environment for any size of meeting, conference or event.
Royal Windsor Racecourse is ideally located within easy reach of major motorways in the South of England and Wales, and it’s just a short journey from Heathrow and Gatwick. We have fantastic transport links from London and the surrounding areas, and a unique water taxi from central Windsor to the racecourse. Parking is easy, free, and reserved for hospitality customers, and many partner hotels, of every class and distinction, are within easy reach.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CASTLE SUITE
300
150
100
70
150
250
42.0
2.6
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 1
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.6
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 2
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.6
9.0
ROYAL SUITE
300
150
100
70
150
250
42.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 3
–
–
10
–
–
10
3.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 4
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 5
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 6
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 7
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.3
9.0
GRANDSTAND SUITE 8
50
25
25
20
24
30
7.0
2.3
9.0
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 293
PARK END STREET OXFORD OX1 1HP
T 01865 288846 E CONFERENCE@SBS.OX.AC.UK W WWW.SBS.OX.AC.UK/CONFERENCE
“A choice of two world class venues in Oxford, suitable for any event." HANNAH REEVE
294 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SAID BUSINESS SCHOOL, UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD Conference@OxfordSaïd has achieved numerous accreditations, which all adhere to a set of stringent Quality Standards as well as agreeing to a Code of Ethics. Accreditations to date: • AIM (The Meetings Industry Association) • IACC (International Association of Conference Centres) • Members of VE (Venues of Excellence)
With a vast amount of experience in conferencing and events, when you book with Conference@ OxfordSaïd you will be in safe hands. Our professional and dedicated team are here to help you arrange the perfect event from a variety of residential and non-residential options for up to 317 delegates. The team is committed to ensure the success of your event and will offer advice and support from initial enquiry through to planning, delivery and post-event evaluation.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
317
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
NELSON MANDELA LECTURE THEATRE
317
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
300.2
RHODES TRUST LECTURE THEATRE & LECTURE THEATRE IV
124
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
159.5
EDMOND SAFRA LECTURE THEATRE & LECTURE THEATRE V
84
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
171.6
LECTURE THEATRES VI, ENI, VIII
76
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CLASSROOM 2
135
–
44
32
96
–
12.6
–
12.6
CLASSROOM 1 & CLORE LECTURE ROOM
84
–
32
26
64
–
11.3
–
8.6
SEMINAR ROOMS 7-12
–
–
14
–
–
–
4.7
–
5.9
SEMINAR ROOMS 1-6 & 13-18
–
–
8
–
–
–
4.7
–
5.9
200
–
–
–
120
150
12.3
–
12.3
–
–
–
–
200
200
–
–
305.1
PYRAMID DINING ROOM FULL DINING ROOM
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 295
SANDY PARK WAY EXETER EX2 7NN
T 01392 427427 E EVENTS@SANDYPARK.CO.UK W WWW.SANDYPARK.CO.UK
"Whether it's an annual conference, training event, executive board meeting or new product launch, Sandy Park has the flexibility to host your event." CARL BRINDLEY
296 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SANDY PARK CONFERENCE AND BANQUETING CENTRE Sandy Park is Exeter's award winning Conference, Banqueting and Events Centre and home to Aviva Premiership rugby team, the Exeter Chiefs. Conveniently situated by junction 30 of the M5 and only ten minutes from Exeter International Airport, we pride ourselves in being one of the South West's most accessible conference centres. Sandy Park has the flexibility to host everything from large exhibition events to small meetings, all within easy reach of the cathedral city of Exeter and the stunning scenery of the Exe Estuary, East Devon and beyond.
We have a variety of versatile and dynamic spaces here at Sandy Park, including the impressive Exeter Suite, which has hosted a number of notable events including exhibitions, award shows, charity gala evenings and Exeter Rugby Club's annual End of Season Dinner. Our top floor suites, the Chiefs, Estuary and Baxter, offer striking and unrivalled views of the Sandy Park stadium and the stunning East Devon countryside.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1100
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
EXETER SUITE
800
315
–
–
480
620
–
2.85
–
COUNTRY SUITE
180
84
40
48
120
200
–
2.85
–
ESTUARY SUITE
250
120
40
50
190
300
–
2.55
–
CHIEFS SUITE
180
84
40
48
120
220
–
2.55
–
BAXTER SUITE
50
30
30
30
30
36
–
2.55
–
SEMINAR SUITE
15
6
12
8
10
–
2.55
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 297
WROXHAM ROAD NORWICH NORFOLK NR7 8RP
T 01603 410871 E MHRS.NWIGS.FRONTDESK@MARRIOTTHOTELS.COM W WWW.MARRIOTTSPROWSTONMANOR.CO.UK
"With over 10,000 sq ft of flexible meeting space to choose from, this venue can accommodate a wide range of requirements." ADAM SHAW
298 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SPROWSTON MANOR
MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB With tall oak trees lining the drive stately manor house, Sprowston Manor Marriott Hotel & Country Club exudes a historic charm combined with modern touches. Set in the fine city of Norwich near Norman cathedrals and churches, cobbled streets and museums, yet close to rural villages and scenic coastlines, this luxury hotel provides every element for a delightful stay. Here, one of the finest Norfolk golf courses offers 18-holes of par-defying play. For meetings and events, this hotel offers 932 square meters of versatile space with 12 meeting rooms, the largest seating up to 500 guests.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
NORFOLK SUITE
500
–
–
–
250
300
16
3.0
5.85
SUFFOLK SUITE
120
50
40
50
60
110
15
3.7
9.5
SOMERLEYTON
60
30
24
24
30
50
10.9
4
6.7
SANDRINGHAM
50
20
24
20
24
–
8.8
3.56
6.5
BLICKLING
25
12
12
12
–
–
4.8
3.3
6.8
BEESTON
24
12
14
14
–
–
6.5
3.1
5.2
HOVETON
24
10
12
14
–
–
5.2
3.3
5.8
FELBRIGG
20
10
10
10
–
–
5.1
3.3
4.4
OXBURGH
–
–
8
–
–
–
3.4
3
3.5
MANNINGTON
–
–
8
–
–
–
3.5
3.1
3.4
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 299
PARK ROAD STOKE POGES BUCKINGHAMSHIRE SL2 4PG
T 01753 71 71 71 E INFO@STOKEPARK.COM W WWW.STOKEPARK.COM
"Each meeting room provides a professional, five star atmosphere for board meetings, training seminars and conferences." HANNAH REEVE
300 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
STOKE PARK COUNTRY CLUB, SPA AND HOTEL Stoke Park, Britain's leading 5 AA Red Star Hotel, Spa and Country Club, is set among 300 acres of glorious parkland. Stoke Park is the perfect place to enjoy life in a friendly atmosphere. It provides a unique combination of the traditions of an exclusive members’ club (UK’s first Country Club, 1908) and the best of today’s sporting, leisure, entertaining and hotel facilities, in one of the most convenient locations in Britain: only 35 minutes from London and 7 miles from London Heathrow. For those seeking an incredible venue in which to entertain, then Stoke Park's nine beautiful function rooms are perfect for private and corporate use, all with glorious views across 300 acres of sweeping parkland estate. Each room not only provides a professional, five star atmosphere for board meetings, training seminars and conferences, but has the added benefit of giving these events a breath taking backdrop.
MEETING ROOM
Whether a family gathering, a special party with close friends, a Wedding, a private lunch, a romantic candlelit dinner for two or just some recent good news, if something is worth celebrating then it's worth celebrating in style. Stoke Park hosts a number of corporate events including: golf days, tennis and spa days, day and 24-hour conferences, awards and gala dinners, incentive and team bonding days and Christmas parties. Stoke Park has a team of experienced event co-ordinators always on hand to ensure that your event is a great success and the organisation of it is stress free.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
THE FOUNTAIN ROOM
70
28
30
THE BALLROOM
80
–
34
U-SHAPE
146
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
24
40
146
24.5
4.9
7.5
30
48
72
14.4
5.4
9.2 6.5
THE WYATT
25
–
16
–
–
24
6.6
5.1
THE PARK
70
30
22
30
40
60
12
3.5
7
THE REPTON
30
–
18
14
15
27
8.2
3.7
7.2
THE BUCKINGHAM
–
–
10
–
–
12
6.3
3.9
5.5
THE CHALFONT
–
–
16
–
–
18
6.4
3.7
3.6
THE POLO LOUNGE
12
–
16
–
–
18
7
2.21
3.5
THE CHAPEL
–
–
–
–
–
–
7.2
4.9
4.6
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 301
ASHFORD ROAD BEARSTEAD MAIDSTONE KENT ME14 4NQ
T 01622 734 334 W WWW.MARRIOTTTUDORPARK.CO.UK
"The Tudor Park Marriott Hotel & Country Club offers the ultimate meetings services with their new app – enabling you to manage your event without leaving your seat." CARL BRINDLEY
302 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
TUDOR PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB Escape to the country for your next meeting, conference or event. Tudor Park Marriott Hotel & Country Club is a tranquil retreat nestled among the charming villages and historic castles of Kent. Set amid 220 acres of rolling countryside, you will feel relaxed from the moment you arrive. Under an hour from London and minutes to Ashford International Station, Gatwick Airport, and major rail and motorway links, you are at the heart of all that's important.
From fairytale wedding celebrations to business and networking events, it's our goal to make your occasion perfect, in every way. Our awardwinning team will be with you from start to finish. You'll be given a dedicated event organiser to help you will all the arrangements. We'll agree your Three Gold Keys – your key objectives that will ensure your event is a success.
State of the art conference rooms, excellent leisure facilities – including championship golf, health and beauty salon – plus a superb choice of dining options make Tudor Park Marriott Hotel & Country Club the natural choice for business and leisure travellers. Make your social occasion or special event a success at the most beautiful venue in Kent, the Garden of England.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LANGLEY
–
–
16
–
–
–
8
3
4
STOCKBURY
–
–
16
–
–
–
8
3
4
SYNDICATES 1, 2, 3 AND 4
–
–
8
–
–
–
5
3
4
THURNHAM SUITE
250
100
60
70
84
180
33
3
3
THURNHAM
80
40
30
30
35
60
11
3
9
LENHAM
80
40
30
30
35
60
11
3
9
CHARLOTTE
80
40
30
30
35
60
11
3
9
LEEDS
80
40
30
30
30
60
12
2
9
BEARSTED
80
40
30
30
40
60
12
2
9
MARQUEE
–
–
108
12.5
4.47
10
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 303
SPARKFORD ROAD WINCHESTER HAMPSHIRE SO22 4NR
T 01962 827322 E CONFERENCES@WINCHESTER.AC.UK W WWW.WINCHESTER.AC.UK/CONFERENCES
"The University of Winchester is an ideal venue to hold a wide variety of meeting events, as it is not only well connected in terms of transport links but also well equipped with excellent facilities and a professional team to ensure meeting success." ADAM SHAW
304 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
UNIVERSITY OF WINCHESTER The University of Winchester is split across two campuses, both within close proximity to Winchester city centre. The King Alfred Campus (or Main Campus) is located on Sparkford Road and offers fantastic modern conference facilities, all with state of the art AV. The Main Building, in the centre of the campus, dates back to the 1860's whilst our modern and environmentally friendly St Alphege and St Edburga buildings were recently refurbished to provide a range of modern teaching rooms. The campus provides a wide range of facilities including the Stripe Building, our award winning University Centre, IT suites, exhibition space as well en-suite accommodation and sports facilities.
The West Downs Campus, also known as The Winchester Business School, was originally an 18th Century boys boarding school. The building was refurbished in 2001 to become a light and modern conference centre whilst maintaining much of its original Victorian charm. The Grade II listed building has grown into a busy and versatile conference centre, offering delegates flexible conference and dining space conveniently located under one roof, with accommodation options available nearby. Whether you are looking to organise a residential conference for 300 delegates with multiple syndicate rooms or a smaller day meeting, we can offer competitive day delegate and 24hr residential packages, which can be tailored to fit the requirements for your event. Contact the conference team today to discuss your event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BOARDROOM (UNIVERSITY CENTRE)
–
–
32
–
–
–
–
–
–
AUDITORIUM (STRIPE)
300
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
LECTURE ROOM (STRIPE)
150
–
–
–
60
–
–
–
–
STUDIO 1 (STRIPE)
40
–
–
–
30
–
–
–
–
STUDIO 2 (STRIPE)
60
–
–
–
30
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM (STRIPE)
–
–
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
ROOMS 001, 003 AND 203 (ST ALPHEGE)
–
–
–
–
78
–
–
–
–
ROOM 303 (ST EDBURGA)
120
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WEST DOWNS 1 (SHAKESPEARE)
150
–
–
–
80
–
–
–
–
WEST DOWNS 2
140
–
–
–
70
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 305
GRAND PARADE EASTBOURNE BN21 4DN
T 01323 433900 E INFO@THEVIEWHOTELEASTBOURNE.COM W WWW.THEVIEWHOTELEASTBOURNE.COM
"Steeped in history, and located on the seafront this is the perfect choice for meetings and events in Eastbourne." CARL BRINDLEY
306 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE VIEW HOTEL EASTBOURNE The View Hotel Eastbourne is steeped in history and has its own exquisite sophisticated facilities and personal service. It provides that inner city experience with an other city feel. Situated right on the seafront with some of the best views in East Sussex. The View Hotel is an ideal location for all your business meetings, conferences and functions.
Whether you are hosting a large conference, small board meeting or training workshops, we have the adaptable space to suit your needs. Additional meeting space throughout the hotel, means we offer 8 flexible rooms that all come equipped with state of the art technology.
The Vision at The View Hotel Eastbourne is our purpose built conference and events centre, with it's own reception, operations and business services facilities. The Vision benefits from highspeed wireless internet throughout, and the latest technology to ensure a successful event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
CENTRAL HALL
150
PIER SUITE 1
30
PIER SUITE 2 PIER SUITE 3
150
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
90
32
90
80
120
18
3
7.2
18
22
18
22
20
9.7
2.59
6.53
45
24
20
16
32
30
9.7
2.59
9.55
30
18
20
16
18
20
6.4
2.59
7.3
MARTELLO SUITE
80
50
30
20
60
80
17
2.59
9.2
SEMINAR 5
50
24
22
–
24
–
10.8
2.33
4.82
SEMINAR 6
–
–
12
–
–
–
4.7
2.33
3.76
SEMINAR 613
50
–
22
–
–
–
10.89
2.33
4.82
HORIZON SUITE
–
–
–
–
–
120
25.6
2.59
6.4
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 307
COCKFOSTERS ROAD HADLEY WOOD HERTFORDSHIRE EN4 0PY
T 020 8216 3909 E WESTLODGEPARK@BEALESHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.BEALESHOTELS.CO.UK/WESTLODGEPARK/
"The combination of this venues proximity to London and its setting in 35 acres of Parkland makes for a unique conference setting." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
308 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WEST LODGE PARK HOTEL Welcome to West Lodge Park, the finest 4* country house hotel in Hertfordshire.
West Lodge Park has 8 meeting rooms and can accommodate up to 72 delegates.
From the moment you contact us you will feel confident in the fact that you will be dealing with professional individuals who have several years experience in looking after you; most importantly they will be friendly, down to earth and will be there for you. The hotel is part of the Beales Group which has been a family business for 8 generations.
Each of its 58 bedrooms are individually designed and allow beautiful countryside views.
Business & Conferences West Lodge Park Hotel has become the ideal venue for London and international based businesses, due to its location within the M25 (12 miles from Piccadilly Circus) and being nestled within 35 acres of parkland. Our team of experienced meetings and events organisers are on hand to deal with your every need.
MEETING ROOM
Wi-Fi is complimentary throughout the hotel and parking spaces are free and plentiful. Weddings & Celebrations The hotel is ideal for intimate weddings and celebrations catering for up to 90. Packages are bespoke in order to cater for your every requirement. The hotel is licenced for the celebration of civil ceremonies. Corporate Events Why not treat your staff to a day away from the office and hold your corporate event here at West Lodge Park where we can deliver a full range of activities to suit your needs.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
72
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
70
40
25
25
30
45
7.9
5.7
3.8
LANCASTER SUITE
72
30
30
30
30
54
10.5
5.3
3.1
KING CHARLES ROOM
30
18
20
20
18
27
8.2
5.6
3.8
EDWARD BEALE ROOM
35
18
18
23
18
27
7.3
5.3
3.0
COVENTRY ROOM
20
–
12
9
–
–
5.4
4.3
3.8
MAGNOLIA ROOM AND INTERCONNECTING ROOM
–
–
8&6
–
–
–
4.2
4.5
2.0
HORNBEAM ROOM
–
–
6
–
–
–
4.2
3.0
3.0
JOHN EVELYN ROOM
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 309
WOODBURY CASTLE EXETER E5 1JJ
T 01395 233382 W WWW.WOODBURYPARK.CO.UK
"Woodbury Park offers a stunning location and a choice of meeting rooms seating up to 250 delegates." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
310 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WOODBURY PARK Located just 10 minutes from J30 of the M5 motorway in 350 acres of stunning Devon countryside, Woodbury Park offers the perfect backdrop to any corporate event. Capacities range from 12 to 250 across 7 flexible function rooms, and this venue perfectly blends the highest standards of facilities and service with the warmth and hospitality the West Country is renowned for.
and, with delegate packages starting at £25 per person, it also represents amazing value for money for its corporate guests. There are 300+ complimentary parking spaces and good links to Exeter International Airport, which recently launched regular flights to and from London City Airport, so it has never been so easy to explore one of Devon's hidden jewels.
The 4-star, 56 bedroom hotel offers a great base for business travellers, as well as beautifully appointed bedrooms for overnight delegates. All hotel guests are offered complimentary use of the outstanding leisure facilities, so the lines between business and pleasure can easily become blurred! Recently voted 'Devon's Best Wedding Venue' in the 2015 South-West Wedding Awards, it's clear that Woodbury Park know how to run functions
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GREG NORMAN SUITE
250
50
50
50
130
200
24.0
7.0
12.0
COLIN CHAPMAN SUITE
80
40
40
30
50
40
–
–
–
THE PARK SUITE
70
30
30
30
40
40
–
–
–
OAKS ROOM
40
30
30
70
–
36
–
–
–
ACORNS ROOM
12
8
12
8
–
12
6.0
2.8
5.7
500
–
–
–
500
500
–
–
–
MARQUEE
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 311
CAPABILITY HOUSE BUILDING 31 WREST PARK, SILSOE BEDFORDSHIRE MK45 4HR
T 01525 864350 E MEETINGS@WRESTPARKENTERPRISE.CO.UK W WWW.WRESTPARKENTERPRISE.CO.UK
"A first class place to hold your meeting or event, benefiting from an excellent location and first class facilities." CARL BRINDLEY
312 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WREST PARK ENTERPRISE Wrest Park Enterprise is one of the most impressive locations providing Conference facilities, meeting and training rooms in the Bedfordshire area. The Meeting Room is situated in Enterprise House and is great for small meetings of upto 8 people; this can be booked at an hourly rate or daily, which is convenient for team meetings or appraisals. In Capability House we have two rooms, the Boardroom and the Conference Room. Each of the rooms offers a PC, air conditioning, TV / screen and projector. The Boardroom, which holds a maximum of 12 delegates, is permanently set up in a boardroom style and also has Video Conferencing facilities.
Our Training Room in Endeavour House has been equipped with the latest interactive white board and next generation enterprise and educational wireless infrastructure. It has a PC in the room as well as a convenient facility for you to bring your own laptop. This room is ideal for classroom-based training including technical ITbased sessions. The Training Room can seat up to 18 U- Shape and 20 in a Classroom layout. All our rooms come equipped with projector and screen, flipchart and pens. Video and audio conferencing are charged separately, where available. • Free car parking on site.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Prices charged by the day, half day or hour.
The Conference room can host a variety of room set-ups from 20 Boardroom style to 60 Theatre style. It has an electronic screen which can be raised and lowered with the touch of a button.
MEETING ROOM CONFERENCE ROOM
60
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
60
24
22
30
30
–
–
–
–
BOARD ROOM
–
–
13
–
–
–
–
–
–
TRAINING ROOM
30
18
18
22
24
–
–
–
–
MEETING ROOM
–
–
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | SOUTH OF ENGLAND 313
VENUES LONDON
The UK’s capital needs little introduction and is commonly acknowledged as one of the world’s great cities. Since successfully hosting the 2012 Olympics, London has seen its international profile raise still further and is an established hub for events from all over the world. London is the most popular destination in the UK for meetings and events. Event organisers and delegates are attracted by an unrivalled selection of venues, a world class transport infrastructure and the appeal of the city itself. As a result over 360,000 events take place each year in 2,709 venues. This represents around 30% of the total number of events that take place each year in the UK. The annual spend on these events is £12 billion. The range and diversity of these events and venues is stunning. Major events over the next twelve months include Goldsmiths’ Fair, Event Tech Live and London Art Fair in January 2017. From a venue perspective the choice is almost endless. So whether you would like to hold your meeting in a zoo, Churchill’s war rooms, a theatre or something a little bit more traditional, there is something to meet every requirement.
370 366 334 378 316 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
336
318
368
VENUES LONDON VENUE
PAGE
VENUE
PAGE
10-11 CARLTON HOUSE TERRACE
318
MSE MEETING AND TRAINING CENTRE
350
116 PALL MALL – HOME OF THE IOD
320
NOVOTEL LONDON BLACKFRIARS
352
BADEN POWELL HOUSE
322
NOVOTEL LONDON BRENTFORD
354
BEXLEYHEATH MARRIOTT HOTEL
324
NOVOTEL LONDON CITY SOUTH
356
CHELSEA FOOTBALL CLUB
326
NOVOTEL LONDON GREENWICH
358
CHURCHILL WAR ROOMS
328
NOVOTEL LONDON HEATHROW AIRPORT
360
COPTHORNE TARA HOTEL LONDON KENSINGTON
330
NOVOTEL LONDON PADDINGTON
362
EMMANUEL CENTRE
332
ONE MOORGATE PLACE
364
FRIENDS HOUSE
334
QUEEN MARY UNIVERSITY OF LONDON
366
THE GREENWICH HOTEL LONDON
336
ROEHAMPTON VENUES
368
THE GROSVENOR HOTEL
338
SADLER'S WELLS
370
HILTON LONDON METROPOLE
340
THISTLE LONDON HEATHROW TERMINAL 5
372
HILTON LONDON PADDINGTON
342
THE TRAFALGAR HOTEL
374
HOLIDAY INN LONDON BLOOMSBURY
344
THE WALDORF HILTON
376
HOLIDAY INN LONDON COMMERCIAL ROAD
346
WELLCOME COLLECTION
378
HOLIDAY INN LONDON WEMBLEY
348
WOBURN HOUSE
380
VENUES | LONDON 317
10–11 CARLTON HOUSE TERRACE LONDON SW1Y 5AH
T 020 7969 5224 E CLAREA@10-11CHT.LONDON W WWW.10-11CHT.LONDON
"A truly magnificent setting for meetings and conferences." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
318 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
10–11 CARLTON HOUSE TERRACE This Westminster corporate events venue is a superbly located venue for conferences, seminars, promotional launches and academic and business meetings. They also provide the most perfect relaxed and more formal surroundings for weddings, cocktail parties and other special occasions. Catering and set-up for events up to 400 people down to small gatherings of 2 or more.
Our rooms on the first floor all flow into each other, making them ideal to hire for exclusive use, giving you the option to have different activities taking place in different spaces.
With 11 flexible and versatile event spaces, very traditional and elegant in style and all offering an abundance of natural daylight with amazing views over The Mall & St James's Park or Waterloo Place, [10–11] Carlton House Terrace provides a perfect setting for your event and consistently maintains a high standard of service.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
125
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
THE WOLFSON ROOM
125
–
35
THE MUSIC ROOM
70
–
32
THE COUNCIL ROOM
80
–
32
THE MALL ROOM
70
–
THE LECTURE ROOM
90
THE READING ROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
–
56
100
10.8
5
10.6
30
40
60
11
5
6.6
30
48
80
11.4
5
7.4
30
26
40
60
11.5
5
7.3
–
30
26
40
50
13.3
5
5.8
60
–
30
29
48
60
11
5
7
THE LIBRARY ROOM
60
–
25
20
20
50
11.5
5
7.3
THE CORNWALL ROOM
–
–
18
–
–
16
6.7
5
5.6
THE BURLINGTON ROOM
–
–
16
–
–
–
6
5
5.5
THE MARKS ROOM
–
–
14
–
–
–
7.3
5
4.2
VENUES | LONDON 319
116 PALL MALL LONDON SW1Y 5ED
T 020 7451 3107 E FUNCTIONS@IOD.COM W WWW.IOD.COM
"Rich in history, 116 Pall Mall lends its glory and heritage to the events held at its premises." HANNAH REEVE
320 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
116 PALL MALL – HOME OF THE IOD The perfect combination of elegance, first-class service and competitive pricing, 116 Pall Mall is a unique central London venue, whether it is a private meeting for 10, a conference for 300 or a dinner for 250. Steeped in history and elegance, 116 Pall Mall is a Regency Crown Estate building, with stunning architecture and the beautifully decorated rooms all receive natural daylight and come fully air conditioned. Over the past few months, 116 Pall Mall has been undergoing extensive refurbishment to help improve the upkeep of the building and restore its stunning original features. The front of house reception area now boasts an elegant and accessible reception desk, beautiful period furnishings and the original mosaic floor has been renovated, in-keeping with the unique heritage of the building.
MEETING ROOM
There are a number of event spaces available for hire. Ranging from the elaborate and traditional to understated. With capacities from 10 to 400 people, these exquisite function rooms can be hired individually or as a combination as many are interlinking. All rooms receive natural daylight and have air conditioning. Alternatively for a weekend event, you can have exclusive use of the whole building, a rarity in central London. 116 Pall Mall offers the perfect central London venue, within walking distance of Charing Cross, Piccadilly and Embankment stations, and close to the seat of Parliament and the lively West End.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
400
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
NASH
300
180
100
90
176
250
–
–
–
WATERLOO
120
70
45
36
56
80
–
–
–
BURTON
140
80
55
40
72
100
–
–
–
ST JAMES 1
50
30
22
16
36
48
–
–
–
ST JAMES 2
40
30
28
24
24
28
–
–
–
TRAFALGAR 1
40
20
18
16
32
40
–
–
–
TRAFALGAR 2
50
35
25
20
40
48
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 321
65 QUEENS GATE KENSINGTON LONDON SW7 5JS
T 020 7590 6909 W WWW.TOWNTOCOUNTRY.CO.UK/BPHOUSE
"A first class location, amazing catering and a dedicated events team makes Baden Powell House and ideal choice for holding a central London event. JAYNE WINSTANLEY
322 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BADEN POWELL HOUSE A new, modern meeting space in the heart of central London. Baden Powell House is the ideal location for your event, situated in central London and just five minutes’ walk from two tube stations in South Kensington and less than 15 minutes’ walk from Earls Court and Olympia. We offer a selection of meeting rooms for between 2-50 people, a main hall with space for up to 300 people, and a beautiful rooftop garden with magnificent views over South Kensington – ideal for a meeting, summer barbecue or party. We have recently
completed a refurbishment of our basement area, offering new, modern and spacious meeting rooms fully equipped with audio visual equipment, Wi-Fi access and a contemporary and relaxing communal area – it is a perfect space for all types of events, meetings, presentations and small parties. With accommodation on site, you can spend the night instead of facing a long commute home. So whatever your event, you can adapt our space to your needs.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
CHARLES WILLIAMS ROOM
25
15
18
12
15
–
8.3
–
4.6
FALCON ROOM
25
15
18
12
15
–
6.5
–
5.6
CHARLES WILLIAMS & FALCON
60
30
22
–
40
–
8.3
–
5.0
EAGLE ROOM
25
15
18
12
15
–
7.5
–
5.1
KESTREL ROOM
25
15
18
12
15
–
7.5
–
5.1
EAGLE & KESTREL
60
30
30
24
40
–
15.0
–
10.2
KINGFISHER ROOM
20
10
14
8
10
–
5.6
–
4.6
ASSEMBLY HALL
300
75
–
80
140
–
17.1
–
14.1
HAWKHIRST ROOM 1
40
30
20
20
30
–
–
–
–
THE HAWKHIRST SUITE
100
Enquire
Enquire
–
60
–
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 323
1 BROADWAY BEXLEYHEATH KENT DA6 7JZ
T 020 8298 1000/020 7012 7527 E LONDON.SALESOFFICE@MARRIOTTHOTELS.COM W WWW.BEXLEYHEATHMARRIOTT.CO.UK
“The Bexleyheath Marriott is easily accessible and ideal for hosting an inspiring conference, event or meeting.” HANNAH REEVE
324 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
BEXLEYHEATH MARRIOTT HOTEL The Bexleyheath Marriott Hotel offers versatile seating solutions in all meeting spaces and breakout area to provide a relaxed environment for your delegates to work in. To ensure maximum creativity all meeting rooms offer abundant natural daylight and state-of-art audiovisual technology, which combined with mind stimulating food and beverages, provides the perfect creative environment for your meeting. All meeting rooms are located on the first floor. Combined with its large balcony, fixed staging , large foyer area and private bar, the Applegarth Suite is perfect for networking and celebrating those special occasions. Our meeting rooms are complimented by a breakout area providing open space which is ideal for smaller discussions and personal interactions with tea, coffee and water available throughout the day.
MEETING ROOM
Inspired by the needs of our guests, the Bexleyheath Marriott has created exciting food and beverage offerings that will engage, inspire and motivate your delegates. Meetings Imagined has been designed to suit your meeting needs and for each meeting purpose an array of intriguing and exciting food and beverage offering has been created. From day one you’ll be given a dedicated Event Organiser to help with your planning. With our experienced service and expert support, you’re free to focus on the things that matter.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
250
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
APPLEGARTH SUITE
250
120
-
-
240
240
13.5
2.34
22
APPLEGARTH 1
85
40
28
24
90
60
13.5
2.34
8
APPLEGARTH 2
120
56
34
40
140
80
13.5
2.34
11
BOARDROOM 1
20
12
16
14
16
20
8
2.8
6
BOARDROOM 2
20
12
14
14
20
20
6.5
2.8
6
BOARDROOM 3
30
20
18
20
30
30
7
2.8
7
DANSON ROOM
80
42
30
32
60
50
13.5
2.8
7
MORRIS ROOM
40
16
14
12
20
30
7.5
2.8
6.5
KIRKHAM ROOM
40
18
18
16
40
40
7.5
2.8
7.5
VENUES | LONDON 325
STAMFORD BRIDGE FULHAM ROAD LONDON SW6 1HS
T 0871 984 1955 E EVENTS@CHELSEAFC.COM W EVENTS.CHELSEAFC.COM
"Versatile, sophisticated and well equipped, Chelsea football club is the perfect venue for your event." HANNAH REEVE
326 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CHELSEA FOOTBALL CLUB Discover the most versatile, sophisticated and well equipped venue in London. Chelsea FC's Stamford Bridge offers rooms suitable for corporate events, exhibitions, training and special occasions. With an impressive 25 function suites, 60 syndicate rooms and the Great Hall fit for up to 1000 delegates, each space offers an abundance of possibilities. In the same way that your events is more than just a date in the diary, Stamford Bridge is more than just the home of one of Europe's biggest football clubs. From a meeting with the board of directors to a global sales team, no matter the agenda, our meeting rooms will provide you with a productive environment.
Parties by nature should be fun and exciting, so host your next event in a venue that will really get your guests talking. Chelsea FC is perfect for champagne receptions, gala dinners, award evenings, or simply a celebratory shindig! There is also an option to take advantage of a variety of onsite facilities, from a behind the scene stadium tour to relaxing in the Chelsea Health Club and Spa. Head to Frankie's Sports Bar and Diner or Marco Grill for a bite to eat or check-in to our hotel after a busy day. With great transport links from all major airports and rail stations, Chelsea FC is easily accessible for all delegates, guests and visitors.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
We look forward to welcoming you to Stamford Bridge soon.
1000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
THE GREAT HALL
850
550
-
-
550
650
92
4.6
12.9
THE CENTENARY HALL
250
200
-
-
200
250
103
2.7
9.5
HOLLINS/TAMBLING/ CLARKE/BONETTI SUITES
150
100
30
28
100
150
12.7
2.75
16
DRAKE/HARRIS SUITES
350
180
-
-
180
330
25
2.75
19.8
-
-
-
-
40
48
12
2.70
20
30
12
20
18
-
24
8.9
2.75
6.4
MILLENNIUM SUITE (SMALL)
16
8
12
10
-
12
4.35
EXECUTIVE BOXES
10
8
8
-
VIALLI SUITE
50
35
30
26
42
UNDER THE BRIDGE
150
-
-
-
-
THE DIRECTORS LOUNGE MILLENNIUM SUITE (LARGE)
5.7
2.75
3.8
2.75
3.1
508
12
2.75
8.2
140
25
2.4
18
VENUES | LONDON 327
CLIVE STEPS KING CHARLES STREET LONDON SW1A 2AQ
T 020 7766 0134 E CHURCHILLWARROOMS@IWMEVENTS.CO.UK W WWW.IWM.ORG.UK
"Immersed in history, the Churchill War Rooms offer great versatility in unique setting." ADAM SHAW
328 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
CHURCHILL WAR ROOMS Give your guests the experience of a lifetime at Churchill War Rooms, hidden beneath the iconic buildings of Westminster. Rich in atmosphere, this incredible venue is the very site where Prime Minister Winston Churchill and his Cabinet led Britain to victory during the Second World War. Winston Churchill is recognised as one of the greatest individuals to ever walk the course of British history, and nowhere is the scene of his finest hour better illustrated than at Churchill War Rooms.
Each room has been preserved and restored to look just as it did during the Second World War. Walk the same corridors as Churchill, peer into the room where his War Cabinet made their momentous decisions, and marvel at the complexity of the abandoned Map Rooms, frozen in time since 1945. This once-secret underground wartime headquarters also offers excellent modern meeting and dining facilities. It is an inspirational venue for team building days, dinners, receptions, press launches and seminars, featuring state-of-the-art technology and support services.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
HCA AUDITORIUM
120
54
50
–
70
175
HARMWORTH ROOM
50
28
24
–
32
120
SWITCH ROOM
–
–
20
–
–
–
LEARNING ROOM
40
18
20
–
–
40
350
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
17.08
3.10
7.68
14.95
3.00
9.01
10.77
3.50
4.96
12.50
2.47
4.35
VENUES | LONDON 329
SCARSDALE PLACE KENSINGTON LONDON W8 5SR
T 0207 872 2514 E SALES.TARA@MILLENNIUMHOTELS.CO.UK W WWW.MILLENNIUMHOTELS.CO.UK
"This elegant, four star hotel is located just two minutes walk from High Street Kensington and boasts over 700 square meters of flexible meeting space." HANNAH REEVE
330 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
COPTHORNE TARA HOTEL LONDON KENSINGTON Equipped with the latest technology and customised according to your needs, our suites are ideal for large events accommodating up to 400 people – yet versatile enough to be subdivided into smaller spaces. Events like training sessions and board meetings can be held in our function rooms and executive boardrooms.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM LIFFEY 1,2,3,4 (ONE SECTION ONLY)
332
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
40
20
20
20
20
30
7.8
3.25
9.6
LIFFEY 1&2 OR 3&4
100
60
40
40
42
70
15.7
3.25
9.6
LIFFEY SUITE
260
120
90
90
96
100
15.7
3.25
21.6
SHANNON 1,2,3 (ONE SECTION)
80
60
40
40
54
100
19
3.25
7.1
SHANNON SUITE
320
160
92
90
125
332
19
3.25
21.64
VENUES | LONDON 331
9–23 MARSHAM STREET LONDON SW1P 3DW
T 020 7222 9191 W WWW.EMMANUELCENTRE.COM
"A truly unique meeting venue, located in the heart of Westminster." CARL BRINDLEY
332 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EMMANUEL CENTRE Emmanuel Centre is a truly unique place which is regularly used for examinations, AGMs, training seminars, council meetings, product launches, church gatherings, exhibitions, rallies, presentations, concerts and conferences. The building’s traditional charm and character comes with modern facilities and fully integrated in-house audio visual equipment. Originally built in 1928, this Grade 2 Listed building was designed by world renowned architect Sir Herbert Baker, and has a distinctive atmosphere with high vaulted ceilings inscribed with bible inscriptions. The Main Auditorium is completely circular and supported by 24 pairs of marble columns with natural light that penetrates through a huge glass dome and arched windows, finished off with original polished English Oak panels along the walls.
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
The impressive main Foyer boasts a spectacular domed ceiling, marbled flooring, wide staircases, a prominent overhanging bronze light feature, and huge arched windows. The conference centre opened in 1997 and has proved a big success, attracting clientele from a wide variety of both commercial and charitable organisations. It offers a competitive yet uncompromising service with added value, affordability and flexibility, all within Westminster, Central London.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
950
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
AUDITORIUM
950
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UPPER HALL
250
90
50
–
90
150
–
–
–
LOWER HALL
250
90
50
–
90
150
–
–
–
BOARDROOM
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 333
173–177 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BJ
T 020 7663 1100 E EVENTS@QUAKER.ORG.UK W WWW.FRIENDSHOUSE.CO.UK
“Events held at Friends House reflect the venue’s commitment to sustainability and high-end quality.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
334 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
FRIENDS HOUSE Friends House is nestled in the heart of Euston and offers 29 meeting and conference spaces, ranging from small meeting rooms for six to our largest conference hall, The Light, with a capacity for up to 1,000 delegates. The venue, a listed building, is located right opposite Euston station and only a stone throw away from King’s Cross – Saint-Pancras. It is then easily reachable to all, whether traveling from or outside Greater London – Europe is also only 2 hours away from us. The whole building is accessible to all with a step-free access garden and an accessible lift. Friends House offers a unique take on events with a focus on sustainability. We are fairlypriced, friendly and we use only organic and locally-sourced ingredients for our catering. Combined with the use of green energy, this
ensures that your event is sustainable, green and of high-end quality. With us, events don’t cost the earth and several packages and options are available to suit different types of conferences and meetings. We offer day delegate packages starting from £50 (inc VAT) for Friends House and £60 (inc VAT) for The Light, with Premium and Premium Plus packages options. This summer, we will complete upgrading our meeting rooms by introducing 8 new event spaces on the 1st floor. New configurations will be available featuring boardroom, theatre, cabaret and classroom style seating with the possibility to combine some of the rooms together.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM GEORGE FOX
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
100
–
–
–
48
64
18.00
3.00
7.20
MARGARET FELL
–
–
20
–
–
–
9.78
2.59
6.53
ELIZABETH FRY SUITE
56
30
30
30
30
40
9.61
2.59
9.55
ELIZABETH FRY 1
32
20
21
21
–
–
6.47
2.59
7.30
ELIZABETH FRY 2
24
12
15
15
–
–
10.89
2.33
4.82
WILLIAM PENN SUITE
80
45
30
36
48
64
4.79
2.33
3.76
WILLIAM PENN 1
50
27
18
18
24
32
10.89
2.33
4.82
WILLIAM PENN 2
30
18
18
12
–
–
25.6
2.59
6.4
THE LIGHT
1000
–
–
–
140
168
20
5
30
SMALL MEETING HOUSE
140
–
–
–
48
64
21
3
9
VENUES | LONDON 335
CATHERINE GROVE GREENWICH LONDON SE10 8FR
T 020 8469 4440 E SALES@THE-GREENWICH.CO.UK W WWW.THEGREENWICHLONDON.COM
"The meeting rooms at the Greenwich Hotel London boast the latest technology in chic surroundings." HANNAH REEVE
336 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE GREENWICH HOTEL LONDON The Greenwich Hotel is delighted to offer you two Events spaces, the Boardroom and the larger Oasis 4. Boardroom An event space ideal for small meetings & events. Our Boardroom is filled up with natural daylight and provides perfect backdrop for confidential or social gatherings embracing up to 25 delegates. A secure and lockable space features all the essential attributes for a successful experience: Wi-Fi, air conditioning and AV equipments.
O4 Space and flexibility are key words to describe Oasis 4. Meetings, events, weddings or private parties to organise, the hosting capacities of this new space are flexible and embrace 100 delegates. Designed with originality, it combines different textures such as pelts, rocks and natural wood, all working harmoniously together.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
100
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BOARDROOM
20
12
12
8
10
20
5.80
2.70
4.80
O4
70
24
24
24
30
70
8.90
2.70
5.80
VENUES | LONDON 337
101 BUCKINGHAM PALACE ROAD LONDON SW1W 0SJ
T 020 7868 6274 W WWW.GROSVENORHOTELLONDON.CO.UK
"The Grosvenor provides the perfect opportunity to provide a touch of luxury to your next meeting or event." HANNAH REEVE
338 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE GROSVENOR HOTEL The Grosvenor is one of London’s great railway hotels with period features and an ambiance reflecting its unique Victorian heritage. The hotel, formerly known as the Thistle Victoria, is adjacent to the mainline railway station, and is also within walking distance of many of London’s famous landmarks including Buckingham Palace and the Houses of Parliament.
There are eight meeting rooms offering purpose built boardrooms with plasma screens and high speed internet access alongside beautiful period feature event spaces. The largest room is The Orient suite, a versatile space that seats 100 in theatre style and 80 for dinner. The hotel also has two restaurants, a beautiful Lounge and Reunion, a Champagne and Cocktail bar.
The elegant and spacious hotel has 345 bedrooms including standard, deluxe and executive room types.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
110
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
THE ORIENT SUITE
100
50
50
40
56
80
17.8
6
W (M) 6.3
THE PULLMAN (SOLD W/ORIENT)
20
10
10
10
10
5.5
2.53
5.4
THE VICEROY
40
24
22
20
24
40
7.9
4.3
5.6
THE BELLE (PLASMA)
30
12
16
14
16
20
7.8
4.3
4.1
THE SCOTSMAN (FIXED SCREEN)
30
18
18
16
16
20
7.9
3.2
4.7
THE ROVOS (PLASMA)
–
–
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
BLUE BOARDROOM (PLASMA)
–
–
10
–
–
10
5.7
4.3
5.2
THE VENETIAN (PLASMA)
–
–
8
–
–
8 (fixed table)
5.3
4.3
4.8
THE GHAN
–
–
6
–
–
–
5.6
2.53
3.6
VENUES | LONDON 339
225 EDGWARE ROAD LONDON W2 1JU
T 020 7402 2400 E CBS.LONDONMET@HILTON.COM W WWW.LONDONMET.HILTON.COM
“From sales to operations the service offered by this venue is first rate, furthermore nothing is ever a problem for their dedicated events team.” HANNAH REEVE
340 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HILTON LONDON METROPOLE Hotel Hilton London Metropole is one of Europe’s largest hotel and convention centres with the space and flexibility to hold meetings and events of any size. The hotel offers a choice of 1,059 guest rooms, as well as six dining outlets for delicious food and drink. For relaxation, guests can enjoy the gym, pool, sauna and steam room in the LivingWell Health Club. The hotel is 20 minutes from Heathrow Airport via the train, as well as a short journey from King’s Cross/St Pancras International station. Edgware Road underground stations are a 2-minute walk from the hotel providing access to four underground lines.
MEETING ROOM
Conference and Meeting Rooms Hilton London Metropole has 42 conference and meeting rooms with 4,300 m2 of flexible, pillar-free space. The two major conference suites, the Monarch and King’s suites, can each accommodate 1,600 delegates theatre-style or 1,000 guests for dinner. Whether it is a board meeting for five people or a conference for 3,000 delegates, the hotel can accommodate all your meeting needs under one roof, right in the heart of London.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
3000
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
KING'S SUITE
1600
650
–
–
600
1000
54
4.48
23.70
MONARCH SUITE
1600
650
–
–
600
1000
54
4.48
23.70
PALACE SUITE
816
408
–
500
384
540
36.60
4.30
21.74
WINDSOR SUITE
250
120
55
55
160
200
22
2.47
12.04
WESTMINSTER SUITE
130
70
52
60
80
100
21.74
2.46
5.48
PARK SUITE
130
70
40
40
70
120
13.37
2.47
9.66
THAMES SUITE
130
60
40
44
72
90
14.7
2.16
7.52
VICTORIA ROOM
66
40
28
18
24
–
11.32
2.49
4.00
HILTON MEETING ROOMS 1–6
200
100
70
68
96
–
18.95
2.80
9.17
HILTON BOARDROOM 1
30
–
16
–
–
–
9.02
2.04
5.24
VENUES | LONDON 341
146 PRAED STREET LONDON W2 1EE
T 020 7850 0500 E EVENTS.PADDINGTON@HILTON.COM W WWW.PADDINGTON.HILTON.COM
“Nothing is too big to ask of this venue and all of their team has a can-do attitude which was great to work with” CARL BRINDLEY
342 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HILTON LONDON PADDINGTON Hilton London Paddington, a historic Art Deco hotel, is centrally located adjacent to Paddington Station with a roof-to-roof connection with Heathrow Airport in 15 minutes via Heathrow Express and four London Underground lines on the doorstep. This is one of the best connected venues in London and an ideal choice for conferences, meetings and social events.
Additional meeting rooms along the corridor enable exclusive hire of the entire first floor including a sunlit atrium, ideal for post event networking. With a business centre close at hand for all your needs this is the ideal venue. Additional meetings rooms, all offering natural daylight are located at lobby level and can also be hired exclusively.
Offering 10,000 sq. metres of event space across a total of 18 flexible conference rooms for up to 350 delegates, all of which have been upgraded to a high standard in 2016, we have your needs covered to deliver a memorable event.
Our dedicated Event Manager and professional conference team will deliver an enviable event. With a wide variety of available packages and customisable services we can cater to your requirements.
The pillar-less Great Western ballroom with large Victorian windows, high ceilings and crystal chandeliers together with its foyer, cloakroom and restroom facilities will impress your guests no matter what the occasion.
With 419 bedrooms including the exclusive GWR Tower Wing, the facilities in this hotel will ensure you do not need to step out.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
350
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
GREAT WESTERN 1
350
160
GREAT WESTERN 2
140
70
MACIVER
60
18
THUNDERBOLT
70
MAINE
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
70
60
40
40
150
290
25.37
4.87
11.12
214
380
12.18
4.87
25
11.12
2
32
40
8.32
3.27
24
6.15
28
25
40
50
9.98
3.38
18
6.7
6
10
-
8
12
5.03
3.38
4.7
KINGFISHER
32
18
18
-
16
20
7.22
2.69
5.45
REDSTAR
48
21
22
22
24
30
9.15
3.1
6.15
KING GEORGE
32
21
18
18
18
18
7.58
5.36
2.89
HOBART
24
6
10
-
8
12
6.66
3.09
4.54
CAMPANULA
32
21
18
20
24
20
7.54
3.09
5.38
VENUES | LONDON 343
CORAM STREET LONDON WC1N 1HT
T 0871 942 9222 E MEETINGS@HIBLOOMSBURY.CO.UK W WWW.HILONDONBLOOMSBURY.CO.UK
“The flexible event spaces are suitable for banquets, training days and conferences.” HANNAH REEVE
344 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN LONDON BLOOMSBURY The Holiday Inn London Bloomsbury enjoys a dedicated Academy conference centre which can accommodate up to 300 delegates. We’ll support your event from the moment you get in touch through to a successful finale, taking the time to get the details right so you get your meeting, your way. The Academy at Holiday Inn London Bloomsbury offers 14 flexible meeting rooms on two floors with many options for layout, equipment and presentation. The Academy benefits from spacious break-out space and all-day refreshments, which ensures your delegates make the most of their meeting with time to network with colleagues.
Coupled with our great location, a familiar name, great transport connections and over 300 bedrooms, Holiday Inn London Bloomsbury is the perfect choice for your next successful event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BOOKER AND TURNER SUITE
300
160
80
80
180
250
18
3.6
15
BOOKER SUITE
150
70
50
50
85
100
15
3.6
8.7
TURNER SUITE
150
70
50
50
90
100
15
3.6
9
DIPLOMA SUITE
50
32
25
28
32
35
10.7
2.6
4.9
JASMINE SUITE
50
30
19
22
30
40
8.7
2.6
6.9
NOBEL SUITE
50
32
22
28
28
40
8.9
2.6
6.7
GRAMMY SUITE
25
16
16
20
16
30
7.2
2.6
5.6
PALM D'OR
25
14
14
16
14
20
7.4
2.6
5.0
CATEY SUITE
25
14
14
18
16
20
7.2
2.6
5.1
ACORN SUITE
20
10
12
16
12
15
5.8
2.6
2.6
VENUES | LONDON 345
5 CAVELL ST LONDON E12 BP
T 0871 942 9299 E LONUK.RESERVATIONS@IHG.COM W WWW.HILONDONCOMMERCIALROADHOTEL.CO.UK
"The Holiday Inn London Commercial Road is an extremely flexible venue and is very popular with CUK clients." HANNAH REEVE
346 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN LONDON COMMERCIAL ROAD Holiday Inn London Commercial Road built in 2012. A contemporary hotel located in East London within close proximity to a DLR, Overground & two Tube Stations. The Academy Conference Centre complete with four well-proportioned rooms with all natural daylight, has all the modern facilities you'll need to ensure your meeting a success. Free Wifi throughout the hotel including meeting spaces with a Projector, Screen & Flip Chart included in all rates.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
110
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
-
-
12
-
-
12
7.8
2.5
4.1
VICTORIA SUITE
55
20
23
25
20
32
6.7
2.5
6.8
EAST INDIA SUITE
45
14
15
20
14
20
6.7
2.5
5.5
WEST INDIA SUITE
45
14
15
18
14
20
6.7
2.5
5.3
ST KATHERINE ROOM
W (M)
COMBINED ROOMS
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VICTORIA SUITE 2
70
35
38
30
48
56
6.7
2.5
12.3
VICTORIA SUITE 3
110
56
48
42
64
72
6.7
2.5
17.6
EAST & WEST INDIA
60
32
30
28
32
40
6.7
2.5
10.8
VENUES | LONDON 347
EMPIRE WAY WEMBLEY MIDDLESEX HA9 8DS
T 020 8902 8839 W WWW.HIWEMBLEY.CO.UK
"The newly refurbished meeting space has all the essentials to make your event a success." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
348 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HOLIDAY INN LONDON WEMBLEY Looking for the perfect venue for your next meeting or conference? The Holiday Inn London – Wembley offers modern, flexible space and dedicated support whether you are looking for a training room, a day conference or a residential meeting – we have it all to ensure your next event is a success. Our newly refurbished meeting space offers seven fully air-conditioned rooms, all with natural daylight and range from a small interview room for 10 delegates to a large conference space for up to 500 delegates. Everything has been designed with your business needs in mind to provide an efficient working environment from complimentary Wi-Fi, dedicated Business Centre to a fully flexible catering service.
Discover a home from home in one of our 336 bedrooms, all our spacious rooms offer comfortable beds, blackout curtains, Wi-Fi access and specially designed workstations. After a long day, enjoy the complimentary on-site fitness centre with the latest cardio equipment, 17 meter swimming pool plus a sauna and steam room. On-site parking is available with the hotel conveniently located outside London’s congestion charge zone. Central London is only 12 minutes by train. The following stations provide easy access to the hotel: Wembley Park, Wembley Stadium and Wembley Central. Our dedicated Events Team are always on hand to take care of all the planning and details, leaving you to free to focus on your aims.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
500
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
EMPIRE SUITE 1
400
160
80
70
300
400
28.4
3.5
19.05
EMPIRE SUITE 2
100
70
30
30
70
100
12.56
3.5
13
EMPIRE SUITE 1 & 2
500
250
130
110
400
500
41
3.5
19.05
HENLEY SUITE
30
16
13
14
30
30
6.9
2.4
5.4
WENTWORTH SUITE
50
30
24
20
60
60
11.1
2.4
7.3
WEMBLEY SUITE
120
60
32
40
100
100
14.3
2.4
9.5
ASCOT SUITE
80
40
20
30
70
70
10.8
2.4
9
BOARDROOM
–
–
14
–
–
–
7
2.5
4.3
MEETING ROOM
20
8
14
10
20
20
6.87
2.4
5.9
VENUES | LONDON 349
103A OXFORD STREET LONDON W1D 2HG
"10 flexible meeting spaces just 3 minutes from Totenham Court Road make this the perfect place to meet in London." CARL BRINDLEY
350 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
T 020 7534 7146 E DAVID@MSEMEETINGROOMS.CO.UK W WWW.MSEMEETINGROOMS.CO.UK
MSE MEETING AND TRAINING CENTRE Save time and money on your meeting, training and conference needs.
We include:
Be it for interviews, board meetings, training days or a simple brainstorming, MSE have 15 superb rooms that can accommodate anything from 6–116 delegates. Modern and contemporary in style, our flexible rooms come fully equipped with the latest in audio visual equipment. Our dedicated service team will also ensure everything runs really smooth allowing you to concentrate on the business of the day.
• Chilled filtered water
Client feedback and customer satisfaction is very important to us. It is heartening that 96% of our customers say they would book again or recommend us to a colleague.
• Free flow tea, coffee and snacks • High speed Wi-Fi • Room controlled audio visual • Data projector and screen • Stationary • Natural daylight • Foyer Breakout area • Catering on request
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
“Save now” by booking your next event with MSE Meeting and Training Rooms.
MEETING ROOM
116
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
SYDNEY
30
18
18
15
20
20
5
2.5
4
BERLIN
20
12
18
12
18
18
5
2.5
4
BRUSSELS
20
18
16
14
16
16
4
2.5
4
OSLO
8
8
8
8
8
8
3
2.5
3
EDINBURGH
20
12
18
12
18
18
5
2.5
3
VIENNA
16
23
14
12
10
10
4
2.5
6
TOKYO
116
60
30
32
60
60
6
2.5
6
MADRID
16
23
14
15
20
20
4
2.5
6
RIO
40
30
21
20
36
36
5
2.5
7
PARIS
70
50
36
30
50
50
11
2.5
6
VENUES | LONDON 351
46 BLACKFRIARS ROAD LONDON SE1 8NZ
T 020 7633 2624 E H7942-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"Each of the seven meeting rooms are equipped with state-ofthe-art equipment and make this a great place to meet in central London." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
352 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON BLACKFRIARS Our experience in hosting meetings and events means that we can offer the perfect venue to suit your business requirements. All rooms come complete with state-of-the-art equipments and our team are on hand to ensure your event is a successful one.
The hotel is located in the epicentre of London and offers the ideal venue for meeting on business. Its dedicated conference facilities comprise: • seven purpose-designed meeting rooms, fully equipped with ceiling-mounted LCD projector, Screen Smartboard (in two meeting rooms) and touch-key room access • capacity of up to 90 people theatre-style • meeting rooms have natural daylight and air-conditioning • complimentary high-speed WiFi • spacious breakout area with seating area and Wii Corner • on-site team dedicated to your event
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
100
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
PRIORY
–
–
10
–
–
–
6
2
W (M) 3.5
ABBOTS
–
–
12
–
–
–
5.3
2
3.6
FRIARS 1
15
8
16
12
8
10
5.4
2
4.8
FRIARS 2
15
8
16
12
8
10
5.4
2
4.8
FRIARS 3
15
8
16
12
8
10
5.4
2
4.8
FRIARS 1+2
30
30
32
26
18
40
9.6
2
5.4
FRIARS 1+2+3
100
24
28
22
36
50
14.4
2
5.4
TEMPLAR
60
24
28
22
24
30
5.7
2
8.4
BISHOPS
50
12
24
20
18
30
5.7
2
8.4
VENUES | LONDON 353
GREAT WEST ROAD LONDON TW8 0GP
T 0207 6602230 E H6995-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
“Boasting a fantastic location close to Richmond and the Twickenham stadium, the 4 star Novotel London Brentford Hotel is perfect for business.” HANNAH REEVE
354 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON BRENTFORD The 7 modern meeting rooms can accommodate groups ranging from 12 to 100 guests. All rooms are equipped with natural daylight, a cloakroom, minibar, wireless internet, professional projection capabilities and air conditioning.
Business facilities: • 7 purpose-designed, fully equipped meeting rooms • capacity of up to 100 people, theatre-style • all meeting rooms have natural daylight and air conditioning and offer flexible layouts plus breakout areas • latest technology, including WiFi and interactive whiteboards • dedicating support and guidance available
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
100
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
KEW 1
30
16
16
16
20
-
7.8
2.5
7.2
KEW 2
30
16
16
16
20
-
7.8
2.5
7.2
KEW COMBINED
100
32
32
32
50
-
15.6
2.5
7.2
RICHMOND
30
16
16
16
20
-
7
2.5
7.2
TWICKENHAM
12
-
8
-
-
-
7
2.5
4.2
SYON
12
-
8
-
-
-
7
2.5
3.5
BRENTFORD LOCK
12
-
8
-
-
-
7
2.5
3.5
CHISWICK
-
-
12
-
-
-
7
2.5
3.5
BOSTON MANOR
-
-
12
-
-
-
7
2.5
3.5
VENUES | LONDON 355
53-61 SOUTHWARK BRIDGE ROAD LONDON SE1 9HH
T 020 7089 0563 E H3269-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"Novotel London City South strives for excellence and delivers meeting success." CARL BRINDLEY
356 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON CITY SOUTH Modern 4-star hotel close to Tate Modern and Shakespeare's Globe. St Paul's Cathedral is a short walk across the Thames. All 182 bedrooms feature a brand new stylish design. The hotel has 6 meeting rooms for up to 100 people theatre style. 1 restaurant, 1 bar and 24h room service. Free fitness suite for all inhouse guests.
Novotel London City South offers 6 meeting rooms to cater for 2 to 120 delegates all with natural daylight and air conditioning. The conference suite and meeting rooms offer broadband and WiFi internet access and each meeting room supplies an electric in-built screen, mineral water and stationary. Individual and personalised break stations are conveniently located outside each meeting room. The conference suite is fully accessible and wheelchair friendly.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
120
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MILLENNIUM SUITE
120
40
36
40
64
50
15
2.4
7
MILLENNIUM SUITE 1
50
20
18
20
24
–
7
2.4
7
MILLENNIUM SUITE 2
50
20
18
20
24
–
7
2.4
7
SOUTHWARK SUITE
50
20
18
20
28
–
7
2.4
7
BLACKFRIARS SUITE
30
–
16
18
12
–
7
2.4
4
TOWER SUITE
20
–
12
10
–
–
7
2.4
3.5
LONDON SUITE
20
–
12
10
–
–
7
2.4
3.5
VENUES | LONDON 357
173-175 GREENWICH HIGH ROAD LONDON SE10 8JA
T 020 8312 6800 E H3476-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"This venue offers 6 flexible meeting rooms, a great location in historic Greenwich and competitive rates." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
358 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON GREENWICH Discover the stylish elegance of the Novotel London Greenwich hotel. Located in the Royal Borough of Greenwich, the National Maritime Museum and the Royal Observatory are unmissable. Maintain your exercise regime at our Fitness Centre and relax in our hammam. Our spacious rooms have free WiFi access, so you can stay connected at Novotel.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
100
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
HARRISON & FLAMSTEED
100
66
40
40
60
60
15.7
2.5
7
HARRISON
50
32
18
18
18
18
7.8
2.5
7
FLAMSTEED
50
32
18
18
18
18
7.8
2.5
7
THORNHILL
30
14
15
15
12
12
6.5
2.4
5.5
CHICHESTER
25
12
12
12
12
12
6
2.4
4
WREN
20
–
10
8
–
–
6.5
2.4
3
VENUES | LONDON 359
CHERRY LANE WEST DRYTON UB7 9HJ
T 01895 431 431 E H1551@ACCOR.COM W WWW.ACCORHOTELS.COM
“Just minutes from Heathrow airport and with 9 flexible meeting spaces, this is a great option for a wide variety of meetings.” CARL BRINDLEY
360 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON HEATHROW AIRPORT Novotel London Heathrow Airport hotel is a 4-star London airport hotel, 1 mile from London Heathrow Airport. Book the hotel for 178 contemporary guests rooms, all of which have free internet access. Facilities include indoor heated swimming pool, fitness centre, 24 hour room service, garden and patio, cash machine, Hoppa ticket machine and luggage service. Meeting @Novotel – expertise and efficiency.
9 flexible and comfortable meeting spaces for up to 250 people offering: • Maximum daylight • Dedicated conference coordinator for the event • State-of-the-art equipment • Innovative break-out areas • Bespoke solutions for your meeting needs • Dedicated support and guidance – we’ll take care of every detail
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
180
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LONDON 1
60
30
16
20
35
60
7.5
2.7
10.5
LONDON 3
30
20
16
-
21
30
3.75
2.7
10.5
LONDON 4
60
40
20
26
42
60
7.5
2.7
10.5
LONDON 1-2
80
40
24
36
42
80
11.25
2.7
10.5
LONDON 2-3
60
30
16
22
35
50
7.5
2.7
10.5
-
-
8
-
-
-
7
2.6
3.6 10.5
BELFAST LONDON 1-2-3
120
60
40
58
60
100
15
2.7
PARIS
30
28
12
18
21
30
7
2.6
5.5
LONDON SUITE
180
140
60
75
120
180
22.5
2.7
10.5
ZURICH
16
8
12
-
10
-
6.5
2.6
3.6
VENUES | LONDON 361
3 KINGDOM STREET LONDON W2 6BD
T 020 7266 6066 E H6455-SB@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
“A contemporary hotel, in a superb London location, with a selection of meeting spaces.” JAYNE WINSTANLEY
362 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL LONDON PADDINGTON The hotel is located in the new Paddington Central area, easily accessible by road and a few minutes’ walk from Paddington Station.
Its dedicated Conference and Meeting Centre comprises: • eight purpose-designed, fully equipped meeting rooms • capacity for up to 150 people theatre style • all meeting rooms have natural daylight and air conditioning and offer flexible layout plus breakout areas • latest technology, including WiFi and Apple business corner
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
150
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
PADDINGTON
-
-
10
-
-
-
7.00
2.70
3.20
KINGDOM
-
-
10
-
-
-
7.00
2.70
3.20
BISHOPS
50
25
22
24
24
24
11.00
2.70
4.60
WESTBOURNE
40
25
16
20
20
20
7.40
2.70
7.00
CONNAUGHT
20
12
14
-
-
-
7.80
2.70
3.40
SHELDON 1
40
24
16
18
18
18
8.00
2.70
5.50
SHELDON 2
40
24
16
18
18
18
8.00
2.70
5.50
SHELDON 3
40
24
16
18
18
18
8.00
2.70
5.50
SHELDON 1+2
100
40
26
35
48
48
8.00
2.70
11.00
SHELDON SUITE
150
80
40
50
80
80
8.00
2.70
16.50
VENUES | LONDON 363
LONDON EC2R 6EA
T 020 7920 3583/020 7920 8613 E MARCIA.DYCE@ICAEW.COM/EVENTS@ONEMOORGATEPLACE.COM W WWW.ONEMOORGATEPLACE.COM
"One Moorgate Place provides a diverse range of event spaces, hospitality and catering which are all delivered to the highest standards to provide a conference to remember." CARL BRINDLEY
364 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ONE MOORGATE PLACE A historic building which oozes character, culture and heritage. One Moorgate Place is a grade II listed building which opened in 1893. It has a range of diverse spaces that can accommodate a number of event requirements. Opulent rooms such as the Main Reception Room and Members' Room remain true to the building's historical and cultural heritage, while the Great Hall and range of contemporary and modern rooms are perfect for conferences and business meetings.
As you venture through One Moorgate Place, you will appreciate the creative engineering work of the original architectural style and building design. With extensions and updates taking place throughout its history, there is a strong art-deco feel in some areas which juxtaposes the original features. Although a grade II listed building, One Moorgate Place continues to move with the wants and needs of the events and conferencing market and maintains to keep up with technical developments of the 21st century.
"
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
GREAT HALL
300
120
–
–
120
–
–
–
–
MAIN RECEPTION ROOM
60
30
28
30
32
50
–
–
–
MEMBERS ROOM
40
20
28
25
–
–
–
–
–
SMALL RECEPTION
–
–
18
–
–
–
–
–
–
110
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5.1
–
–
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
5.2
–
–
14
–
–
–
–
–
–
AUDITORIUM & ATRIUM
VENUES | LONDON 365
327 MILE END ROAD LONDON E1 4NS
T 020 7882 8174 E ENQUIRIES@QMHOSPITALITY.CO.UK W WWW.QMHOSPITALITY.CO.UK
"Over 100 purpose built venues across three perfect London locations." CARL BRINDLEY
366 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
QUEEN MARY UNIVERSITY OF LONDON Situated across the four campus locations of Queen Mary University of London (QMUL) in central London (travel zones 1 and 2), Events & Hospitality QM offers a range of venues in London's City and in vogue east London growth areas of Whitechapel and Mile End. All venues are located within 5 minutes walk of underground stations, a short ride from City Airport and London's key business districts of Canary Wharf and the City. Events & Hospitality QM has over 20 years of industry experience, alongside inhouse catering, dedicated event managers and facilities suitable for 2 to 770 delegates.
With locations as diverse as Charterhouse Square adjacent to Barbican tube, the Robin Brook Centre within the grounds of St. Bart's Hospital, at the Royal London Hospital in Whitechapel and Mile End where delegates can experience a unique setting for central London with catering, meeting and accommodation (summer time only for 3* campus graded accommodation) alongside each other. All locations ensure delegates are provided with a focused venue solution away from the hustle and bustle of London.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
770
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MILE END – OCTAGON
140
–
–
–
240
240
–
–
–
MILE END – GREAT HALL
770
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WHITECHAPEL – PERRIN LECTURE THEATRE
400
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WEST SMITHFIELD – MORRIS LECTURE THEATRE
215
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MILE END – BANCROFT BUILDING – LARGE CLASSROOM
110
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CHARTERHOUSE SQ – G05/G06 CLASSROOMS
–
60
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MILE END – ARTS TWO LECTURE THEATRE
304
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MILE END – ARTS TWO LARGE CLASSROOM
40
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MILE END – SENIOR COMMON ROOM
80
–
–
–
–
70
–
–
–
WEST SMITHFIELD – RBC CLASSROOM
50
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 367
ROEHAMPTON LANE ROEHAMPTON SW15 5PU
T 020 8392 3505 E CONFERENCES@ROEHAMPTON.AC.UK W WWW.ROEHAMPTONVENUES.CO.UK
"Roehampton Venues combines the old and the new across its event and conferences rooms, from splendid scenery to state-of-art facilities and equipment." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
368 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ROEHAMPTON VENUES Roehampton Venues creating inspiring moments, striving to exceed expectations, offering a fresh modern perspective in event delivery all underpinned by our heritage and academic excellence within the grounds of the University of Roehampton. In addition to our Grade Listed properties we are delighted to be opening in September 2016 Elm Grove Conference Centre. Offering our guests a wide range of interchangeable meeting and event spaces including: • Auditoriums seating up to 300 guests • Large grounds for team building or it's a knock out style games • Meeting rooms holding up to 150 guests
• Smaller boardrooms holding up to 10 guests • Banqueting suites seating up to 150 guests • Beautiful bar and terrace areas perfect for drinks receptions and networking • 30 bedrooms on site all year round increasing to a larger allocation during the summer months Based on Roehampton Lane all of our venues are easily accessible from either the A3 or public transport offering quick links out of London Waterloo or from Hammersmith. Once on site our dedicated and creative events team are on hand, providing you and your guests a memorable experience with a professional and flexible service. Alongside our onsite chefs and suppliers we offer seasonal menus and delicious food whatever the time frame and budget.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
300
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
120
–
42
36
96
120
–
–
–
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
–
MAPLE BOARDROOM
–
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
–
LIME TREE SUITE
90
–
–
–
–
90
–
–
–
PORTRAIT ROOM GROVE HOUSE
150
–
60
50
64
150
15.82
–
10.94
ADAM ROOM
60
–
40
30
30
50
10.76
–
7.25
TERRACE ROOM
60
–
40
30
30
60
17.88
–
4.75
RICHMOND ROOM PARKSTEAD HOUSE
70
–
26
20
48
50
9.4
–
7.7
BESSBOROUGH ROOM
60
–
26
20
40
40
9.6
–
6
PONSONBY ROOM
60
–
26
20
40
40
10
–
6
OAK SUITE TULIP BOARDROOM
VENUES | LONDON 369
ROSEBERY AVENUE, LONDON EC1R 4TN
T 020 7863 8065 E EVENTS@SADLERSWELLS.COM W WWW.SADLERSWELLS.COM
"With a modern and stylish setting Sadler's Wells is the ideal venue to host meetings during the day and bespoke events in the evening." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
370 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
SADLER'S WELLS Creative Spaces for Professional Events – Sadler’s Wells offers a unique environment to inspire and impress. A revolution in theatre design, the world famous Sadler’s Wells provides event organisers with contemporary conference spaces including three flexible theatres, meeting rooms, rehearsal studios and stylish front of house areas for exclusive drinks receptions.
Sadler’s Wells boasts an enviable location, based minutes away from Angel underground station and just one mile from the national and international transport links of King’s Cross. See your event come to life at Sadler's Wells.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
1500
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
SACKLER & CRIPPLEGATE
–
–
12
–
–
–
7
–
3.5
PINA BAUSCH ROOM
30
–
16
–
16
16
7.8
–
4.2
KAHN
40
–
25
–
24
–
10
–
6
ROSEBERY ROOM
100
–
30
35
64
80
12.03
2.54
9.8
MEZZANINE LEVEL
W (M)
–
–
–
–
–
120
–
–
–
LILIAN BAYLIS STUDIO
180
–
40
45
100
40
14.9
5.9
14.9
PEACOCK THEATRE
1000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SADLER'S WELLS THEATRE
1500
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 371
BATH ROAD LONGFORD UB7 0EQ
T +44 (0) 800 330 8086 E MEETINGPLAN.LONDONHEATHROW@GUOMAN.CO.UK W WWW.THISTLE.COM
"Easily accessible and with the ability to accommodate 700 delegates, this is the ideal venue for business meetings and events." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
372 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THISTLE LONDON HEATHROW TERMINAL 5 Meeting rooms at Thistle London Heathrow Terminal 5. The most relaxing place to do business in London.
All our meeting rooms come fully equipped with:
Easily accessible by road and rail, as well as by air, Thistle London Heathrow Terminal 5 provides an ideal venue for business meetings and events or family occasions.
• Superfast free BT Wi-Fi internet access
Our largest function room, the Aviation Suite, seats up to 700 people theatre-style, making it suitable for large conferences, banqueting and gala events: spacious, flexible and with easy access from the airport, it's also a popular wedding venue. We have 12 further meeting rooms suitable for board and team meetings, training sessions, presentations, interviews and private dining, for parties of 30 to 350.
• Air-conditioning • LCD projector and screen
LONDON HEATHROW T5
Mix business with pleasure You can choose from a wide range of refreshments, including healthy options, and make use of our Runway View Restaurant, Bar and Lounge. Whether you're planning a board meeting or a birthday bash, our dedicated Meetings & Events team will help you from start to finish. So when you're planning an international business event, or seeking a stylish, flexible wedding venue within easy reach of London, look no further than Thistle London Heathrow Terminal 5.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
700
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
AVIATION SUITE
700
300
–
–
350
550
30
5.33
17
MOLLISON (PART OF AVIATION SUITE)
180
80
50
50
100
180
17
5.33
10
SCOTT (PART OF AVIATION SUITE)
180
80
50
50
100
180
17
5.33
10
WRIGHT (PART OF AVIATION SUITE)
180
80
50
50
100
180
17
5.33
10
LONGFORD SUITE
300
150
40
40
150
220
20
3.28
14
JOHNSON & BLERIOT SUITE
170
70
30
30
60
100
14
3.28
11.5
CARAVELLE SUITE
30
10
20
20
20
20
8.86
2.3
4.98
CONVAIR SUITE
40
16
26
26
24
30
10.8
2.3
4.98
PRINT ROOM
50
30
25
25
30
50
12.64
2.88
5.98
SYNDICATE ROOM 1, 2, 3
8
6
8
6
–
–
4.95
2.3
3.36
VENUES | LONDON 373
2 SPRING GARDENS TRAFALGAR SQUARE LONDON SW1A 2TS
T 020 7870 2900 E EVENTS@THETRAFALGAR.COM W WWW.THETRAFALGAR.COM
"The Trafalgar offers luxury, style and substance as well as providing stateof-art facilities." CARL BRINDLEY
374 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE TRAFALGAR HOTEL The Trafalgar has 4 rooms available: The Boardroom: Spacious boardroom located on the 1st floor. Positioned with a front facing window for supberb views over Trafalgar square – ideal for meetings, presentations , press junkets and private dining. Includes plasma screen, coffee machine, air conditioning, LCD projector. Theatre style 40 Boardroom Style 20, Reception 50 Lunch/Dinner 30
Rockwell Bar: Perfect space for private parties, exhibitions, pop up spaces, fashion shows, launches and press events. Natural daylight overlooking Trafalgar Square. Rockwell Room: Located on the lower ground floor, ideal for all business and conference needs, private screenings, launch events, workshops and presentations – comes with its own private service and bar area.
The Strategy Meeting Room: Contemporary versatile room with dynamic floor to ceiling windows allowing for plenty of natural daylight and views over Trafalgar square. Includes plasma screen, coffee machine, air conditioning, LCD projector. Theatre style 30 – Boardroom Style 18, Reception 40 Lunch/Dinner 20.
MEETING ROOM
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
180
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BOARDROOM
40
–
20
–
24
30
6.87
4.57
6.88
STRATEGY ROOM
30
–
18
–
–
–
5.75
4.57
6.70
ROCKWELL BAR 180 (RECEPTION)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ROCKWELL ROOM 100 (RECEPTION)
80
–
–
–
48
80
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 375
ALDWYCH LONDON WC2B 4DD
T 020 7836 2400 E EVENTS.WALDORF@HILTON.COM W WWW.WALDORF.HILTON.COM
"Perfectly situated in the heart of London's West End." HANNAH REEVE
376 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE WALDORF HILTON Situated in the heart of London’s West End and just a short distance from the famous city’s most recognisable landmarks and major attractions, The Waldorf Hilton London is ideal whether staying for business or pleasure. Well-appointed guest rooms, a wide range of dining options and a host of services and facilities, combined with one of the capital’s most desirable locations, guarantee a truly memorable stay. Just two miles from London’s financial district and featuring seven meeting rooms that can accommodate up to 1,850 participants, The Waldorf Hilton London is the ideal venue for you conference and event needs. Our largest meeting room is the Adelphi Suite, which measures 490m² and has capacity for up to 500 people. Perfectly situated in the heart of the London’s West End, The Waldorf Hilton London is just a 5-minute walk from Covent Garden Market
MEETING ROOM
and 10 minutes from Trafalgar Square and the London Eye. The three major London airports of Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted are all just 90 minutes away. Features: • 298 guest rooms • 7 elegant meeting rooms • Iconic Palm Court • Stylish Homage restaurant and Good Godfrey’s Bar & Lounge • High speed wireless internet in all meeting rooms and public areas • High speed internet access in all guest rooms
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Fully-equipped Business Centre • Fitness Centre and Indoor Pool
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
ADELPHI 1
100
64
30
30
64
ADELPHI 2
60
45
26
24
–
ADELPHI 3
150
72
30
30
ADELPHI SUITE
350
260
–
EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM
40
20
PALM COURT
150
ALDWYCH WESTMINSTER
380
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
100
–
–
–
80
–
–
–
74
100
–
–
–
–
240
380
–
–
–
22
15
32
40
–
–
–
60
30
30
–
180
–
–
–
30
24
22
20
24
40
–
–
–
15
–
10
8
–
–
–
–
–
MACKENZIE
30
20
22
15
32
40
–
–
–
SYNDICATE
–
–
6
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | LONDON 377
183 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE
T 020 7611 2200 E CONFERENCECENTRE@WELLCOME.AC.UK W WWW.WELLCOMECOLLECTION.ORG
"The Event Spaces at Wellcome collection can offer a flexible and inspiring backdrop to any event." ADAM SHAW
378 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WELLCOME COLLECTION Wellcome Collection is a fantastic unique venue for the incurably curious, a public venue incorporating a variety of event spaces, four exhibition galleries, a cafe, restaurant, bookshop and the world renowned Wellcome Library, conveniently located on Euston Road, London opposite Euston Station.
Wellcome Collection's event spaces houses a tiered auditorium for 154 delegates which is then surrounded by four seminar rooms and a networking space, all of the areas can be hired exclusively or on their own, enabling Wellcome Collection to accommodate all types of events from conferences with workshops, through to film screenings, board meetings, training sessions and AGM's. Once the galleries have closed to the public then the Medicine Now gallery can be turned around to accommodate a drinks reception for 200 guests.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
200
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
154
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
FRANKS & ROOM
–
–
–
–
60
60
–
–
–
STEEL ROOM
70
–
–
–
40
–
–
–
–
DALE ROOM
40
24
24
18
24
24
–
–
–
BURROUGHS ROOM
40
24
24
18
24
24
–
–
–
MEDICINE NOW GALLERY – 200 STANDING RECEPTION
60
–
30
–
30
–
–
–
–
HENRY WELLCOME AUDITORIUM
VENUES | LONDON 379
20-24 TAVISTOCK SQUARE LONDON WC1H 9HQ
T 020 7419 5489 E BOOKINGS@WOBURNHOUSE.CO.UK W WWW.WOBURNHOUSE.CO.UK
"Whatever the event or meeting you are organising, Woburn House has a range of rooms to suit your needs." CARL BRINDLEY
380 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
WOBURN HOUSE Woburn House Conference Centre is ideally located in central London, less than a 5-minute walk to Euston railway station and less than a 10-minute walk to Kings Cross and St Pancras. Russell Square tube station is a 5-minute walk away and Holborn tube station a 15-minute walk. We are open every day, Monday to Sunday, between 8am and 11pm. You can hire Woburn House exclusively during weekends and evenings and ensure complete flexibility, privacy and a secure confidential environment, as well as a fully bespoke service for your event. Whether it be a conference with presentations and workshops, a meeting with a working lunch or a staff away day with entertainment and cocktails, with rooms that can hold 2-200 delegates we can provide the space and services to make your event a success.
Catering is our passion and we pride ourselves on providing innovative, outstanding catering from our in house kitchen without the high end price tag! We have a variety of options including working lunches, hot and cold buffets and a formal dining menu, made with fresh and locally sourced produce. We can offer a comprehensive list of AV services set up by our in house AV technician. These include; • Projection (laptop, projector & screen) • Tele & video conferencing • PA system & mics (table top, roving & lapel) • TV & DVD/VHS player
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Portable lectern • Dedicated technician for the duration of your event (on request)
200
• Audio & video recording.
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
MAIN HALL
180
80
–
–
112
120
16
5.5
13.5
TAVISTOCK ROOM
120
60
40
40
72
60
16.5
–
9
BOARDROOM
49
30
32
26
32
30
13.5
–
5.5
MEETING ROOM 1 & 2
30
–
20
–
–
–
4
–
9
MEZZANINE ROOM
29
12
18
–
–
–
6.8
–
5.8
COMMITTEE ROOM
15
–
12
–
–
–
5.6
–
4.4
VENUES | LONDON 381
VENUES REST OF THE UK
We feature a wide selection of venues in Scotland and Wales. Scotland
A thriving country with over 5 million people, Scotland is extraordinarily diverse, with the major cities such as Edinburgh, Glasgow and Aberdeen surrounded by rugged countryside. An ever popular destination for events of all shapes and sizes, major events of note in 2017 include CIPD Scotland, the largest HR event in the country in March 2017 and International Summit on the teaching profession.
Wales
While Cardiff has long been established as a major centre for events and conferences, other areas of Wales are becoming increasingly popular, with Swansea in particular hosting a growing number of events over the last 12 months. The importance of Wales as a destination for major events can be seen with the award of the 2017 champion’s league final being held in Cardiff.
392 400 398 386 384 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
388
396
390
VENUES REST OF THE UK VENUE ABERDEEN EXHIBITION AND CONFERENCE CENTRE
PAGE
386
EDINBURGH CORN EXCHANGE
388
HAMPDEN PARK, SCOTLAND'S NATIONAL STADIUM
390
MERCURE ABERDEEN ARDOE HOUSE HOTEL
392
MERCURE ABERDEEN CALEDONIAN HOTEL
394
MERCURE CARDIFF HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL
396
NOVOTEL CARDIFF CENTRE
398
THE SSE SWALEC
400
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 385
EXHIBITION AVE BRIDGE OF DON ABERDEEN AB23 8BL
T 01224 824 824 E SDAUN@AECC.CO.UK W WWW.AECC.CO.UK
"With conferencing facilities that can accommodate 2 to 2,000 delegates this is one of Scotland’s largest and most impressive venues." CARL BRINDLEY
386 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
ABERDEEN EXHIBITION AND CONFERENCE CENTRE Aberdeen , a destination with many treasures on its doorstep, such as its breath-taking architecture, its famous granite skyline as well as being famous for its thriving centre for international business with a social scene to match. As the North of Scotland's largest Conference Centre, AECC host more than 600 events and welcomes 300,000 visitors annually. AECC is home to Europe's largest biennial oil & gas exhibition, Offshore Europe, and welcomes around 64,000 delegates from all over the world. The venue also plays host to national and international conferences, meetings for two to 2,000 delegates and has 7,320sq.m of space for business and consumer exhibitions as well as concerts and shows.
Aberdeen International Airport, located six miles from AECC, is one of the best hubconnected airports in Europe and provides the highest level of hub connectivity compared with any other regional airport in the UK. Multiple daily services run from Aberdeen International Airport to Paris (CDG), Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Dublin, Copenhagen, Norway and all four London Airports. In 2014, it was announced that a brand new, state-of-the-art venue will be built to replace the current venue, opening in 2019. The new venue will take the capacity for events to 48,500 sq.m of exhibition space, plenary capacity for 3,000 with 22 various sized breakout rooms and seven conference suites. The new site is located one mile from Aberdeen International Airport and will have 500 hotel bedrooms onsite.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
2000
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
ARENA
3181
–
–
–
–
–
121.4
15
W (M) 60.3
BOYDORR HALL
2000
–
–
–
840
780
49.7
6.3
30.11
GORDON SUITE
700
182
–
–
300
372
37.8
5.2
14.8
CROMBIE SUITE
700
217
–
–
300
372
37.1
4
12.7
THE BALMORAL SUITE
140
75
30
30
84
–
19.2
2.4
14.2
LINKS SUITE
120
48
30
28
84
–
15.1
–
13.1
FORBES SUITE
244
104
36
26
100
–
19.1
4.3
13.2
FLEMING SUITE
440
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 387
10-11 NEWMARKET ROAD EDINBURGH EH14 1RJ
T 0131 477 3500 E LOUISE.MITCHELL@ECE.UK.COM W WWW.EDINBURGHCORNEXCHANGE.COM
"The Edinburgh Corn Exchange can be considered to be the ultimate venue for every style of event." ADAM SHAW
388 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
EDINBURGH CORN EXCHANGE .Professional; Experienced; Specialist. CONFERENCES AT THE CORN EXCHANGE – IT'S WHAT WE DO. As a dedicated events venue, flexibility and size is what makes the Corn Exchange is the perfect choice for your conference, meeting or exhibition. From 30 delegates to 1500 our versatile space allows you to pick the perfect space for your event – whether you are looking for a simple PowerPoint presentation to a full stage set up to 6 metres in height. The Grade B listed building, a former corn exchange in Edinburgh's agricultural quarter, is a unique, creative, atmospheric and highly versatile space. Excellent public rail and bus transport links and ample complimentary onsite parking make your delegates visit stress free.
MEETING ROOM
Every event has a different goal, we understand that, however one thing is always the same; a dedicated contact who will look after you from enquiry stage through to the day of your event. Private entrances, unique character, a wide range of audio visual options, lighting, star cloths, we have an extensive list of options providing you the flexibility you need. The venue provides a total of 2,500 square metres of versatile space. Within this there is a wide range of interconnecting rooms available, all of which work incredibly well either independently or together, and with the option to book one space or the entire venue for an exclusive use conference, the design allows seamless movement during your event.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
1500
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BARON SUITE
400
140
40
36
160
350
23
6
30
BISTRO LOWER
60
28
20
16
48
80
9
5
11
BISTRO LOWER
80
32
30
26
56
70
11
5
7
CONCOURSE
50
–
–
–
64
–
–
5.5
– 28
THE EXCHANGE
1500
444
–
–
650
1000
49
6.6
NEW MART
60
30
20
20
32
40
10
4.4
6
NEW MARKET
136
38
40
36
80
100
12
4.51
11
–
–
20
–
–
–
10
4.4
7
OLD MART
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 389
SCOTLAND'S NATIONAL STADIUM LETHERBY DRIVE GLASGOW G42 9BA
T 0141 620 4120 E HAMPDEN.PARK@SODEXO.COM W WWW.HAMPDENPARK.CO.UK
"Whether you are looking for a small, intimate board meeting, or a large conference arena for up to 500 people, Hampden can offer the perfect solution." CARL BRINDLEY
390 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
HAMPDEN PARK
SCOTLAND'S NATIONAL STADIUM Hampden Park is Scotland's National Football Stadium and the perfect venue for a host of different events – from exhibitions and conferences to corporate dinners, awards ceremonies, and team building days our experienced, friendly and professional Events Team puts Hampden Park in a league of its own! With up to 40 function suites located under one roof, an award winning team of in-house chef's, endless audio visual opportunities and bespoke packages to meet every need why not make it your goal to join us sooner rather than later!
Located on the outskirts of the city centre just 10 minutes from the many bars, restaurants and hotels which make Glasgow famous, the stadium boasts over 1000 complimentary car parking spaces as well excellent public transport links. With the Scottish Football Museum on-site we can add stadium and museum tours to any event providing the perfect photo opportunity to commemorate your time with us.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
500
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
LOMOND / NEVIS SUITE
500
200
120
100
400
400
66
2.65
12
LOMOND 1 / NEVIS 3
90
20
20
20
50
50
16
2.65
8.5
LOMOND 2 / NEVIS 2
150
40
40
40
100
100
18
2.65
12
LOMOND 3 / NEVIS 1
300
150
60
60
250
250
32
2.65
12
MILLENNIUM
50
–
20
20
120
120
40
2.65
6
BAIN / MAXWELL SUITE
150
90
30
50
140
140
22
2.65
17
BAIRD / BELL SUITE
160
100
30
50
140
140
13
2.65
18
AUDITORIUM
250
125
–
–
–
–
25
3
8
EXECUTIVE BOXES
15
–
12
–
–
12
8
2.65
3
MEDIA CENTRE EAST / WEST
40
30
20
20
40
40
12
2.65
8
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 391
SOUTH DEESIDE ROAD BLAIRS AB12 5YP
T 01224 860600 E H6626-SB1@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"From outdoor building activities to first class conferences, the Mercure Ardoe House Hotel guarantees to meet your event's objectives." HANNAH REEVE
392 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE ABERDEEN ARDOE HOUSE HOTEL Inspired by Balmoral Castle, set in 30 acres of secluded grounds and hosting stunning architecture and views over the River Dee, Mercure Ardoe House Hotel is located only three miles from Aberdeen city centre and 10 miles from Aberdeen airport. The hotel is acknowledged as Aberdeen’s finest conferencing venue and, thanks to endless wide open spaced in its grounds , it is also one of the UK’s most inspiring venues for outdoor team building activities. From meetings and private dinners, to weddings and parties of up to 500 people, our dedicated event’s organiser will work with you to ensure everything runs perfectly.
MEETING ROOM
Each of our seven meeting rooms offer a unique space from which organisers can facilitate their meetings, from enquiry with our skilled and proactive events team identifying what is key to your event and providing ideas on how to add the WOW factor, through to our meetings manager who will on hand for you from arrival. On the day we will ensure all your event objectives are achieved. All 120 guest bedrooms offer luxury and comfort in abundance and benefit from satellite TV, broadband internet access and 24-hour room service. Why not upgrade your VIP guests to one of our original house feature bedrooms or one of our four individually decorated feature suites? Full Scottish breakfast is served the next morning in the Blairs’ restaurant for overnight guests to enjoy before beginning a busy day of meetings.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
600
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
BALLROOM
600
200
150
120
500
220
29
4
19.5
CRATHES (½ BALLROOM)
250
100
80
60
120
180
12.2
4
19.5
CRAIGIEVAR (½ BALLROOM)
250
100
80
60
120
180
12.2
4
19.5
KILDRUMMY
50
30
30
30
30
-
12
2.4
7.5
OGSTON
50
60
90
60
100
180
20.2
3.6
1.4
ELLIOT
100
30
40
35
40
60
11.2
3.6
8.7
FRASER
50
30
35
30
30
60
12.2
2.9
7.2
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 393
10-14 UNION TERRACE ABERDEEN AB101WE
T 01224 640 233 E HA0H8-SL@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"The Mercure Aberdeen Caledonian Hotel, exceeds expectations by doing everything just right." JAYNE WINSTANLEY
394 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
" C t e c r W
MERCURE ABERDEEN CALEDONIAN HOTEL The Mercure Aberdeen Caledonian Hotel is a Four Star Luxury Hotel located in the centre of Aberdeen overlooking Union Terrace Gardens. Whether it's training session with team members or a seminar for 75. We have the perfect space for your requirements right in the heart of Aberdeen. Our stylish venue has everything you will need, our meeting rooms come fully equipped with a LCD Projector & Screen and WiFi access. We also offer limited parking for delegates.
"The Mercure Aberdeen Caledonian Hotel meets the expectations doing everything right, from customer service to room design." (Jayne Winstanley)
With its contemporary comforts, The Caledonian Hotel is the perfect base for enjoying Aberdeen's wealth of parks, gardens, museum, galleries and other attractions. At the Caledonian, we have 83 bedrooms, including Standard rooms, Twin rooms, Deluxe rooms and Suites, four fully equipped meeting rooms, largest seating 75 people theatre style. Perfectly located hotel in the city centre close to the railway and train station, heliport and Aberdeen Airport.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
TERRACE SUITE
75
40
40
35
40
DIAMOND SUITE
30
15
20
15
14
GRAND SUITE
30
15
20
15
FRASER SUITE
–
–
4
–
75
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
48
16.7
–
5.9
–
7.85
–
4.67
14
–
8.5
–
5.5
–
–
3.1
–
3.6
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 395
24-26 NEWPORT ROAD CARDIFF CF24 0DD
T 02920 435042 E H6622@ACCOR.COM W WWW.MERCURE.COM
"Extensive meeting and banqueting space make this venue perfect for any event." HANNAH REEVE
396 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
MERCURE CARDIFF HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL The Mercure Cardiff Holland House Hotel blends sophisticated business and conference suites with refurbished spacious bedrooms. It also features the new dining area, known as the Urban Bar and Kitchen, an open-plan space with statement booth style seating offset by a magnificent circular bar. The hotel caters both for leisure and business guests, with fifteen conference rooms for meetings of all sizes, ideal for any business event. The hotel’s newly repositioned Spa leisure facilities include a large heated pool, a luxurious fitness suite and a spa with sauna, steam room and jacuzzi where guests can indulge in a relaxing massage or treatment in one of the hotels fourteen treatment rooms as part of their stay.
Conference organisers can be assured that whatever the event, a conference or meeting suite is available to suit their needs. Enhanced by its central location and sheer style, the hotel is the obvious choice for high profile events. Free internet access is available throughout the hotel giving guests to opportunity to stay connected with colleagues 24 hours a day. All conference suites are blessed with natural daylight and air conditioning. The 15 luxurious conference suites are accompanied by a dedicated lounge and break out area with the flexibility to comfortably cater for intimate meetings of 8 or a banqueting feast of 550 delegates
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
700
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
CALON
700
250
CALON 1
350
80
CALON 2
225
70
CAERNARFON SUITE
200
BRECON SUITE
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
W (M)
90
90
450
550
30
5.7
23.7
60
60
160
192
15
5.7
23.7
40
60
110
132
15
5.7
19.5
80
42
58
128
160
20
2.4
12
100
40
28
36
56
70
14
2.3
12
CAERLEON SUITE
–
–
12
–
–
–
5
2.3
4.3
KIDWELLY SUITE
40
18
16
16
16
–
12
2.3
5
TREDEGAR SUITE
–
–
20
–
–
–
12
2.3
5
PEMBROKE SUITE
90
30
28
21
48
60
14
2.3
12
CAERPHILLY SUITE
40
18
18
18
10
–
14
2.3
5
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 397
SCHOONER WAY ATLANTIC WHARF CARDIFF CF10 4RT
T 029 2047 5000 E H5982@ACCOR.COM W WWW.NOVOTEL.COM
"The conferences team at Novotel Cardiff are extremely professional and are instrumental in ensuring the success of our client’s events." HANNAH REEVE
398 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
NOVOTEL CARDIFF CENTRE Discover the 4-star Novotel Cardiff Centre – the ideal venue for meeting and business travel. Our professional service team will look after every detail and ensure the success and quality of our meeting. Let our specialists provide expert guidance for your conferences, meetings and seminar. After a long day, relax and re-energise at the pool, fitness centre or modern restaurant and bar at NOVOTEL.
Stylish and Care-Free Meetings • All rooms are equipped with wireless internet, professional projection capabilities and air conditioning • 9-purpose designed, fully equipped meeting rooms • Capacity for up to 200 people, theatre-style • All meeting rooms have natural daylight and air conditioning and offer flexible layouts plus breakout areas • Latest technology, including WiFi • Dedicated support and guidance available
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
• Le Club AccorHotels Meeting Planner, you earn points for every event you plan at Novotel Cardiff Centre Hotel
200
Featured below are a selection of some of the rooms we have available for use. For details of other available rooms, please visit our website or get in touch. MEETING ROOM
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
WAREHOUSE SUITE
200
WEST ONE & TWO
100
WEST ONE WEST TWO
L (M)
H (M)
80
50
50
120
50
40
32
48
50
24
20
16
50
24
20
16
WEST THREE
20
12
12
WEST FOUR
20
12
12
WEST FIVE
20
12
12
12
12
EAST ONE
60
36
26
34
34
EAST TWO
20
18
12
14
21
EAST THREE
15
12
12
12
10
W (M)
140
15
4.76
14
60
14.88
2.6
6.57
24
24
7.4
2.6
6.57
24
24
7.4
2.6
6.57
12
12
12
6.7
2.6
3.62
12
12
12
6.56
2.6
3.55
12
6.56
2.6
3.55
40
11.22
2.5
6.47
20
6.44
2.5
6.44
10
6.31
2.5
5.28
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 399
CARDIFF CF11 9XR
T 02920 419 359 E SALES@GLAMORGANCRICKET.CO.UK W WWW.THESSESWALEC.COM
“From small breakfast meetings through to major conferences this venue has the flexibility to meet your requirements.” CARL BRINDLEY
400 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
THE SSE SWALEC The SSE SWALEC has become famous for hosting some of the sport’s most prestigious contests, but the warm Welsh welcome doesn’t stop at cricket. It goes far beyond the boundary, to conferences, parties and functions – there are plenty of reasons to choose this stunning stadium to host your event.
On-site parking is free, secure and close to the door. We’ve also got space for dramatic helicopter landings on our lawn.
Our staff are long-serving , dedicated and our clients trust our service. We pride ourselves on being protective, accommodating and helpful. We’re also committed to the ‘Keeping Wales Tidy’ campaign.
Not only great service, but we’re surrounded by beauty. We’re a stone’s throw from Bute Park, Sophia Gardens and Pontcanna Fields if you ever need to grab a breath of fresh air.
Another hallmark of hospitality at the SSE SWALEC is our gold-standard food, which tastes great, looks great and the service is even better.
MAXIMUM DELEGATE CAPACIT Y
MEETING ROOM
800
THEATRE
CLASSROOM
BOARDROOM
U-SHAPE
CABARET
BANQUET
L (M)
H (M)
THE SOPHIA HALL
800
300
-
-
400
550
39
6
W (M) 27
SYTNER BMW LOUNGE
350
100
-
-
160
240
25.4
2.65
13.8
PYRAMID HYGIENE SUITE
240
60
30
30
100
140
25.2
3
11.1
THE EXECUTIVE HOSPITALITY BOXES (15 IN TOTAL)
20
-
12
12
-
12
3.65
2.65
5.7
PRO-COPY LOUNGE
80
20
30
30
50
90
14.7
2.65
7.3
THE LEWIS LOUNGE
120
70
30
30
80
120
17.8
2.4
6.1
LEGENDS LOUNGE
120
30
40
40
100
150
20
2.35
12.6
MUSEUM
100
30
35
30
55
50
12.6
2.5
9
VENUES | REST OF THE UK 401
VENUES A-Z INDEX VENUE 10-11 CARLTON HOUSE TERRACE 116 PALL MALL – HOME OF THE IOD ABERDEEN EXHIBITION AND CONFERENCE CENTRE ALBERT HALL CONFERENCE CENTRE ALDERLEY PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE ARMADA HOUSE BADEN POWELL HOUSE BARTLE HALL BEALES HOTEL, HATFIELD BEXLEYHEATH MARRIOTT HOTEL BOLTON WHITES HOTEL BOWMAN HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE BREDBURY HALL HOTEL CARDEN PARK HOTEL CASTLE HOTEL WINDSOR MGALLERY BY SOFITEL THE CASTLEGATE CHELSEA FOOTBALL CLUB CHURCHILL WAR ROOMS CLAYTON HOTEL MANCHESTER AIRPORT COLWORTH PARK CONFERENCE & EVENTS CONFERENCE ASTON COOMBE ABBEY HOTEL COPTHORNE HOTEL BIRMINGHAM COPTHORNE HOTEL MERRY HILL, DUDLEY COPTHORNE TARA HOTEL LONDON KENSINGTON CROWNE PLAZA CHESTER CROWNE PLAZA NOTTINGHAM CURVE THEATRE DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LEEDS CITY CENTRE
402 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
PAGE
318 320 386 146 46 228 322 48 230 324 50 232 52 54 234 56 326 328 58 236 148 150 152 154 330 60 156 158 62
VENUE DOUBLETREE BY HILTON LINCOLN DOUBLETREE BY HILTON MANCHESTER PICCADILLY DRAYTON MANOR PARK AND HOTEL DUNCHURCH PARK HOTEL EDINBURGH CORN EXCHANGE THE ELVETHAM EMIRATES OLD TRAFFORD EMMANUEL CENTRE EVERTON FOOTBALL CLUB EXAMINATION SCHOOLS OXFORD UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE HOUSE FOREVER GREEN FRESHA EXETER FRIENDS HOUSE FRIENDS MEETING HOUSE MANCHESTER GRAND HARBOUR HOTEL THE GRAND HOTEL & SPA YORK GREEN PARK CONFERENCE CENTRE THE GREENWICH HOTEL LONDON THE GROSVENOR HOTEL HAMPDEN PARK, SCOTLAND'S NATIONAL STADIUM HEART OF ENGLAND CONFERENCE & EVENTS CENTRE HILTON LONDON GATWICK AIRPORT HILTON LONDON METROPOLE HILTON LONDON PADDINGTON HOLIDAY INN BIRMINGHAM AIRPORT HOLIDAY INN BRISTOL CITY CENTRE HOLIDAY INN DONCASTER HOLIDAY INN LONDON BLOOMSBURY
PAGE
160 64 162 164 388 238 66 332 68 240 242 166 244 334 70 246 72 248 336 338 390 168 250 340 342 170 252 74 344
VENUES A-Z INDEX VENUE HOLIDAY INN LONDON COMMERCIAL ROAD HOLIDAY INN LONDON WEMBLEY HOLIDAY INN MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE THE ICC BIRMINGHAM IMAGO THE INTERNATIONAL CENTRE TELFORD JURYS INN BIRMINGHAM JURYS INN CROYDON JURYS INN HINCKLEY ISLAND KELMARSH HALL & GARDENS KINGS HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE LANCASTER CONFERENCES AT LANCASTER UNIVERSITY THE LANCASTRIAN SUITE LANE END CONFERENCE CENTRE LEICESTER MARRIOTT HOTEL LEIGH COURT LILLESHALL NSC THE LINCOLN HOTEL LINCOLNSHIRE SHOWGROUND THE LOWRY THE LOWRY HOTEL LUMLEY CASTLE MANCHESTER AIRPORT MARRIOTT HOTEL MANCHESTER CONFERENCE CENTRE MANCHESTER MARRIOTT VICTORIA & ALBERT HOTEL MERCURE ABERDEEN ARDOE HOUSE HOTEL MERCURE ABERDEEN CALEDONIAN HOTEL MERCURE BLACKBURN DUNKENHALGH HOTEL MERCURE BOX HILL BURFORD BRIDGE HOTEL
PAGE
346 348 76 172 174 176 178 254 180 182 256 78 80 258 184 260 186 188 190 82 84 86 88 90 92 392 394 94 262
VENUE MERCURE BRADFORD BANKFIELD HOTEL MERCURE BRANDON HALL HOTEL & SPA MERCURE BRISTOL BRIGSTOW HOTEL MERCURE BRISTOL GRAND HOTEL MERCURE BRISTOL HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL MERCURE BRISTOL NORTH THE GRANGE MERCURE CARDIFF HOLLAND HOUSE HOTEL MERCURE DAVENTRY COURT HOTEL MERCURE DONCASTER CENTRE DANUM HOTEL MERCURE DORKING WHITE HORSE HOTEL MERCURE EXETER ROUGEMONT HOTEL MERCURE EXETER SOUTHGATE HOTEL MERCURE HAYDOCK HOTEL MERCURE HULL GRANGE PARK HOTEL MERCURE LEICESTER THE GRAND HOTEL MERCURE LIVERPOOL ATLANTIC TOWER HOTEL MERCURE LONDON STAINES UPON THAMES MERCURE LONDON WATFORD MERCURE MAIDSTONE GREAT DANES HOTEL MERCURE MANCHESTER NORTON GRANGE HOTEL MERCURE MANCHESTER PICCADILLY HOTEL MERCURE MILTON KEYNES ABBEY HILL HOTEL MERCURE NEWBURY ELCOT PARK HOTEL MERCURE NEWCASTLE COUNTY HOTEL MERCURE SHEFFIELD ST PAUL'S HOTEL MERCURE WARWICKSHIRE WALTON HALL HOTEL MERCURE WETHERBY MERCURE YORK FAIRFIELD MANOR HOTEL THE MONASTERY MANCHESTER
PAGE
96 192 264 266 268 270 396 272 98 274 276 278 100 102 194 104 280 282 284 106 108 196 286 110 112 198 114 116 118
VENUES | A-Z INDEX 403
VENUES A-Z INDEX VENUE MSE MEETING AND TRAINING CENTRE MYTHE BARN THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE CENTRE NOVOTEL CARDIFF CENTRE NOVOTEL COVENTRY NOVOTEL LONDON BLACKFRIARS NOVOTEL LONDON BRENTFORD NOVOTEL LONDON CITY SOUTH NOVOTEL LONDON GREENWICH NOVOTEL LONDON HEATHROW AIRPORT NOVOTEL LONDON PADDINGTON NOVOTEL MANCHESTER CENTRE NOVOTEL NEWCASTLE AIRPORT NOVOTEL SOUTHAMPTON ONE MOORGATE PLACE PELHAM HOUSE HOTEL PINNACLE HOUSE BUSINESS CENTRE THE PLACE APARTHOTEL THE PRIORY ROOMS QUEEN MARY UNIVERSITY OF LONDON REGAL COURT BUSINESS CENTRE RENAISSANCE MANCHESTER CITY CENTRE HOTEL THE REP BIRMINGHAM ROEHAMPTON VENUES THE ROYAL ANGUS HOTEL ROYAL WINDSOR RACECOURSE SADLER'S WELLS
404 MEETINGS GUIDE 2017
PAGE
350 200 202 398 204 352 354 356 358 360 362 120 122 288 364 124 206 126 208 366 290 128 210 368 212 292 370
VENUE SAÏD BUSINESS SCHOOL, UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD SANDY PARK CONFERENCE AND BANQUETING CENTRE THE SHOWROOM SHOWROOM WORKSTATION SKETCHLEY GRANGE HOTEL & SPA SPROWSTON MANOR MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB THE SSE SWALEC STOKE CITY FOOTBALL CLUB STOKE PARK COUNTRY CLUB, SPA AND HOTEL THISTLE LONDON HEATHROW TERMINAL 5 THE TRAFALGAR HOTEL TUDOR PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB UNIVERSITY OF LIVERPOOL CONFERENCES & EVENTS THE UNIVERSITY OF MANCHESTER UNIVERSITY OF WINCHESTER VICTORIA WAREHOUSE HOTEL & EVENTS THE VIEW HOTEL EASTBOURNE THE VOX CONFERENCE CENTRE THE WALDORF HILTON WELL MET CONFERENCING WELLCOME COLLECTION WEST LODGE PARK HOTEL WOBURN HOUSE WOODBURY PARK WORSLEY PARK MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB WREST PARK ENTERPRISE YARNFIELD PARK
PAGE
294 296 214 130 216 298 400 218 300 372 374 302 132 134 304 136 306 220 376 138 378 308 380 310 140 312 222
For help finding the perfect venue for your event call Conferences UK on 0845 351 9917 or visit us online at www.conferences-uk.org.uk
We’ll help find you the right venue at the best possible price.
Designed and produced for Conferences UK by artworks54. www.artworks54.co.uk